أربعين لإتمام الحجة على المخالفين

ISBN 184880441-5

9 781848 804418

< <´Èi‰c ‫ מ א

א ن‬

<< @ @ @ @@ïãbí…bÔÛa@†»c@âýË@a‹Šß@ñŠšy

@ @ @ð†è½a@âbß⁄aë@…ìÇì½a@|î ½a @ @ @ @

@ @

:

´Ă&#x2C6;iâ&#x20AC;°c â&#x20AC;Ť ×&#x17E; ×?

×? Ů&#x2020;â&#x20AC;Ź

â&#x20AC;ŤŮ&#x2026;â&#x20AC;ŹŮ˘Ů ŮĄŮĽ â&#x20AC;Ť ×? ×?â&#x20AC;ŹŮĄŮ¤ŮŁŮŚ W â&#x20AC;Ť×? ×? Ů&#x2C6;â&#x20AC;Ź Arbaâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC;in Li- Itmamil-Hujjati â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Alal-Mukhalifin (The Forty - Divine Arguments Against All Opponents) (Arabic Translation) Written by: Hadrat Mirza Ghulam Ahmad (on whom be peace), the Promised Messiah and Mahdi, Founder of the Ahmadiyya Muslim Jamaâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC;at Translated from Urdu by: Muhammad Ahmad Naeem First Published in UK in 2015 Š Islam International Publications Ltd. Published by: Islam International Publications Ltd. Islamabad, Sheephatch Lane Tilford, Surrey, GU10 2AQ United Kingdom Printed in the UK at: Raqeem Press Tilford For further information please contact: Phone: +44 1252 784970 Fax: +44 1252 781692 www.islamahmadiyya.net Cover designed by: Anan Massoud Odeh

ISBN: 978-1-84880-441-8

‫‪@ @÷ŠèÐÛa‬‬ ‫ﺃ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ‬ ‫‪١‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪١‬‬ ‫‪٧‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪٢‬‬ ‫‪٥٣‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪٣‬‬ ‫‪٨٣‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪١٠٥‬‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪٤‬‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ‪١١٤‬‬ ‫‪١٢٠‬‬ ‫ﺇﺧﻄﺎﺭ‬ ‫‪١٢١‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﺰ ﺭ ‪‬ﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺮﺿﲔ ﺍﳌﺘﺴﺮ‪‬ﻋﲔ ﻭﺫﻛﹾﺮ "ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ" ‪١٢٩‬‬ ‫‪١٤٠‬‬ ‫ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬ ‫‪١٤٩‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ..٤ ،٣‬ﺩﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﺘﺄﱂ‬ ‫‪١٥٧‬‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻤﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ‬ ‫‪١٦١‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ .. ٢‬ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٣٠‬‬ ‫‪١٦٣‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ..٤ ،٣‬ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﻟﺮﻭﻱ‬ ‫ @ @‬

‫ א ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‬

‫ﺃ‬

‫ﳓﻤﺪﻩ ﻭﻧﺼﻠﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬

‫‪@ @Š‘bäÛa@ò߆Ôß‬‬ ‫ﰲ ‪ ١٩٠٠/٧/٢٣‬ﻋﻘﺪ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻧﺸﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻧﺸﺮﺓ ﻹﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﺣﻀﺮﺗ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﻢ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﻧﺸﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ‬ ‫ﳛﺪﺙ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻳﻜﺘﻤﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺿﻄﺮ ﺣﻀﺮﺗ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ ﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ٤ ،٣ ،٢‬ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ٤‬ﲢﺖ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ "ﺍﻹﺧﻄﺎﺭ"‪:‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﱐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺸﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ‬ ‫"ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻋﻼ ﹲﻥ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﻄﻠﱠﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺙ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﻓﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺣﺠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﻋﻼ ٍﻥ ﺛﻼ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﲣ ﹶﺬ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﺏ ﲝﺠﻢ ﺳﺒﻌـﲔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﹶﺓ ﻛﺘﻴـﺒﺎﺕٍ؛ ﻓﺘﺸ ﱠﻜ ﹶﻞ ﻛﺘﺎ ‪‬‬

‫ א ‬

‫ﺏ‬

‫ﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻦ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺗﻮﻗﻔ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﲢﻘ ‪‬ﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻞ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﻈﻲ ﺑﺸﺮﻑ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻧﻌﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻴﺪ ﻋﺎﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺷﺎﺭﻙ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺗﺬﺓ‪ :‬ﲤﻴﻢ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺩﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺧﺎﻟﺪ ﻋﺰﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻣﻌﺘﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺰﻕ‪ ،‬ﺳﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﺒﻮﻧﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺤﺎﺗﺔ‪ ،‬ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﻏﺎﱎ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﲑ ﻋﺎﺑﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻭﺳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺩ ﻋﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻗﻲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪ ﻋﺎﺷﻖ ﺣﺴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻫﺎﱐ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ‪ ،‬ﳏﻤﺪ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺪﱘ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻃﺎﻫﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺠﺰﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺧﲑ‪‬ﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ ‬

‫ ‬

‫ ‬

‫ ‬

‫ ‬

‫א ‬

‫

‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴ ‪‬ﻤﻰ‬

‫‪@ @´ Èi‰c‬‬ ‫ﻹﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﲔ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻃﺒﻊ ﰲ ﻣﻄﺒﻊ ﺿﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺑﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻧﺸﺮ‪‬ﻩ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻌﺔ‬ ‫‪١٩٠٠ -١٢-١٥‬ﻡ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١‬‬

‫ﻧﺼﻴﺤﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﳌﺘﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺣﲔ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﳚﻤﻌﻬﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﺒﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻳﺪﻋﻰ‪" :‬ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻹﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﲔ"‪.‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪@ @@ïÜ–ãë@ê†à−‬‬

‫‪Q@áÓ‰@´Èi‰c‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﺰﻣﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺸﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ‪ ١‬ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﲤﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﻠﺤﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻣﲏ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫‪ 1‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺳﻴﺼﺪﺭ ﻛﻞ ﲬﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺇﻋﻼ ﹲﻥ ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻ‬ ‫ﳛﺪﺙ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺎﺋﻖ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻳﱪﺯ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺪﺍﻥ‬ ‫ﲝﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻜﱠﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺭﺍﺀﺓ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﳏﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ ﻗﺬﺭﺓ ‪‬ﻳﺸﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻛﺮﻳﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﱭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﱐ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻬﺪﻑ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﻫﻠ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺣ ٍﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﺿﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻋﺪﻭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﻘﺼﻮﺩ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﻷ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﻭﳚﻴﺐ ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻀﻤ‪‬ﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺪﻱ ﻣﺒﺎﻫﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﻋﻨﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻷﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﺳﺄﺟﺘﻨﺐ ﺇﺻﺪﺍ ‪‬ﺭ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻀ ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﺄﻣﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻭﺗﺼﻄﺪﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲣﺺ ﺫﻟ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﻣﻌﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻀﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻗﺪ ﺃﳒﺰﺕ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺜﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻵﻥ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺑﻜﻞ ﺃﺩﺏ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴﲔ ﻭﺑﺎﻧﺪﻳﺘﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﺭﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﳍﻨﺪﻭﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻃﻠﻌﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺃﹸﺭﺳﻠﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻗﺪﻣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ‬ ‫‪‬ﺳﻤ‪‬ﻴﺖ ﻣﺴﻴﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪‬ﺍ‪ .‬ﻷﱐ ﹸﺃﻣِﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﳊﻖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﺎﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﺤﺴ‪‬ﺐ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﺃﻥ ﳝﺴﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻳﺴﻔﻚ ﺩﻣﺎﺀ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﹸﺃﻣِﺮﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺯﻳﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺤﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﻭﺍﳊﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺩﻋﻮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﻭﺏ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺒﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﱪ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﺅﻛﺪ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻴﺤﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﳍﻨﺪﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﺭﻳﺎ ﺃﱐ ﻻ ﺃﻧﺎﺻﺐ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺍﺀ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺑﲏ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻷﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺀﻭﻡ ﻷﻭﻻﺩﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻋﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﺣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺘﻞ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺍﺟﱯ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺩﺋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻙ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺊ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﳉﹶﻴﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﺎﰐ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻋﺜﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺠﻢ‬ ‫ﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻃﹼﻠﻌﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻨﺠﻢ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺟﺪ ‪‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٣‬‬

‫ﺣﺴﻦ ﺣﻈﻲ ﺟﻮﻫﺮ ﹰﺓ ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍﻗﺔ ﻻ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘﺪ‪‬ﺭ ﺑﺜﻤﻦ ﻭﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﻏﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻮ ‪‬ﻭﺯ‪‬ﻉ‬ ‫ﲦﻨ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺇﺧﻮﰐ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲏ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻟﺼﺎﺭ ﻛ ﱞﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺛﺮﻭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻏﲎ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺫﻫﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻓﻀﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳉﻮﻫﺮﺓ ﻳﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﻯ؟‬ ‫ﺃﻻ ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺸﺎ ُﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻪ ﲝﺐ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﻛﺘﺴﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻨﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣ‪‬ﺮﻡ ﺑﲏ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻭﺃﺗﺮﻛﻬﻢ ﳝﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﺎﻋﺎ ﻭﺃﻋﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺸﺎ ﺭﻏﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻛﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﲏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﱯ ﳛﺘﺮﻕ ﻛﻤﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﻯ ﻓﻘﺮﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﺪﻗﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﳛﺰﻧﲏ ﻭﳛﺰ ﰲ ﻗﻠﱯ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺭﺍﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻘﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﲤﲎ ﺃﻥ ﲤﺘﻠﺊ ﺑﻴﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺮﻭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻔﻴﻀﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳉﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻛﺎﺋﻦ ﺣﻲ ﳛﺐ ﺑﲏ ﻧﻮﻋﻪ ‪ -‬ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻞ‪ -‬ﻣﺎ ﱂ‬ ‫‪‬ﳛ ﹾﻞ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺐ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﻠﺤﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﻋﻲ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺃﱐ ﺃﻛﺜ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﺒﲏ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺃﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ﻭﻛ ﱠﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺴﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻤﺮ‪‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﺴﺖ ﺃﻋﺎﺩﻱ ﺃﺣﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﺪﺍﻭ ﹰﺓ ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨـﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺗﻴﺘ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻛﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﻭﺁﻻﺋﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﺮﺿ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺠﻴ‪‬ﺸﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﹶﺴﻬ ﹲﻞ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﱡﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻨـﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻭﺗﻴﺘﻪ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ِﺑ ‪‬‬

‫‪٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﳉﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﻴﺴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﺘﺎﻋ‪‬ﺎ ﺯﺍﺋﻔﹰﺎ؛‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﻫﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻧﺎﻧﲑ ﻭﺍﳉﻮﺍﻫﺮ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ )ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺃﻣﻠﻚ ﺗﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﳝﻠﻜﻬﺎ ﻏﲑﻱ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﹸﺧﱪﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﱄ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﻭﺣﺪﻫﺎ ﺗﺮﺗﻘﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﹸﻓﻬ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻴ‪‬ﺎﺽ ﺑﺎﳊﻜﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮ‪‬ﻙ ﺃﺳﻮﺓ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻛﻤﺎﻻﺕ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﺧﱪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺴﻴﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪ‪‬ﺱ ﺍﳌﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺜ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻬﺪﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ ‪‬ﺣ ﹶﻜﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﻼﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﷲ ‬ ‫ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻓﲏ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪‬ﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻻﲰﲔ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﹰﺎ ﰒ ﲰ‪‬ﺎﱐ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫‪‬ﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﳌﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺍﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﹸﺃﲰ‪‬ﻰ ‪‬ﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﲰﲔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﲰ ‪‬ﻲ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻻ ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﹸﺷﻬﺪ ﺭﰊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﱄ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﱵ ﰲ ﳎﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ! ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺴﺎﻭﻳﲏ ﰲ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٥‬‬

‫ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ! ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻧﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﱄ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﻧﻜﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ! ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻨﺎﻓﺴﲏ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ!‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﱡﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻳﻦ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺎﻭﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﱂ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺧﺎﺭﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻯ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ؟ ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺻﺪﻗﹰﺎ ﻭﺣﻘﹰﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢ ﱡﻘ ‪‬ﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﺗِﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑ ﹸﺔ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﺗﻪ ﻭﻇﻬﻮ ‪‬ﺭ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺃﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺩﻓﺎﻗﺎ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﻬﺮ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻮﺍﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ﻏ ‪‬ﲑ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﺘ‪‬ﻊ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻭﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺑﻠﺪ ‪‬ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻮﺓ؟ ﻭﺃﻳﻦ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﺃﻧﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ؟ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺩﻳﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﺘ‪‬ﻊ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳ‪‬ﻀﻴﻊ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﺘ‪‬ﻊ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﻭﻳﻮﺻﻞ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﺸ‪‬ﻒ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﺗﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﷲ ‬ ‫ﺐﺍَ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻱ ﻭﺣﺪﻱ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻃﻬ‪‬ﺮ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻭﺃﺣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﹶﻪ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﰒ ﺗﺒﻌﲏ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬

‫‪٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻭﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﻣ‪‬ﻮﺻ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻠﻴﺒﺎﺭﺯ‪‬ﱐ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﺪﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺒﺎﺭﺯﰐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺣﻖ ﻭﺃﻧﲏ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﺭﻗﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ‪١٩٠٠-٧-٢٣‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ א م د ن ‬

‫ ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٧‬‬

‫‪@ïÜ–ãë@ê†à−‬‬

‫‪@ @R@áÓ‰@@Z´Èi‰c‬‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫ﺭﺏ ﺍﻏﻔﺮ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻨﺎ ﻭﺍﻫ ِﺪ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﺃﻟﺬ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺴ ‪‬ﻖ ﺟﺮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﻓﺎﻧﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻘﻰ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻚ ﻭﺍﻣﺘﻨﺎﻧﻚ‪ .‬ﺭﺏ ﺇﱐ ﺃﺷﻜﻮ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻔﱳ‬ ‫ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻧﺰﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﺭﺏ ﺃﺩ ِﺭ ‪‬ﻙ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻣ‪‬ﺪﺭ‪‬ﻛﻮﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻖ ﻟﻴﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻘ ‪‬ﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻓﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﲔ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺯﻣﻦ ﳝﻴﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﺍﺋﻒ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﳛﺒﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺄﻧﺴﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻣﻌﺮﻓ ِﺔ‬ ‫ﺹ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﻄﻤﺲ ﻃﹸﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﻭﺍﻹﺧﻼ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺧﺸﻴﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺍﳋﺸﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺋﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﺇﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗﺤﺴﺐ ﺁﻳﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﳎﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻗﺼﺺ ﻭﺃﺳﺎﻃﲑ ‪ -‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪ‪‬ﺙ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻐ ‪‬ﲑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺆ ‪‬ﺩﻱ‬

‫‪٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻻﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻬﺎﺭ ﹸﺓ ﺑﻞ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﳍﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻫﻴﺒﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻋﻈﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ‪ -‬ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺘﺒ‪‬ﺮ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺔ ﺃﺻﻠﹰﺎ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﻬﺰﺃ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﺨﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻴﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﳘ ﹸﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻀﺎﺀﻝ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺪﺭﳚ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﳜﺘﻔﻲ ﺃﺧﲑ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺍﺀ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺼﻄﺒﻎ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺼﺒﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳊﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﲤﺘﻠﺊ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺇﺛـﻤﺎ ﻭﻏﻔﻠﺔ ﻭﲡﺎﺳ ‪‬ﺮﺍ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﻏﲑﺓ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻼﻟﹶﻪ ﻭﻋﺰﺗﻪ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺠﹼﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﳌﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻨﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﲏ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻖ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪ ﻟﻺﳝﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺑﻔﻀﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺠﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﺩﻋﻴﱵ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻭﺣﻘﺎﺋ ‪‬ﻖ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹼﻞ ﱄ ﻣﻌﻀﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻣﺸﻜﻼﺗ‪‬ﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﲏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻣﻌﺎﺭﻓﻪ ﻭ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﹸﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﱐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﲏ ﰲ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻛﻞ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﱄ ﻓﻠﻦ ‪‬ﻳﻀﻴﻌﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﳛﻘﱢﻖ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﲝﺬﺍﻓﲑﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﻌﺜﹶﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ﰲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﹰﺎ ﱄ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻜﻤﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺧ‪‬ﺴﻒ ﺍﻟﺸﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎﺕ ﻛﺜﲑ ﹰﺓ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻹﻗﻨﺎﻉ ﻃﻼﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺁﻳﺎ ٍ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٩‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺣﺠﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﻱ ‪‬ﻤﺔ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﺪ ﺁﻳﺎﰐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﻘﺪﱐ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺁﻳﺎﰐ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿ‪‬ﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ ُﺀ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺁﻳﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﻳﺪﺭﻛﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﻮﻥ ﻭﱂ ﺗﺘﻌﺮ‪‬ﺽ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺼﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻬﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿ ‪‬ﻲ ﻳﺘﺤﻠﹼﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﺩﱏ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻜﱢﻠﻮﺍ ﳉﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﻐﲑﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻼﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻌﻴﺒﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﱄ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﰲ ﺭﺃﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﳍﺎ ﻧﻈﲑ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺘﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﱳ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻠﺠﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﺤﻀ‪‬ﺮﺓ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻤﺔ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﺜﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺘﻬِﻤﻮﻥ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﳌﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻛﹾﺮ ﺃﺣ ٍﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﲟﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻳ ﹸﺔ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺘﺴﲎ ﻟﻠﻤﻐﺘﺎﺏ ﻓﺮﺻ ﹲﺔ ﺳﺎﳓﺔ ِﻟ ﹶﻜﻴ‪‬ﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻭﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﲟﻔﺮﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺷﻚ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺘﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺒ ﹸﺔ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻃﺎﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺲ ﺻﻠﺤﺎﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﳎﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﻳﻔﻬﻤﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﻮﱐ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﱄ‬ ‫ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤ ﱠﻘ ‪‬ﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ ﰲ ﲢﻘﱡﻘﻬﺎ ﰒ ﱂ ﺃﹸﺛﺒﺖ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌﻀ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﰐ ﻗﺪ ﲢﻘﹼﻘ ‪‬‬

‫‪١٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻭﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﹼﺪ ﺃﱐ ﺳﺄﹸﻋﺘﱪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﳎﻠﺲ ﻛﺎﺫﺑ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﱄ ﺗ‪‬ﺸﺒﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺬﱢﺑﲏ ﻻ ﳜﺎﻑ ﺍﷲ ‪ .‬ﻭﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻌ ‪‬‬

‫ﺗﻘﻮﻝ "ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ" ﰲ ﺣﻘﻲ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻘﻮﱄ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻀﻠﹰﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻠﹼﻢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺻﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺘﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺮﺃ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺣﲔ‬ ‫ﲡﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﲡﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ" ﻭ"ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ" ﲝﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﺤﺎﺑﺘﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﲝﻘﻲ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍ ‪‬ﻡ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤ ﹶﺔ ﲝﻘﻲ ﺣﺮﺍﻣ‪‬ﺎ؟‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﲝﻖ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻛﻠﻤﺘﺎ‬ ‫ﺲ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﲔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ" ﻭ"ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ" ﻛﻠﺘﺎﳘﺎ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻝ ﺭﺋﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ "ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ"‪ :‬ﺃﱂ ﳚﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٢٤٢‬ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺇﳍﺎ ‪‬ﻡ‬ ‫"ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﱠﺔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﻙ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻔﱠﺔ ﺗﺮﻯ ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺗﻔﻴﺾ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻊ‪ .‬ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ .٢‬ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﲰﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ﻟﻺﳝﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪ 2‬ﻣﻦ ﻓﻄﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺟ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﻏﺮﺍﺋﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﹼﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﲨﻠﺔ "ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ" ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻼﺯﻣﻮﻧﻚ ﺳﲑﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١١‬‬

‫ﻭﺩﺍﻋﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﺮﺍﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﲑ‪‬ﺍ"؟ )ﺃﻱ ‪ ....‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺤﻠﹼﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﺧﻼﺹ‪ ....‬ﲰﻌﻨﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺩﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﻨﺎﺩﻱ ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ ﺁﻣﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺠﺒﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﹶﻗﻮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ‪(.‬‬

‫ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻋﻼﻣ ﹶﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺼﻠﹼﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﳏ ﱠﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﻆ؟ ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﹲﻝ‬ ‫ﺖ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻟﻘﺒ‪‬ﻲ "ﺩﺍﻋﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ"‬ ‫ﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻭ‪‬ﻫﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ"ﺳﺮﺍﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﲑ‪‬ﺍ" ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﹸﳜﺼ‪‬ﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻗ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻲ‪‬؟ ﰒ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﳏﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻘﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،٣‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺒِﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﺛﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺳﺘﻔﻴﺾ ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻊ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳋﺸﻮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﺔ ﺳﺘﺠﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻼ ﹸﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀ ﹸﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ ﱡﻞ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺘ‪‬ﻊ ‪‬ﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻼﺣ‪‬ﻆ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﻘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻜﺚ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪ 3‬ﻗﺪ ﻣﻀﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻋﺸﺮﻭﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺳﻨﲔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﻧﺒﻮﺀ ِﺓ ﺇﻧﺎ ﳒﻌﻠﻚ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺮﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ ﱂ‬ ‫ﺍﲰﻚ ﰲ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺍﲰﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺻﺪﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻦ ﺣﱴ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺓ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺀ ﹲﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺮﺳﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﳍﺪﺍﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻮﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﺻﺪﺭ ‪‬‬

‫‪١٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﻟ ﹶﻎ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫﻩ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺻﺮ‪‬ﺡ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﺆﻟﱠﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﱂ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﳝﺎﺛﻞ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﺇﻓﺎﺿ ﹰﺔ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﹰﺎ ﻭﺭﻭﻋﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺪﺡ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻗﺎﻣﺖ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺠﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳍﻨﺪ ‪ -‬ﺇﻻ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ‪ -‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻭﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺇﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺃﺳﺠ‪‬ﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻫﻨﺎ ﳕﻮﺫﺟ‪‬ﺎ‪:٤‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺣﱴ ﻣﻦ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺪ ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺳﻞ ﺇﱄ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻗﺮﺷﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻫﺪﻳﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺇﺫ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﲏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻻﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﻨﺼﺮﻭﻧﲏ ﺑﺂﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺑﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﲏ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﱂ ﺗﺒﻖ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﲏ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪ 4‬ﻣﻠﺤﻮﻇﺔ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻳﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﺺ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﰒ ﻳﺘﺮﺟﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﺟ‪‬ﻤﻠﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﺣﺮﻓﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺗﺮﲨﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻳﺔ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﺒﻬﺎ ﲞﻂ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻗﻮﺳﲔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺧﻠﻴﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻡ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻌﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﳉﹸﻤﻞ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺷﺮﺣِﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ "ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺒﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺒﻪ ﳍﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻟﻚ ﻭﻭﺿﻌﺘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺶ ﲞ ﱟﻂ ﻣﺎﺋﻞ‪) .‬ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺟﻢ(‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٣‬‬

‫"ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺭ ‪‬ﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻟِﺘﻨﺬ ‪‬ﺭ ﻗﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ‪ ‬ﹸﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﻧﺬ ‪‬ﺭ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺴﺘﺒﲔ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻣﲔ‪ .‬ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ ﺇﱐ ﹸﺃﻣِﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ .‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﳍﹸﺪﻯ ﻭﺩﻳ ِﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻔﺎ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻓﺄﻧﻘﺬﻛﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻣﺒﺪ‪‬ﻝ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻔﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺰﺋﲔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ‬

‫ﲢﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺎﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﱐ ﳛﺒﺒ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬

‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ؟ ﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﹸﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻜﻢ ﺇﱐ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻋﺴﻰ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﲪﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻋﺪﰎ ‪‬ﻋﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺟﻬﻨ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺼﲑﺍ‪.‬‬

‫ﳜﻮ‪‬ﻓﻮﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﺑﺄﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﲰﻴﺘ‪‬ﻚ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﻛﻞ‪ .‬ﳛﻤﺪﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪ .‬ﳓﻤﺪﻙ ﻭﻧﺼﻠﹼﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻔﺌﻮﺍ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻓﻮﺍﻫﻬﻢ‬

‫ﷲ ﻣﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﻧﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺮِﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﻠﻘﻲ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﻋﺐ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﺍ ُ‬

‫ﺟﺎﺀ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺍﷲ ﰒ ﺫﺭ‪‬ﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺧﻮﺿﻬﻢ ﻳﻠﻌﺒﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ ﺇ ِﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻳﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ‪ ‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻇﻠﻢ ﳑ ِﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻣﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﻨ‪‬ﻚ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻮﻓﻴﻨﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜ ‪‬ﻦ ﻣﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ‪ .‬ﻛ ‪‬ﻦ ﻣﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻛﻨﺖ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻮﻟﹼﻮﺍ ﻓﺜﻢ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬

‫‪١٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺖ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺨﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻴﺌﺲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺧﲑ ﺃﻣﺔ ﺃﹸﺧﺮﺟ ‪‬‬

‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ .٥‬ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﻛﻞﹼ ﻓﺞ‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻴ ٍﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺞ‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪.‬‬

‫ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻙ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﻣﻨﺠ‪‬ﻴﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻢ‬

‫ﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺢ ﺍﻟﻮﱄ ﻓﺘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻗﺪﻳﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻓﺘﺤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻟﻚ ﻓﺘﺤﺎ ﻣﺒﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺘ ‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺮ‪‬ﺑﻨﺎﻩ ﳒﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﺷﺠ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﻌﻠﹼﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻨﺎﻟﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻓﺎﺿﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﺑﺄﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻓﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻛﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪﻱ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻭﻣﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻏﺮﺳﺖ ﻛﺮﺍﻣﺘﻚ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺭ ﻛﻮﱐ ﺑﺮﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﲰﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ‬

‫ﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻚ ﺣﻘﹼﺎ ﻓﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﺷﺄﻧﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﲰﻲ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﺭﻛ ‪‬‬

‫ﻋﺠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺟﺮﻙ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺟﺎﻋﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻣﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬

‫ﻋﺠﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﳚﺘﱯ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺣﻀﺮﰐ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗﻚ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭ ِﺳﺮ‪‬ﻙ ﺳﺮ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻲ‬

‫ﲟﻨـﺰﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺎﻥ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 5‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺣﺮﻑ "ﺇ ﹼﻥ" ﺳﻘﻂ ﺑﺴﻬﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ "ﺃﻻ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ"‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ(‬

тАл тАм

тАлтАк┘б┘етАмтАм

тАля▓Ф я╗гя╗ж я║Ня╗Яя║кя╗ля║о я▒В я╗│я╗Ья╗ж я║╖я╗┤я║Мя╣░я║О я╗гя║мя╗Ыя╗оя║ня║НтАк ╪МтАмя╗ня╗Ыя║Оя║йтАм тАля╗ля╗Ю я║Гя║Чя╗░ я╗Ля╗ая╗░ я║Ня╗╣я╗зя║┤я║Оя╗е я║г тАкюадтАмтАм тАля║Гя╗е я╗│тАкюабтАмя╗Мя║отАкюаатАмя╗С я║Ся▓Ф я║Ня╗Яя╗ия║Оя║▒тАк .тАмя╗ня╗Чя║Оя╗Яя╗оя║Н я╣╢я║Гя╗зтАкюаетАмя╗░ я╗Яя╗Ъ я╗ля║мя║Н╪Я я╗ня╗Чя║Оя╗Яя╗оя║Н я║З я╣╛я╗е я╗ля║мя║Н я║Зя╗╗тАм тАля║Ня║зя║Шя╗╝я╗Х╪Я я║Зя║ля║Н я╗зя║╝тАкюаатАмя║о я║Ня╖▓ я║Ня│Мя║Жя╗г тАкюаатАмя╗ж я║Яя╗Мя╗Ю я╗Яя╗к я║Ня│Кя║Оя║│я║кя╗│я╗ж я░▓ я║Ня╗╖я║ня║╜тАк .тАмя╗Чя╗Ю я╗ля╗отАм

тАля║Ня╖▓тАк ╪МтАмя░Т я╣╢я║ля║нтАкюавтАмя╗ля╗в я░▓ я║зя╗оя║┐я╗мя╗в я╗│я╗ая╗Мя║Тя╗оя╗етАк .тАмя║│я║Тя║дя║Оя╗е я║Ня╖▓ я║Чя║Тя║Оя║н тАкюаатАмя╗Щ я╗ня║Чя╗Мя║Оя▒ГтАк ╪МтАмя║пя║Ня║йтАм

тАля│Оя║кя╗ЩтАк .тАмя╗│я╗ия╗Шя╗Дя╗К я║Бя║Ся║Оя║Ея╗ЩтАк ╪МтАмя╗ня╗│тАкюабтАмя║Тя║ктАкюаатАмя║Г я╗гя╗ия╗ЪтАк .тАмя╗ня╗гя║О я╗Ыя║Оя╗е я║Ня╖▓ я╗Яя╗┤я║Шя║оя╗Ыя╗Ъ я║гя▒┤ я│Эя╗┤я║░тАм тАля║Ц я║Бя║йя╗бтАк .тАмя╗│я║О я║Бя║йя╗бтАм тАля║Х я║Гя╗е я║Гя║│я║Шя║ия╗ая╗ТтАк ╪МтАмя╗Уя║ия╗ая╗Ш тАкюабтАмтАм тАля║Ня│Ля║Тя╗┤я║Ъ я╗гя╗ж я║Ня╗Яя╗Дя╗┤тАкюаетАмя║РтАк .тАмя║Гя║ня║й тАкюабтАмтАм

тАля║Ня║│я╗Ь тАкюавтАмя╗ж я║Гя╗зя║Ц я╗н тАкюаатАмя║пя╗нтАкюавтАмя║Яя╗Ъ я║Ня│Йя╗итАкюаетАмя║ФтАк .тАмя╗│я║О я║Гя▓кя║к я║Ня║│я╗Ь тАкюавтАмя╗ж я║Гя╗зя║Ц я╗ня║пя╗ня║Яя╗Ъ я║Ня│Йя╗итАкюаетАмя║ФтАк .тАмя╗│я║ОтАм

тАля║╜ я╗гя╗ия╗ЪтАк .тАмя╗Уя║Оя║йя║зя╗ая╗оя║НтАм тАля╗гя║о тАкюабтАмя▒Ш я║Ня║│я╗Ь тАкюавтАмя╗ж я║Гя╗зя║Ц я╗ня║пя╗ня║Яя╗Ъ я║Ня│Йя╗итАкюаетАмя║ФтАк .тАмя▓дя╗оя║Х я╗ня║Гя╗зя║О я║ня║Н ┘НтАм

тАля║Ня│Йя╗ия║Ф я║Зя╗е я║╖я║Оя║А я║Ня╖▓ я║Бя╗гя╗ия▓ФтАк .тАмя║│я╗╝я╗б я╗Ля╗ая╗┤я╗Ья╗втАк ╪МтАмя╗Гя║Тя║Шя╗в я╗Уя║Оя║йя║зя╗ая╗оя╗ля║О я║Бя╗гя╗ия▓ФтАк .тАмтАм

тАл

я║│я╗╝я╗бтАм тАля║Ц я╗гя║Тя║Оя║ня╗Ыя║ОтАк ╪МтАмя╗ня║Зя▒Р я╗Уя╗АтАкюаетАмя╗ая║Шя╗Ъ я╗Ля╗ая╗░ я║Ня╗Яя╗Мя║Оя│Мя▓ФтАк .тАмя╗ня╗Чя║Оя╗Яя╗оя║Н я║З я╣╛я╗е я╗ля╗отАм тАля╗Ля╗ая╗┤я╗ЪтАк ╪МтАмя║ЯтАкюабтАмя╗Мя╗а тАкюаатАмтАм тАля╗Ъ я║Ня╗Уя║Шя║оя╗птАк ╪МтАмя╗ня╗гя║О я▓░я╗Мя╗ия║О тАкюаТтАмя║мя║Н я░▓ я║Бя║Ся║Оя║Ля╗ия║О я║Ня╗╖я╗ня╗Яя▓ФтАк .тАмя╗ня╗Ыя║Оя╗е я║ня║Ся╗ЪтАм тАля║Зя╗╗ я║Зя╗У тАкюадтАмтАм

тАля╗Чя║кя╗│я║оя║НтАк ╪МтАмя│Ъя║Шя▒п я║Зя╗Яя╗┤я╗к я╗гя╗ж я╗│я║╕я║Оя║АтАк .тАмя╗ня╗Яя╗Шя║к я╗Ыя║отАкюаетАмя╗гя╗ия║О я║Ся▓П я║Бя║йя╗б я╗ня╗Уя╗АтАкюаетАмя╗ая╣╛я╗ия║О я║Ся╗Мя╗Ая╗мя╗втАм

тАля╗Ля╗ая╗░ я║Ся╗Мя║╛тАк .тАмя╗Чя╗Ю я║Яя║Оя║Ая╗Ыя╗в я╗зя╗оя║н я╗гя╗ж я║Ня╖▓тАк ╪МтАмя╗Уя╗╝ я║Чя╗Ья╗Фя║оя╗ня║Н я║Зя╗е я╗Ыя╗ия║Шя╗в я╗гя║Жя╗гя╗ия▓ФтАк.тАмтАм тАля║Зя╗ея╣╝ я║Ня╗Яя║мя╗│я╗ж я╗Ыя╗Фя║оя╗ня║Н я╗ня║╗я║ктАкюаетАмя╗ня║Н я╗Ля╗ж я║│я║Тя╗┤я╗Ю я║Ня╖▓ я║ня║йтАк юаетАмя╗Ля╗ая╗┤я╗мя╗в я║ня║Яя╗Ю я╗гя╗ж я╗Уя║Оя║ня║▒тАк╪МтАмтАм

тАля║╖я╗Ья╣╢я║о я║Ня╖▓ я║│я╗Мя╗┤я╗ктАк .тАмя╗Ыя║Шя║Оя║П я║Ня╗Яя╗оя▒Д я║ля╗н я║Ня╗Яя╗Фя╗Шя║Оя║н я╗Ля╗ая╗▓тАк .юаетАмя╗ня╗Яя╗о я╗Ыя║Оя╗е я║Ня╗╣я│Эя║Оя╗етАм тАлтАк6тАмтАм

тАля║Гя╗▒тАк :тАмя║│я╗┤я║╝я╗ая║в я║Ня╖▓ я╗Ы я╣╝я╗Ю я║Гя╗гя║оя╗ЩтАк ╪МтАмя╗ня╗│я╗Мя╗Дя╗┤я╗Ъ я╗Ы я╣╝я╗Ю я╗гя║оя║Ня║йя║Ня║Чя╗ЪтАк.тАмтАм

‫‪١٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻣ‪‬ﻌﻠﹼﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻨﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﺯﻳﺘﻪ ﻳﻀﻲﺀ ﻭﻟﻮ ﱂ ﲤﺴﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﻧﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﺩﻧﺎ ﻓﺘ‪‬ﺪﻟﹼﻰ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﻮﺳﲔ ﺃﺩﻧ‪‬ﻰ‪ .٧‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﹾﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﻳﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﺰﻟﹾﻨﺎﻩ‬

‫ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﻧﺰﻝ‪ .‬ﺻﺪ‪‬ﻕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﹰﻻ‪ .‬ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲤﺘﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻮﻻ ‪‬ﻧﺰ‪‬ﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺘﲔ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﺍ ﳌﻜ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﻜﺮﲤﻮﻩ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ‬

‫ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﺇﻻ ﺍﳌﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ‪ ،‬ﺇﱐ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻜﲔ ﺃﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥﹼ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﲪﱵ‬

‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ‬

‫ﺖ ﻓﻴﻚ ﻣِﻦ ﻟﺪﱐ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺎ ‪‬ﺑﺪ‪‬ﻙ ﺍﻟﻼﺯﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﳏﻴﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻧﻔﺨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻟﻘﻴﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﳏﺒﺔ ﻣﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘ‪‬ﺼﻨ‪‬ﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻴﲏ‪.‬‬

‫ﳛﻤﺪﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻭﳝﺸﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻛﺮﻣﻪ‪ .‬ﺟﺮﻱ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺣﻠﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺭﺩ‪ ‬ﻣِﻦ ﻣﻄﺒﻌﻪ ﻓﻼ ﻣﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﳝﻜﺮ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻔﱠﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ِﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ﱄ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﹸﻥ ﻟﻌﻠﹼﻲ ﺃﻃﹼﻠ ‪‬ﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﻷﻇﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ‪ .‬ﺗﺒ‪‬ﺖ ﻳﺪﺍ ﺃﰊ ﳍﺐ ﻭﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ‬

‫ﱪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﱪ ﺃﻭﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺋﻔﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻚ ﻓﻤِﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟ ِﻔﺘ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 7‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﻬﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﺷﻴﺔ ﺭﻗﻢ‬ ‫‪ ٣‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٥٨٦‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﻠﺨﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻠﻲ‪ ... :‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺎﺏ ﻗﻮﺳﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﻧ‪‬ﻰ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ(‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﻫ ‪‬ﻦ ﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﻨ ﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺤﺐ‪ ‬ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﺖ ﻛﻨـﺰ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﲑ ﳎﺬﻭﺫ‪ .‬ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﲨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻷﻛﺮﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﻄﺎ ًﺀ ﻏ ‪‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹸﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﺭﺗﻘﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﳐﻔﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﹶﺄ ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓ ﹶﻔ‪‬ﺘﻘﹾﻨﺎﳘﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺨﺬﻭﻧﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻫ‪‬ﺰﻭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻗﻞ ﺇﳕﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﺸﺮ ﻣﺜﻠﻜﻢ ﻳﻮﺣﻰ ﺇﱄﹼ ﺃﻧ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺇِﳍﻜﻢ ﺇِﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳋﲑ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ ﰲ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ * ) ! "# $ % & '( " .‬‬

‫ ‪ ." + ', -‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺇﱐ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﹼﻴﻚ ﻭﺭﺍﻓﻌﻚ ﺇﱄﹼ ﻭﺟﺎﻋﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﻙ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ .‬ﺛﻠﹼ ﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭ‪‬ﻟﲔ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺛﻠﹼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ '23 = 4 5 6 78 9 : 0 ; '2< / 0 1" .‬‬ ‫ ) ‪ >? 6= @ A B >? 4 C D E = F (G HI 1 E‬‬

‫ﷲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﹸﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ ٩") JK 7L M C= 6 'N G O P‬ﺍ ُ‬

‫ﲑ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺭﺣﻢ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻓﻈﹸﻪ‪ .‬ﳓﻦ ﻧﺰ‪‬ﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻟﻪ ﳊﺎﻓﻈﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﷲ ﺧ ‪‬‬

‫ﻒ ﺇﻧﻚ ﺃﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﲔ‪ .‬ﳜﻮ‪‬ﻓﻮﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﺋﻤ ﱡﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ‪ .‬ﻻ ﲣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻙ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻔﺼ ﹲﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺨ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﺮ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳ‪‬ﲔ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 8‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 9‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺳﺄﹸﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻳﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﻓﻌﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﰐ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺷﺪﻳ ٍﺪ ﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻮ ٍﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺑﺼﻮ ٍﻝ ﻗﻮ ‪‬‬

‫‪١٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻷﻏﻠﱭ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺗﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﺧﻠﻘﺖ‬

‫ﻟﻚ ﻟﻴﻼ ﻭ‪‬ﺎﺭﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻤ ﹾﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺷﺌﺖ ﻓﺈﱐ ﻗﺪ ﻏﻔﺮﺕ ﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﲏ‬

‫ﲟﻨـﺰﻟﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﳋﻠﻖ‪ .‬ﺃﻡ ﺣﺴﺒﺘﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﻗﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻋﺠﺒﺎ‪ .١٠‬ﻗﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻛﻞﱠ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺷﺄﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨـﺰ‪‬ﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺎ ﻗﻨﻄﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﻫﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﺇﻥ‬

‫ﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺸ‪ِ ‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳍﻢ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻡ ﺻﺪ ٍ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻄﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﳒﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻢ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺮﺩﻧﺎ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﲣﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﺼﻠﹼﻰ‪".‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ" ‪) ....‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺄﻣﺮﻳﻦ؛‬ ‫ﺃﻭﳍﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻓﻪ ﺑﻨﻌﻤﺔ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻫﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻧﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜـﺸﻒ ﻭﺍﻹﳍـﺎﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﻋﺎﻧﻪ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺃﺩﺍﺀ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟـﱵ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﻘﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﲰ‪‬ﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫‪ 10‬ﺃﻱ ﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻴﺎﱄ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺰﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﲔ ﻳﻘﻴﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﳘﺎ ﺃﻋﺠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻔﻴﺾ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻠﺴﻔﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ؟ ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﺠﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ ﺣﻜﻤ ﹰﺔ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺧﲑ ﻛﺜﲑ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٩‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﲔ ﺑﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﻭﺱ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﲝﻞ ﺍﳌﺌﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﻳﺼﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﻀﻼﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻤ‪‬ﺎﻩ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻄﻠﻖ ﺃﻱ ﻣﱪ‪‬ﺉ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺃﹸﻭﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺘﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻋﲏ "ﺑﺎﳍﺪﻯ" ﻭ"ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ" ﺗﻮﺿ‪‬ﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟـﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻃﻬ‪‬ﺮﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻣﻌﱢﻠﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ "ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ" ﻓﺘﻮﺿ‪‬ﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺒﻌـﻮﺙ ﻫـﻮ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭ‪‬ﻫﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻹﺑﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ ﻭﺗﻨﺒﻴﻬﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺿﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﹸﻋﻄﻲ ﻟﻪ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺃﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻳﺎﻧـﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﱪﺋﻬﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺮﻏﻴﺒﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺸﻔﻰ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺣـﲔ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﳏﺎﺳﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺗﻔ ‪‬ﻮﻗِـﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﲨﻴـﻊ‬ ‫ﻋ‪‬ﻬﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻓﺎﻗﺘﻀﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻫﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﳏﺎﺳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﻴﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻮﻫﺐ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺧﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻭﺇﻓﺤـﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺼﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻧﻘﺎﺋﺺ ﻛﻞ ﺩﻳﻦ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺻـﺎﺣﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻌﺎﰿ ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﲔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻲ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻡ‪ ١١‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫـﻮ ﺧـﺎﰎ‬ ‫‪ 11‬ﻟﻘﺪ ‪‬ﺳﻤ‪‬ﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﺴﻴﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻧﻄﻼﻗﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻣﺜﻠﹰﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺿﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻋ ﹸﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻴﺎﺣ ﹸﺔ‪ ..‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻨﺎﻝ ﺷﻬﺮﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﺏ ﺧﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺘﺎﺩ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﱪﻕ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺸﺎﻫ‪‬ﺪ ﺿﻮﺀُﻩ ﻓﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺤﺪﺙ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺈﺫﻥ‬

‫‪٢٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﲔ ﻣﻴﺰﺗﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﺣﺪﺍﳘﺎ ﻋﻠﹾﻢ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻬـﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﻠﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺃﻣﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﻠﻴ ‪‬ﻢ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻔﺎﺱ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻋﻄـﺎﺅﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺇﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﻛـﻞ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﺗﺪ ﱡﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻠﻘﹼﺎﻩ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮﺓ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﻔﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻲ ﻋﻠ ِﻢ ﺩﻳ ِﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺗـ ‪‬ﺪ ﱡﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻓﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﺗﺴﻜﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺝ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻌﲎ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﹸﺭﺳِﻞ ‪‬ﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﲔ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻘـﻖ ﻏﻠﺒـﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻤﻴﺰ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺧﻠﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺧﺮﺓ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻨ ﹾﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻣﻌﻠﻤ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺒِﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﲟﺠﺮﺩ ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﺴﻴﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠـﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﳝﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﹰﺎ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻮﻗﻦ ﻳﻘﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻓﺄﱏ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺬﺏ ﺃﺣﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﱪ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ؟ ﺇﺫ ﻻ‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﻷﻋﻤﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺷﺪ ﺃﻋﻤﻰ‪ .‬ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴـﺎﺀ ﻳﺘﻤﻴ‪‬ـﺰﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺼﺪ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻖ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻌﲎ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ" ﺍﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﺳﻴﺴﻌﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻐﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺬ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻠﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻕ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻰ ﺧﻠﻴﻔ ﹸﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻫﻮ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٢١‬‬

‫ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﲨﻴﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻨـﺎ ﺍﻟﻜـﺮﱘ ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺧـﺎﺹ ﻭﺃﻛﻤـﻞ ﻭﺃ ﹼﰎ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻮﺳـﻰ ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﺄﻣﲑ ﺑﺈﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺃﺳـﺘﺎﺫﻩ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺪ‪‬ﺱ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﺗﻌﻠﱠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑـﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﺪﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﹼﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﱂ ﺗﻮﻫﺐ ﻟـﻪ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻟﺸﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺇﻗﺎﻣ ﹸﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺝ ﻧﻴﻞ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﳕﻮﺫ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻘـﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﺄﺛﺮ ﻃﺒﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻟﻮ ﻗـﺪ‪‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺿﺪﻫﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻔﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺷﺘ‪‬ﺮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻷﺯﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ‪‬ﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﹰﺍ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﷲ ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺆ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻴـﺪﺍﻥ‪.١٢‬‬ ‫‪ 12‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛ ﹸﻞ ﻧﱯ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻷﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻼﻣﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻧﱯ ﻣﺆﻳ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺺ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻻﲰﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺒﻴ‪‬ﲔ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺍﺳ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﳜﺺ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﳜ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﺆﻳ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ – ﻓﻴﺘﻌﻠﱠﻖ ﺑﻌﻴﺴﻰ ‬ ‫ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻔﻮﻕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫"ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﻮﻯ" ﺩﺍﺋﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻗﻞ‬

‫‪٢٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﲰﻪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺃﻳـﻀﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﻒ ‪‬ﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤـﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻭﺯ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻓﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺙ ﰲ ﺍﻟـﺰﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻣﺎ ‪‬ﻡ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﻌـﻮ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺬﺭ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣﻬﺪﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻤﻴ ﹶﺬ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﺣﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﻠﻘﱢـﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠـﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﹰﺍ ﻷﺣﺪ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺮﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺰﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺆ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﺀ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴـﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻔـﺸﻴﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺽ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻻﺑـﺘﻼﺀﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﲟﺮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻼﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻟﻨﻴﻞ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ‪‬ﻳﱪِﺉ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﻳﺾ ﺑﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟ ﹸﻘﺪ‪‬ﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺃﻧـﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ "ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﻮﻯ" ﻣﺮﺗﺒ ﹰﺔ ‪ -‬ﲣﺺ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﱯ ﻣﻬﺪﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻣﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻴﺰﺗﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺗﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺣﻴﺚ ‪‬ﺳﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻪ‪ :‬ﻋﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺷﺪِﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘﻮ‪‬ﻯ )ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ‪ (٦ :‬ﻭﻭﺻﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻋﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻳ‪‬ﺪ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺑﻔﻴﻀﻪ‬ ‫ﻛ ﱠﻞ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻟﺘﻤﻜﱠﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻳﻨﺠﺰﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﺒﺄﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻫﺎﺗﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﲔ ﺳﺘﺠﺘﻤﻌﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺇﻣﺎﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺇﺷﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺼﻔﹸﻪ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻠﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﻒ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻠﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٢٣‬‬

‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﺎﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺇﻋﺠﺎﺯ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺑﺮﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻹﻗﻨﺎﻋﻪ ﺃﻥ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﱪﹶﺃ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﱠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻬﺎﺕ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗﺘﻢ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺴﺒ‪‬ﺐ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳋﻄﺄ‪ .‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﻴﺸﻪ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻣﻌ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻷﻥ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﻌـﺖ ﻋﻼﻗـﺔ ﺍﻟﻼﺣﻘـﲔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻛﺂﺩﻡ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﺑﺘﻌﺒﲑ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻣﻬﺪﻳ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫﹸﻩ ﻭﻣﺮﺷﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻳﻜﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ ﻣﻨـﻪ ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﳚﻬﻠﹸﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺻـﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻭﺧﺼﺎﺋﺼﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﻌـﺎﺭﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﺎﺋﻌﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﻘﻮﺩﺓ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺪ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻨـﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﳝـﺎ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺩ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛـﻞ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣ ﹶﻞ ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺍﳌﻬﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻢ ﺻﺤﻒ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻢ ﺍﻟﺘـﻮﺭﺍﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺻﺤﻒ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺣﻴﺪ‪ ..‬ﺃﻋﲏ ﳏﻤـﺪﺍ‬

‫‪٢٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﳏﻀ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌﻴـﺸﻪ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻈﻬـﺮﺕ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺟ ﹲﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﺍﻝ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺑﺈﲤﺎﻡ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﺍﳉﻠﻲ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌـﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﺩ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﺕ ﲤﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻨﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺴﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻨﻪ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﺮﺗﻘـﻲ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻗـﺪ ﻋﻠﱠﻤـﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﺪﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﱠﻢ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺈﳕﺎ ﻳﻌـﲏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻳﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ ﺗﻨﺼﺮﻩ ﺑﲔ ﺣﲔ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ(‪.١٣‬‬

‫ﺱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺭﻭﺡ‬ ‫‪ 13‬ﻳﻨﺸﺄ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺑﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ" ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺬﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﺍ ﻷﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﰉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ ﰲ ﻛﻨﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﺍﳋﺎﺹ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻠﺪﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛﻞ ﲤﺜﱡﻞ ﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﹼﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺁﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻋﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺷﺪِﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘﻮ‪‬ﻯ )ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ‪ (٦ :‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺩﻭﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﻭﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻏ ‪‬ﲑ ﻣﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺗ‪‬ﺸﲑ ﺁﻳ ﹸﺔ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ ِﻄ ‪‬ﻖ ‪‬ﻋ ِﻦ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻬﻮ‪‬ﻯ * ِﺇ ﹾﻥ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ِﺇﻟﱠﺎ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻮﺣ‪‬ﻰ )ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻢ‪ ،(٥-٤ :‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ" ﻓﺘﺪ ﹼﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﻣﻼﺯﻡ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ "ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ" ﻷﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﺭﻭﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒ‪‬ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ "ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻯ" ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺼﺒ‪‬ﻎ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺄﺭﻭﻉ ﺻﺒﻐﺔ ﻟﻠﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٢٥‬‬

‫ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻔﺎ ﺣﻔﺮﺓ ﻓﺄﻧﻘﺬﻛﻢ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﷲ( ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻛـﺎﻥ ﺃﻣـﺮ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻟﹰﺎ"‪) ..‬ﺃﻱ ﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻘ ‪‬ﺪﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﺀ‪(.‬‬ ‫"ﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ" )ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺇﳍﻴـﺔ ﺃﻡ‬ ‫ﻻ(؟‬ ‫ﷲ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ" )ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫"ﻋﺴﻰ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﲪﻜﻢ" ) ﻟﻘﺪ ﲡﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳـﺮﲪﻜﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﰎ ‪‬ﻋﺪ‪‬ﻧﺎ‪) ..‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻋﺮﺿﺘﻢ ﻓﺴﻴ‪‬ﻌﺮﺽ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ(‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎ ﺟﻬـﻨ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﺼﲑ‪‬ﺍ" )ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺳﻴﺒﻘﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺳﺠﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﻢ‪(.‬‬ ‫"ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﳊﻖ" )ﻛﻤﺎ ﺣﺴﺒﺘﻢ(‪" ...‬ﻗﻞ ﺍﷲ" )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌـﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪( ....‬‬ ‫"ﻭﻧﻈﺮﻧﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﻗﻠﻨﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﺭ‪ ) ..‬ﺃﻱ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺷ‪‬ﻌﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ(‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻮﱐ ﺑﺮﺩﺍ ﻭﺳﻼﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ" )ﻫﺬﺍ(‪ )..‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﻫـﺬﻩ‬

‫ﺳﺘﺨﻤﺪ ﻭﺗﻨﻄﻔﺊ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺛﻨﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﲏ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺒﺄ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺖ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺘﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻳﺼﺪﻗﻮﻧﲏ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺒﺄ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﱐ ﺟﺎﻋﻠﻚ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﺎ" )ﻣﻌﻬﻮﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﺑﻌﺜﻚ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﺎ ﻣﻮﻋـﻮﺩﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻬﺪﻳﺎ ﻣﻌﻬﻮﺩﺍ‪...‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ(‬

‫‪٢٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫"ﳚﺘﱯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺸﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ" )ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺪﺧﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻪ‪....‬ﻓﻘـﺪ ﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﻌﻞ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺮﻓـﻚ ﺃﺣـﺪ‪.‬‬ ‫‪..‬ﻭﻳﻮﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﲨﻴﻌﺎ‪(.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﱏ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ" )ﺍﳌﻨﺼﺐ؟(‬ ‫"ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ )ﻓﺎﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻨﺼﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﺒـﺎﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﻴﻪ( ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻪ )ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ( ﺍﳊﺎﺳﺪﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪) ".‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻗﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ" )ﺃﻱ ﺇﻧﲏ ﻟﺴﺖ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻌﻠﻪ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ( ﺯﺍﺩ ﳎﺪﻙ ‪) "...‬ﺃﻱ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺁﺑﺎﺀﻙ‪،١٤‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻚﻣﻨﻚ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺛﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﺎﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭ ‪‬ﺯﻭ‪‬ﺟﻚ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻚ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ( ﺍﳉ‪‬ﻨ ﹶﺔ"‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﺳﻜﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻚ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻚ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺘﻚ( ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﻚ( ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ"‬ ‫ﺖ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﻚ )ﺃﻱ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻚ ﻭﺯﻭﺟﺘ ‪‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﱘ ﺍﺳﻜﻦ ﺃﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 14‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺁﺑﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒ ِﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺯﻋﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﱪ ﺍﻷﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﻻﺓ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﳛﻜﻤﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻯ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﲤﺘﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ‪ ٧٥‬ﻣﻴﻼ ﻃﻮﻻ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺷﺎﺭ ﹲﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﱐ ﺳﺄﻛﺴﺐ ﺷﻬﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﻔﻮﻕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﻵﺑﺎﺀ ﻭﺻﻼﺣﻬﻢ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻫﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٢٧‬‬

‫"ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ )ﺃﻱ ﺳﺘﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ ﺑﻄﻬﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺃﻣﻦ( ﻃﺒﺘﻢ ﻓﺎﺩﺧﻠﻮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﻣﻨﲔ"‬ ‫"ﻭﺇﱐ ﻓﻀﻠﺘﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ" )ﺃﻱ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰲ ﻋﺼﺮﻙ(‬ ‫"ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﺻﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺭﺟـﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺭﺱ"‬ ‫"ﺩﻧﺎ ﻓﺘﺪﱃ" )ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ(‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﰲ ﻇﻠﻴﺘﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺱ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ‬ ‫ﻗﻮﺱ‬

‫"ﻭﺑﺎﳊ ‪‬ﻖ ﺃﻧـﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﻧﺰﻝ"‪) .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺃﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺫﹸﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ(‬ ‫‪ 15‬ﻭﳑﺎ ﳚﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺗﻨﺘﻤﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺇﱃ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲏ ﻓﺎﺭﺱ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻋ‪‬ﺜﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻐﻮﻝ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳ ‪‬ﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﺛﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺟﺪﺍﺗﻨﺎ ﻛﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻴﻼﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺘﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻋﺎﺋﻠ ﹲﺔ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻼﺕ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺎﱂ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﹾﻤﻪ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻭﻳﻘﻴﲏ ﻭﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻇﲏ ﻭﻣﺒﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻚ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٢٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫"ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻮ ﻻ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺘﲔ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ" )ﺃﻱ ﺳـﻴﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺇﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻓﻼﻧﻴﺎ ﳝﻜﺚ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﻛﺬﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺍ ﺃﺣﻖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ" )ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ ‪(.‬‬ ‫"ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ )ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻱ ﺇﻳﺎﻙ ﺧﻠ ‪‬ﻖ( ﻓﺄﻛﺮﻣ‪‬ﻪ"‬ ‫‪١٦‬‬ ‫"ﺟﺮﻱ ﺍﷲ )ﺃﻱ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ( ﰲ ﺣﻠﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ"‬ ‫"ﻭﺇﺫ ﳝﻜﺮ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ‪) "..‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﰐ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻔﱵ‬ ‫ﺷﺨﺺ ﺑﺘﻜﻔﲑﻙ ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻓﺘﻮﺍﻩ ﺗﺆﺛﺮ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ(‬ ‫"ﺃﻭِﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ﱄ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﹸﻥ" )ﺃﻱ ﻧﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﻟﻌﻠﹼﻲ ﺃﻃﹼﻠﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ(‬ ‫‪ 16‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻭﳎﺎﺯﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻠﻤ ﹸﺔ‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﻨﱯ" ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺳﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﻧﺒﺄ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﰒ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﱪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻪ ﻓﻴﺴﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻲ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﺭﻳﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻮﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻨﺠﺎﺏ ﻛﻠﱢﻬﺎ ﻳﻘﺮﺃﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻠﱠﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳉﻤﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻣﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺷﻴﺨﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﳝﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻫﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٢٩‬‬

‫ﺐ" )ﺃﻱ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ ﻃﻠﺐ‬ ‫"ﺗﺒ‪‬ﺖ ﻳﺪﺍ ﺃﰊ ﳍﺐ ﻭﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭﻫﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺧﺎﺋﻔﺎ" )ﻓﻔﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭ ﹲﺓ ﻧﺒﻮﺀ ﹰﺓ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻜﻔﲑﻱ‪" (.‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻚ )ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ(‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﷲ"‪.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟ ِﻔﺘ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻﱪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﱪ ﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ" )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ(‬ ‫"ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﻫﻦ ﻛﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ" )ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺨﻴ‪‬ﺐ ﻣﻜﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺃﺧﲑﺍ(‬

‫"ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﳎﺬﻭﺫ" )ﺃﻱ ﺳﺘﺠﺪ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﺃﺟﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ‪(.‬‬ ‫"ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﺭﺗﻘﹰﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭﳘﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﺍﻫﺮﳘﺎ ﳐﻔﻴﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻓ ﹶﻔ‪‬ﺘﻘﹾﻨﺎﳘﺎ )ﺃﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻖ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻗﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺘﺸﻔﻮﻥ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﻣﺰﺍﻳﺎﻫﺎ ﻭﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻬﻢ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻖ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ(‬ ‫ﱄ" )ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺇﱐ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﹼﻴﻚ ﻭﺭﺍﻓﻌﻚ ﺇ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺒﺬﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﺘ‪‬ﺤﺪﺙ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﻳﻈﻦ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻓﻮﻋﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﻴﻨﺔ ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻘﺮ‪‬ﺏ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﻓﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺌﲔ ﺳﺘﺨﻴﺐ ﺁﻣﺎﳍﻢ(‬

‫‪٣٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫"ﺛﻠﹼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭ‪‬ﻟﲔ‪) ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻭﺍﺋﻞ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ( ﻭﺛﻠﹼﺔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ" )ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ(‬ ‫"ﺃﻡ ﺣﺴﺒﺘﻢ ‪) "...‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﳛﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻘﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻭ ﳐﺘﻔﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻣﻐﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻧﺴﺎ ﹲﻥ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ؟( "ﻗﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ" )ﺃﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺎﺋﺐ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﺠﺐ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ(‬ ‫"ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ )ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ( ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻨﺎﻩ )ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺒﺒﻨﺎﻩ( ﻭﳒﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻢ‪".‬‬

‫ﻓﻼﺣِﻈﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﻋﻠﱠﻖ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻮﻱ ﻭﻗِﺒﻠﹶﻬﺎ ﲨﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺒـﺎﺭﺯﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺠﺎﺏ ﻭﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣـﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤـﺔ "ﺍﻟـﺼﻼﺓ"‬ ‫ﻭ"ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ" ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻛﺜﲑ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻣﲏ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺻﺪﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﱄ ﻻﻋﺘﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ‬ ‫ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻧ‪‬ﺸﺮﺕ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻳﻮﺍﻓﻘـﻮﻧﲏ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻬـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺭﻏﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻤﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﺋـﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺪ‪‬ﻗﻮﻫﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻣـﻞ ﺟﻠﻴـﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺎﺱ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﻜﻮﱐ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﺼﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴـﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﲰ‪‬ﺎﱐ ﺍﷲ "ﻋﻴﺴﻰ" ﻭﺫﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻲ ﺍﻵﻳـﺎ ِ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٣١‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻓﻄﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺑﺄﱐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﳌﺎ ﻗﺒِﻠﻮﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻭﻗﻌﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺄﺯﻕ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺮﺿﲔ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻜﱢﺮﻭﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﺛﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻧـﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﱯ ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﺣﻴـﺚ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﺮﻳﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻓﻪ ﺍﻟﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﻌﺪ ﺃﻣ ﹰﺔ ﺃﻧﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻭﳍﺎ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺁﺧﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﲜﻼﺀ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺟﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺣﻖ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻏ ‪‬ﲑ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﻭﰲ ﻏﲑ ﳏﻠﻪ؟ ﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃﻳـﻦ ﻃـﺎﺭ ﺻـﻮﺍ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻘﻮﳍﻢ ﺇﺫ ﳛﺴﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻋﺰ‪‬ﻩ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ‪ -‬ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ -‬ﺫﻟﻴﻼ ﻭﻣﻬﺎﻧﺎ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺮ‪‬ﻣﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺼﻔﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﳍـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﳓﻦ ﻧﻨﺒﻬﻬﻢ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺸﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺪﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺻﻒ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺻـﻔ‪‬ﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺩﺭﺟ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺷﺮﻓﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻘﺒﻠـﻮﺍ ﻓـﻼ ﻧـﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺴﺎﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﻜﺮﻫﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺮﺃﰎ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻓﻠﻦ ﲡﺪﻭﺍ ﻏـﲑ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻫﻮ ﻣ‪‬ـﻦ ﺳـﻮﻑ ﻳ‪‬ـﺮﻯ‬

‫‪٣٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻧﺎﺯﻻ‪١٧‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ٌﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻨﺎﻗﺾ ﻛﺘﺎﺑـﻪ ﺇﺫ ﻗـﺪ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﰲ‪ .‬ﻭﳑـﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻜﻢ ﻛﺘﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﰲ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜـﺮﱘ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﻨـﺰﻟﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ؛ ﻓﻬـﻞ ﻧ‪‬ـﺴﺨﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺺ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ؟ ﺣﲔ ﻧﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻣـﺮﺍﺭﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺒﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺒﺎﻻﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻗﺪ ﻃﺄﻃﺄ ﻣﺎﺋ ﹸﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺻﺤﺎﰊ ﺭﺀﻭﺳﻬﻢ ﻭﺁﻣ‪‬ﻨﻮﺍ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑـﺄﻥ ﲨﻴـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﹶﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﺃﻭﻥ ﻛﺘﱯ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑﺓ ﺇﺫ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻨﺪﻛﻢ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻜـﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﱯ "ﲢﻔﺔ ﻏﻮﻟﺮﻭﻳﺔ" ﻭ"ﲢﻔﺔ ﻏﺰﻧﻮﻳﺔ" ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗـﻞ ﺍﻟﻠـﺬﹶﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺃﰎ ﻛﺘﻴ‪‬ـ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺒ‪‬ﺘﻬﻤﺎ ﳍﺪﺍﻳﺔ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﻭﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻳﲔ ‪ -‬ﺃﻗﺼﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ ‪ -‬ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺀ‪‬ﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺎﻋﺘﲔ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﻭﺇﻣﻌﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﻓﺴﻴﺘﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺇﺻﺮﺍﺭﻛﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻘﻴﺪﺓ ﺣﻴـﺎﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﺸﻴﺌ ﹶﺔ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ‪ .‬ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺰﺓ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺑﻌﺜ ﹸﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺳﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﺯﻻ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﺰﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥﹸ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹸﻗﺪ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 17‬ﱂ ﻳ ‪‬ﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺎﺯﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﱄ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ؟ ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٣٣‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﻣﻀﻰ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ ١٧‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣـﺔ ﻳﺘﺮﻗﺒﻮﻧـﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻮﻕ ﱂ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺯﻋﻤﻜﻢ ﺣﱴ ﳎ ‪‬ﺪﺩ ﺻﻐﲑ ﺑﻞ ﻗـﺪ ﻇﻬـﺮ‬ ‫ﺩﺟﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﺃﻓﻠﻦ ﺗ‪‬ﺴﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﺅ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ– ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺬﺭﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ‪ -‬ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻗﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺭﺟﻞ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﻭﺷﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍﳊـﺎﱄ ﻟﻺﺳـﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ﰲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﻀﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴـﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﺳـﻼﻑ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻛﺸﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺠﻤﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻓﺎﺩﺕ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﲝﺘﻤﻴﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺠﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﺳﺘﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺎﺭﻛﲔ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻫﻨﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﺬﺑﺘﻤﻮﱐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ؛ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﷲ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻔﹼﺮﲤﻮﱐ ﻭﲰ‪‬ﻴﺘﻤﻮﱐ ﺩﺟﺎﻻ؟ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ‪‬ﻛـﻢ ﻣﺜـﻞ ﺭﺩﻭﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺘﺒﻮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻛﹸﺘﺒﻬﻢ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭﹰﺍ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ﻭﻫـﻲ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻘﻲ ﺑﻌـﻀ‪‬ﻬﺎ؟‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻟﺰﻣﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺃﺧﱪﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛ ﹸﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺄﻳـﺪﻳﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺼ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺒﻴﻨﻮ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻤﻌﻮﺍ ﳌﻦ ﺃﹸﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟـﻴﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﻜﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺎﻗﺒﻠﻮﻩ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﰎ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﺃﺳﻔﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ! ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺄﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺭﺱ ﻣـﻦ ﻗـﺼﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻬـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﺣﺘﺠ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨـﻮﺍ ﻣـﺎ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘـﻖ ﲨﻴـﻊ‬

‫‪٣٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ‪،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻼ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻣـﺮﻭﺭ ﺯﻣـﻦ ﻃﻮﻳـﻞ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺧـﺎﰎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺘﻌﺜﺮﻭﺍ ﲟﺎ ﺗﻌﺜﺮﺕ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺫﺧﲑﺗ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺻﺤﻴﺤ ﹰﺔ ﲝﺬﺍﻓﲑﻫﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟ ﹲﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍ‪‬ﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﹶﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺣﺼﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻖ ﻓﺈﳕﺎ ﺍﳊﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻢ ﺍﳊﹶﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﹶﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﹸﻬـﺎ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨـﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺃﺳﻼﻓﻜﻢ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺻﻨ‪‬ﻔﻮﺍ ﺣﺪﻳﺜﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺣﺴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺛﺎﻟﺜﺎ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﺃ ﹼﻥ ﻏﲑﻩ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﱂ‬ ‫ﺚ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻨﻴﻒ ﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺪﻳ ﹲ‬ ‫ﺚ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﻓﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳝﻨﻌﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺩ‪‬ﻩ؟ ﻓﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺭﻃﺐ ﻭﻳﺎﺑﺲ ﻳﻮﺟ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﻓﻼ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻧﺒﻮ ﹸﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﻻ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺧﺎﰎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ؛ ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﰲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﺜﻼ ﳛﺘﺠﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﻣﻼﺧﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺄﰐ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﺇﱃ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٣٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﳜﻠﹼﺺ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﹸﻮﻯ ﺍﻷﺟﻨﺒﻴﺔ‪ ..‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻣِﻠﻜﹰﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻫﻞ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺜﺘﻪ؟ ﻛﻼ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻄﻠﺖ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺗﲔ ﻭﱂ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﺠﺄ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻭﻳﻼﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﺴﺨﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪﻭﻧﻪ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺧﻲ ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ ﻭﱂ ﻳ ِﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺜﻴﻠﻪ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻵﰐ ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﻣِﻠﻜﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﲎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻛﺘ‪‬ﺒﻬﻢ ﺗﻨﺒﺄ ‪‬‬ ‫ﱯ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﺎﺯ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﹶﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﳏﺪ‪‬ﺙ ﻳﺄﰐ ﺣ‪‬ﻜﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻴﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﻭﻳﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺩﻭﻫﺎ ﻟﻪ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻷﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﺍ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ ‪‬ﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﺿﻴﻔﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﹸﻓﺴ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﰊ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺫﻛﺮ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﺃﻫ ﹸﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻌﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳﺮﺗﻜﺐ ﻇﻠﻤﺎ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﳌﺎ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬

‫‪٣٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ ﳌﺎ ﺁﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻵﻣﻦ ﻟﻠﺒﺎﺣﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﻏ ‪‬ﲑ ﺍﳋﻄِﺮ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻇﻬﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﳜﺸﻰ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺗﻜﺬﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲢﻮﺯﻩ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺎﺕ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍ ﳌﺬﻫﺒﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻐﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﻨـﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﻙ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺻ ﹶﻞ ﻟﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃ ﹼﻥ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﻳﻜﺬﱢﺑﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ؛ ﻓﺎﻟﻨﱯ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﺮﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻳﺼﻌﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ؟‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﻌﺘﱪﻭﻧﲏ ﺩﺟﺎﻻ ﻭﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ؛ ﺗﺄ ‪‬ﻣﻠﻮﺍ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻫﻞ ﲤﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻟﺘﱪﻳﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮ ﻭﺳﻼﻃﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ؟ ﺃﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﳛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺗ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺣﺼﺮﺍ؟ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺮ‪‬ﺡ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻮ‪‬ﰲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺁﻳ ﹸﺔ‪ :‬ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻮﱠﻓ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘﻨِﻲ ‪.‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﰲ ﻻ ﻳﻌﲏ ﻏﲑ ﻗﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ‪ ،١٨‬ﰒ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻗ‪‬ﺒِﻠ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ﺇِﻻ ‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹲﻝ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺧﹶﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﻳ ﹲﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪ :‬ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﻌﻮﻝ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫‪ 18‬ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻣﻮﺱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﰲ ‪ -‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﻋﻞ ﻫﻮ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﺇﻧﺴﺎﻧﺎ ‪ -‬ﻓﻤﻌﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺗﺔ ﺣﺼﺮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﰲ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﺗﺔ ﻭﻗﺒﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺡ ﺣﺼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﺗﺮﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻠﻪ ﲟﻌﲎ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٣٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺳ ﹸﻞ ‪ ..١٩‬ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻗﺮﺃﻫﺎ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺑﻜﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﻬﺪ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺳﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﻟﻴﻠ ﹶﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺿﻤﻦ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺧﻠﹶﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﺮ‪‬ﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‪:‬‬ ‫"ﻋﺎﺵ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻭﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ"‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪" :‬ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ‬ ‫ﱯ ﺧﺎ ﹶﰎ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺣ‪‬ﻴﲔ ﳌﺎ ﻭﺳِﻌﻬﻤﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺍ‪‬ﺗﺒﺎﻋﻲ"‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟﻘﱠﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺧﺒِﺮﻭﱐ ﻫﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﻚ ﰲ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺼﻮﺹ؟! ﺃﻣﺎ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺛﱠﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣِﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺣﺼﺮﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻲ ﺁﻳﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻭﺃﹸﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺁﻳﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﹸﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺩﰎ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻄﻬﲑ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺮﺿﺎﺗﻪ ﻭﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺍﺣﻜﻢ‪ .٢٠‬ﻭﺇﻧﲏ‬ ‫‪ 19‬ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪١٤٥ :‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﻟﺴﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺭﺓ ﺁﻳ ﹲﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪ 20‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻗﺮﻧﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺘﻨﻘﻞ ﺑﲔ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻻﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻔﱠﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺳﺘﺘﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﰲ‬

‫‪٣٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻘﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﻮ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻢ ﺁﻳ ﹰﺔ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻭﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﻬ‪‬ﺪﰎ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺃﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﺧﺎﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﻘﻮﺗﻪ ﻓﺈﻧﻜﻢ ﺳﺘﺘﺨﻠﻮﻥ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺑﻐﺾ ﻭﺷﺤﻨﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻨﻀﻤﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﻳﻌﲔ ﺍﺑﺘﻐﺎﺀ ﳌﺮﺿﺎﺓ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺈ ﹼﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺁﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻻ ﳏﺎﻟﺔ؛ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺮﱘ‪ .‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﱐ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﲢﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﻮﻣﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﻳﺎ ٍﻡ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻉ ﻣﺒﺘﻐﺎﻛﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒِﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺩ ﳍﺎ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺗﺒﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻷﻱ ﻧﻘﺎﺵ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻱ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺻﺮ ﻓﻼ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪ‪‬ﺩ ﲬﺴﲔ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺳﺘﲔ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺔ ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﺪ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﺃﻋﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻮﺍﻋﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﶈﺎﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻴﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﳝﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻮﻳﺔ ﺍﳋﻼﻑ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺇﻻ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ‬ ‫‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﲣﺎﺫﻛﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﹸﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺨﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﰒ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺗﺴﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﺖ )ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ‪ (٥:‬ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺮﻛﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺂﻳﺔ ‪‬ﻭِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻌﺸ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻋ ﱢﻄﹶﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫"ﻳ‪‬ﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﺹ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ" ﻳﺸﻬﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻋﻈﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭِﻩ ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻘﺖ ﺑﺎﺑﺘﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻄﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٣٩‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻐﻮﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﻟﺮﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺮ ﻭﺛﻴﻘﺔ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺗﻮﻗﻴﻊ ﲬﺴﲔ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﻗ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﻧﺘﺨﻠﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺧﺸﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻱ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﻭﻧﻨﻀﻢ ﺇﱃ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻳﻌﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺳﺎﻭﺭﺗ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﻭﺱ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺇﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﻴﻨﻜﱢﺲ ﺭﺅﻭﺳﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ؛ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﻧﻜﻢ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﺳﻬﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﺳﻬﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻻ ﳛ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺧﻴﻤﺔ ﲝﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻑ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻫﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻘﺪﻭﺍ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻄﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﺗﺴﺮ ﺃﻭ ﰲ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﳋﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻭﺭﲪ ﹰﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﳚﺘﻤﻊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻋﺪﺩ‬‫ﳑﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺳﺄﺣﻀﺮﻫﺎ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﲨﺎﻋﱵ ﰒ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﲔ‪ :‬ﺭﺑﻨﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻣﻔﺘ ٍﺮ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻭﻻ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻓﺎﺭﻓ ‪‬ﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﺃﻧﻘﺬ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻘﺬﺗ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮ ﻣﺴﻴﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺴﻲ‬ ‫‪‬ﻼﻛﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻬﺎﻣﻨﺎ ﻭﻋﻘﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻗﺎﺻﺮﺓ ﻓﻔ ‪‬ﻬﻤ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺧﻮﺍﺭﻕ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﻨﻌﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻧ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﻭﺃﹶﻇﻬِﺮ ‪ -‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍ ﻟﻪ ‪ -‬ﺁﻳﺎ ٍ‬

‫‪٤٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺳﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻊ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ ﺑﺼﻮﺕ ﻋﺎﻝ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺄﺩﻋﻮ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺘﺒﺘ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺁﻧﻔﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﺳﺄﻛﺘﺒﻬﺎ ﻻﺣﻘﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻏﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﳌﻄﺒﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻤﻮ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺇﳍﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹸﻣﺴﻜﻪ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺃﻋﺘﱪ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﲟﻮﺟﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺎ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻭﺃﻋ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﰲ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﺗﻰ؛ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻛﻼﻣ‪‬ﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﻚ ﺗﺮﺍﱐ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻭﺩﺟﺎﻻ ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻏﻀﺒﻚ ﻧﺎﺯ ﹲﻝ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﺈﱐ ﺃﺗﻀﺮﻉ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻄﺐ ﺍﲰﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﻴﺎﺀ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻭﺩ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﺃﻣﺮﻱ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻭﺃﺟ ِﻬ ‪‬ﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﲨﺎﻋﱵ ﻭﺍﻣ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﲰﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻨﻚ ﻭﺃﻧﲏ ﳏﻞ ﻓﻀﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻹﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻣﻜﱢﻦ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺪﻡ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻏﲑ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﺑﺎﺭ ‪‬ﻙ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﺯﺩﻫﺎﺭ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻕ ﻭﺑﺎﺭ ‪‬ﻙ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺮﻛﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻤﺮﻱ ﻭﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﲔ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮﻳﻦ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‪ :‬ﺁﻣﲔ‪.٢١‬‬ ‫‪ 21‬ﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﱭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﲢﺖ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻫﻠﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻫﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﻭﰲ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻠﺢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻋﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻨـﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺎﺭﺿﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨﺔ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٤١‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻀﺮ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﺹ ﻭﺑﺼﻔﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻏﻀﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻮﺍﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺴﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﱪﻭﻫﺎ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﺯ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺸﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﱪﻭﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻣﺒﺎﻫﻠﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺄﺛﲑ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﳚﺎﰊ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﱯ ﳜﺼﲏ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺣﺪﻱ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎ ُﺀ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﲔ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﹸﺮﻗﺔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺯﺩﺍﺩﺕ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﹸﺮﻗﺔ ﻭﺗﻜﺬﻳﺒﻜﻢ ﻳﻀ‪‬ﻌﻒ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺑﻠﻎ‬ ‫ﺃﻟﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻭ ﹸﻛﻔﱢﺮ ﻛ ﹸﻞ ﻣﺮﻳﺪ ﱄ ﻓﻬﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﹸﺮﻗﺔ؟‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻴﻤﻜﻨﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﺭﻭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻫﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﹸﺮﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﺒﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻟﻺﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻀﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﲡﺎﻫﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺑﺘﻀﺮﻉ ﻭﺑﻜﺎﺀ ﻭﺧﺸﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﳜﺮﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﺑﺔ ﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻀﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﰲ ﺻﻼﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺴﻘﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﺼﲔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺒﻨﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﺸﺮﻱ ﻭﺗﺼ‪‬ﻨ ٍﻊ ﻓﺴﲑﺗﻘﻲ ﺩﻋﺎ ُﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻮﻣﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻋﺎﺟﻼ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ ﲰﺎﻭﻳ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﹸﻗﻴﻤﺖ ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﺎﺏ ﺩﻋﺎﺋﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﺒ‪‬ﻠﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻓﺴﻴ‪‬ﺼﻴﺐ ﺃﺛﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻱ ﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٤٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺩﺍﻋﻲ ﻟﻠﺤﺸﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﺇﺫ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺘﻤﻊ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﻮﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﻋﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺑﻮﺭﻙ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺇﺟﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻨﻀ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﺘﻀﺮﻉ ﻭﺑﻜﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﻉ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺳﻴﻜﺎﺑﺪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻭﻋﺜﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﺤﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﻠﻲ ﻛﺒﲑ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺤﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻳ ‪‬ﺦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺘﺤﻠﻔﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻮﺍﻓﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻒ ﻭﺍﳋﺮﻳﻒ ﻻ ﳜﻠﻮ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻧﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺘﻔﺸﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳌﻮﲰﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺭﺃﻳﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ‪١٩٠٠-١٠-١٥‬ﻡ ﺣﻴﺚ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﻘﺲ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻭﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﻀﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻮﱃ ﺑ ‪‬ﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﻟﺮﻭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﻣﻬﻤﺔ ﺯﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﻃﺎﺋﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﺗﲑ ﻭﻳﻨﺸﺮ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﻭﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻃﻮﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺷﺮﻭﻃﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺭﰊ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺤﻖ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺗﻘﺪﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻫﻠﺔ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺤﺪﺙ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺼﻴﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻲ ﻭﺷﺮ‪‬ﰲ‪،‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٤٣‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﺭﺟﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻮﺍﻓﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻢ ﻳﺘﻜﺒ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳ ‪‬ﺦ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻛ ﹶﻞ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﺼ‪‬ﻖ ﰊ ‪ ‬ﻢ ﱂ ﻳﺴﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ ُﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﺷﺘﻐﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ‪‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎﻻ ﻭﺗﻮﻇﱠﻔﻮﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪ‪‬ﻣﻮﺍ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﻨ‪‬ﻌﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﺭﻛﺒﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻐﺎﳍﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺻﻔﻮﻫﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮ‪‬ﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﻻﺑﺘﻼ ٍﺀ ﰲ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺯﻋﻤﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻠﻜﹰﺎ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﻮﺩ ِﺓ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻛﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺭﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﺧﺬ ﺣ‪‬ﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﺼﺮ ﺧﺪﺍﻋﺎ ﻭﻛﺬﺏ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﻗﺘ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺿ‪‬ﻊ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﺳﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺪﺩﺍ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ ﺍﺭﺗﺪﻭﺍ ﺣﲔ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺯﻋﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﳉﺄ ﺇﱃ ﻋﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺢ ﺑﺎﳊﺪﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﻄﺊ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﺚ "ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﻫﻠﻲ"؛‬ ‫ﰲ ﻓﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﺗﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺣﺪﻳ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺇﻟﻐﺎ َﺀ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﺪ ﺑﻨـﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻣﻔﺼ‪‬ﻼ ﰲ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ "ﺍﻟﺪﺭ ﺍﳌﻨﺜﻮﺭ" ﻭﺳِﻔﺮ ﻳﻮﻧﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎ ﺟﻠﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﻤﺘﻘﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﰲ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ؟ ﺗﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺑﺄﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ!‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺳﺠ‪‬ﻞ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺑﻘﻴﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﻴﺐ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬

‫‪٤٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫"ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﺒﺎﺭ ‪‬ﻙ ﻭﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ .‬ﺯﺍﺩ ﳎﺪ‪‬ﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺁﺑـﺎﺅﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺒـ ‪‬ﺪﹸﺃ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻚ‪ .‬ﻋﻄﺎ ًﺀ ﻏﲑ ﳎﺬﻭﺫ‪ .‬ﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺭﺣﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﻴﻞ ﺑ‪‬ﻌـﺪ‪‬ﺍ‬

‫ﻼ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﻟﻨ‪‬ﺤﻴﻴﻨ‪‬ﻚ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻃﻴﺒـﺔ‪ ،‬ﲦـﺎﻧﲔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﳌﲔ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻯ ﻧﺴ ﹰ‬

‫ﺣﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛـﺎﻥ ﻭﻋـ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﻔﻌﻮﻻ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣِﻦ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺑﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﻧﻌﻤﺘـﻪ ﻋﻠﻴـﻚ ﻟﻴﻜـﻮﻥ ﺁﻳـﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻙ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﻃﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣ‪‬ﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﻧـﻮﺭﻩ ﻭﻟـﻮ ﻛـﺮﻩ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﺧﲑ ﺍﳌﺎﻛﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﺡ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﻣِﻦ ﻛﻞﹼ ﻓﺞ‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺞ‪ ‬ﻋﻤﻴﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻙ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﻟـﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻻ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﹶﻝ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺑﺎﳍﹸﺪﻯ ﻭﺩﻳ ِﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻘﻠﹶﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻣﻄﹼﻠﻌﲔ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺧﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺑـﻚ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﺟﺎﻋ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﻙ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،٢٢‬ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻜﲔ ﺃﻣﲔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﲏ ﲟﻨــﺰﻟ ٍﺔ ﻻ‬

‫ﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﳋ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻖ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮﻛﻚ ﺣﱴ ﳝﻴﺰ ﺍﳋﺒﻴ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻠﹶﻤﻬﺎ ﺍ ﹶ‬

‫‪22‬‬

‫ﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﺭﺕ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٤٥‬‬

‫ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨـﺎﺱ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻓ ﹶﺬﺭ‪‬ﱐ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺬﺑﲔ‪ .٢٣‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻏﺎﻟ ‪‬‬

‫ﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﻭﲤﹼ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ .‬ﻳ‪‬ﻘـﻴﻢ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻓﺨﻠﻘـ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﺠﻠﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﺭﺩ ‪‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﻌﻠﹼﻘﹰﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺜﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻨﺎﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ـﺎ‬

‫ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ ﻗﺮﻳﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﳊﻖ ﻧﺰﻝ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻔﻌﻮ ﹰﻻ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻛﺎﻧﺘﺎ ﺭﺗﻘﹰﺎ‬

‫ﻓ ﹶﻔ‪‬ﺘﻘﹾﻨﺎﳘﺎ‪ .‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﳍﹸﺪﻯ ﻭﺩﻳ ِﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﻗﹸـ ﹾﻞ ﺇ ِﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻳﺘ‪‬ـﻪ ﻓﻌﻠـﻲ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﻋﻤﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﺃﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﻘﻠﻮﻥ؟ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻣـﺎ‬ ‫ﺇﺟﺮﺍﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻟﺒﺜ ‪‬‬

‫ﲰﻌﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ؟ ﻗ ﹾﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻳﺒﺘ ِﻎ‬ ‫ﻏﲑﻩ ﻟﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺒ‪‬ﻞ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﺳﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺮﺍﻁ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻴﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﹶﺃﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﻟﻚ‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻭﺃﻋﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﻮﻡ ﺁﺧﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻓﺘـﺄﺗﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺕ ﳌﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻮﻋﺪﻭ ﹶﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻫﻴﻬﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺮ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻫﻴﻬﺎ ‪‬‬

‫ﻫﻮ ﻣ‪‬ﻬﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻜﺎﺩ ﻳﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﺟﺎﻫ ﹲﻞ ﺃﻭ ﳎﻨﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﲢﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻓﺎﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﱐ ﳛﺒﺒ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻔﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﳌـﺴﺘﻬﺰﺋﲔ‪ .‬ﹶﺫﺭ‪‬ﱐ ﻭﺍﳌﻜـﺬﺑﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻋﺸﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ‬ ‫‪ 23‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻗﺪ ﻧ‪‬ﺸﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٤٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﳚﺘﱯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻳـﺸﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻻ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻝ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻳﻔﻌﻞ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻟﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺃﻣ ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺴ‪‬ﺮ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﳍﻢ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣ ‪‬ﻢ ﺣـﻖ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﳝﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﳝﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳌﺎﻛﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻴ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺃﻛﱪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺨﺬﻭﻧﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺰﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌـﺚ ﺍﷲ؟ ﺇﻥﹼ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﳚﻮﺡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳ ‪‬ﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﺠﺖ ﺁﻳﺎﰐ‬

‫‪٢٤‬‬

‫ﻭﺟﺤﺪﻭﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻨﺘ‪‬ﻬﻢ‬

‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻇﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻋﻠﻮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﺗﻠﹶﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺃﹶﱏ ﻳﺆﻓﻜﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺇﱐ‬

‫ﺕ ﻭﺃﻧـﺎ ﺃﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﹸﺃﻣِـﺮ ‪‬‬

‫ﻚ ﺑﺄﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﻭﺣﻴﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﺎﻳﻌﻮﻧـﻚ ﺇﳕـﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﺻ‪‬ﻨ ِﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﹸﻠ ‪‬‬

‫ﻳﺒﺎﻳﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺎﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﺃﺻﻠﺤﻮﺍ ﺃﻭﻟﺌـﻚ‬ ‫ﲑ ﺍﻷﻧﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﺗﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺧ ‪‬‬

‫ﺖ ﻣﺮﺳﻼ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﻣِﻦ ﻣﺎ ِﺭ ٍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺭﺑـﻚ ﺇﱐ‬ ‫ﻟﺴ ‪‬‬

‫ﺟﺎﻋﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﲡﻌﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﻔﺴﺪ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﱐ‬ ‫‪ 24‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍ ﱄ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﺪ ﱄ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﻭﺫﻛﺮ‪‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺮﻳﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻻﺩﺓ ﺍﺑ ٍﻦ ﻷﺧﻲ ﺍﳌﻜﺮﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺜﺮﺍﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺴﺪﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻃﻴﺔ ﲝﻖ ﺁ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻟﻴﻜﻬﺮﺍﻡ ﻭﺗﱪﺋﺔ ﺳﺎﺣﱵ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻ‪‬ﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻔﺸ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺑﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻗﺪ ﲢﻘﻘﺖ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻮﻑ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﺴﺠﻠ ﹲﺔ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﺮﻳﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٤٧‬‬

‫ﺃﻋﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺮﺑـﺼﻮﻥ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﺋﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺀ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺍﻋﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺘﻜﻢ ﺇﱐ‬

‫ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ‬

‫ﱂ ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﻗﺎﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴـﻒ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻚ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﻗﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻚ ‪‬ﺩﺭ‪ ‬ﻻ ﻳﻀﺎﻉ‪.‬‬

‫ﺽ‬ ‫ﻟﻦ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ‪ .‬ﺃﱂ ﺗﺮ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻧـﺄﰐ ﺍﻷﺭ ‪‬‬

‫ﻧﻨﻘﺼﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ؟ ﺃﱂ ﺗﺮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻧﺘﻈِﺮﻭﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺣﱴ ﺣﲔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﺼﺎﺭﻙ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﲰﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﲟﻨـﺰﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ‬

‫ﱪ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﺃﻣﺮ‪‬ﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧ ِﺬ ‪‬ﺭ ﻋـﺸﲑﺗﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﲏ ﲟﻨـﺰﻟﺔ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺑﲔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺑﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺬ ‪‬ﺭ ﻗﻮﻣﻚ ﻭﻗﻞ ﺇﱐ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﺒﲔ‪ .‬ﻗـﻮﻡ ﻣﺘﺸﺎﻛـﺴﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻛﺬﹼﺑﻮﺍ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﻳﺴﺘﻬﺰﺋﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻓـﺴﻴﻜﻔﻴﻜﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺮﺩ‪‬ﻫـﺎ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ ،٢٥‬ﻻ ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻭﻋﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺣـﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺭﺑـﻚ‬

‫ﻓﻌ‪‬ﺎﻝ ﳌﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺇِﻱ ﻭﺭﰊ ﺇﻧﻪ ﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻤﺘﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﻧـﺎ‬ ‫‪ 25‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﱐ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻬﺎﺀ ﺟﻬﻼ ﻭﺗﻌﺼﺒﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﱂ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻣﻌﲎ "ﺯﻭ‪‬ﺟﻨﺎﻙ" ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﺝ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﲨﻠﺔ "ﻳﺮﺩ‪‬ﻫﺎ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ" ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺷﺮﻃﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ ﺗﺬﻫﺐ ﻣﺮﺓ ﰒ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺳﺘﻌﻮﺩ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫"ﺯﻭ‪‬ﺟﻨﺎﻙ"‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﲏ ﻟﻘﺮﺍﺑﺘﻬﺎ ﱄ ﰒ ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ ﺍﻟﺮ ‪‬ﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٤٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺯﻭ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨﺎﻛﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻣﺮ‪‬ﻧﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﻧﺎ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﻛﻦ ﻓﻴﻜﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﳕـﺎ‬

‫ﻧﺆﺧﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﺴﻤﻰ ﺃﺟ ٍﻞ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻓـﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴـﻚ‬

‫ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﻧﺼﺮﰐ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻧـﺎ ﺍﻟـﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺟـﺎﺀ ﻧـﺼﺮ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺖ ﻟﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﳋﻄﺎﺏ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺍﻏ ِﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺫﻧﻮﺑﻨـﺎ ﺇﻧ‪‬ـﺎ ﻛﻨ‪‬ـﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻮﺟﻬ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻃﺌﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﳜﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻗﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺜﺮﻳﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﻐﻔـ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺭﺣﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﲪﲔ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻟﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻫـﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳـﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺷـﺎﻫﺖ‬

‫ﺕ ﻣـﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳـﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ‪ .‬ﻳﻮﻡ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻌﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻈﺎﱂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﲏ ﺍﲣﺬ ‪‬‬

‫ﺳﺒﻴﻼ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣِﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻕ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﺟﺪﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺸ‪ِ ‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﻥﹼ ﳍﻢ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻡ ﺻـﺪ ٍ‬

‫ﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨـﻮﺍ ﻭﱂ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻫﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﳜﺰﻳﻬﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻫﻠ ‪‬‬

‫ﻳﻠﺒِﺴﻮﺍ ﺇﳝﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻈﻠﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﳍﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔـﺘ‪‬ﺢ ﳍـﻢ‬

‫ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻨـﺰ‪‬ﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺃﺳﺮﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﳕﺰ‪‬ﻕ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻛﻞﹼ ﳑﺰ‪‬ﻕ‪ ،٢٦‬ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﺟﻨﻮﺩﳘﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻛـﺎﻧﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﳛﺬﹶﺭﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺇﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺁﻳﺎﰐ ﺣـﱴ‬

‫ﺣﲔ‪ .‬ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺮﻳﻬﻢ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ ﻭﰲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﺣﺠﺔ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ ﻣﺒﲔ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 26‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪" :‬ﳕﺰﻕ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ" ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺒﻄﻞ ﺃﻋﺬﺍﺭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺣﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‪" :‬ﻧﺮﻱ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ" ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺸﻒ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺎﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻧﻜﺸﺎﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٤٩‬‬

‫‪‬ﺣ ﹾﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﳋﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺗﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺍﳌﹸﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﻈـﻴﻢ‪،٢٧‬‬

‫ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻔﺘ‪‬ﺢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﳋﺰﺍﺋﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﺑﻨﻮﺭ ﺭ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻭﰲ ﺃﻋﻴﻨﻜﻢ ﻋﺠﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛـﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺳﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﺳﻼﻡ ﻗﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺭﺣـﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﻧـﺖ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻳﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﻛﺎ ‪‬‬

‫ﻗﺎﺑﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﻭﺍﺑ ﹲﻞ‪ .‬ﺗﻨـﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﲪ ﹸﺔ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺛـﻼﺙ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻌـﲔ ﻭﻋﻠـﻰ‬

‫ﺤﻴِﻴﻨ‪‬ﻚ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺁﺗﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﻮﺛﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺼﻞ ﻟﺮﺑـﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷُﺧﺮﻳﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬

‫ﻭﺍ ﹶﳓ ‪‬ﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪ‪‬ﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑﻱ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ‬

‫ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺇﻻ ﻳﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺰﻟﹾﻨﺎ ﺑﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﻗـﻮﻡ ﻓـﺴﺎ َﺀ ﺻـﺒﺎﺡ‬

‫ﺝ‬ ‫ﺢ ﻭﻇﻔ ‪‬ﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻣﻮﺝ ﻣـﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺬﺭﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﻐﺘ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺘ ‪‬‬

‫ﱪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﱪ ﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺇﻟﻴـﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻ ‪‬‬

‫ﺷﻮﺍﻇﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺍﺑﺘ‪‬ﻠﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﰒ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮ‪‬ﻫﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﲑ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣـﻰ‬

‫ﺗﺪﻭﺭ ﻭﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻵﺕٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ‬

‫ﺃﺗﻰ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺇﻱ ﻭﺭﰊ ﺇﻧﻪ ﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﻭﻻ ﳜﻔﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺠﺐ‬

‫ﻣﻨﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺭﰊ ﻻ ﻳﻀﻞﹼ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻨـﺴﻰ‪.‬‬

‫ﻇﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﺒﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻧﺆﺧﺮﻫﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺟﻞ ﻣﺴﻤﻰ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ‬ ‫‪ 27‬ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ ﺃﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٥٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺫﺭ‪‬ﻩ ﰲ ﻏﻴﻪ ﻳﺘﻤﻄﻰ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻭﺇﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮ‪ ‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﻔﻰ‪ .‬ﻻ‬

‫ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﻳﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ‬

‫ﳛﺴﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻛﺬﹼﺍﺏ‬

‫ﹶﺃ ِﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎﺀ ﻣﻨـﻬﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ِﺣﺒ‪‬ـﻲ‬

‫ﻗﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﺘﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻠـﻮﻙ‪ .‬ﻳﻌـﺼﻤﻚ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﺃﺑﻨﺎ َﺀ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻸُﻙ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺣﺎ ِﻓﻈﹸﻚ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺎﻳ ﹸﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻚ‪ .‬ﺗﺮﻯ ﻧﺴ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻔﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺰﺋﲔ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻟﺒﺎﳌﺮﺻﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﺇﻧـﻪ ﺳـﻴﺠﻌﻞ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪﺍﻥ ﺷِﻴﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺗ‪‬ﺸﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻔﻮﺱ ﺗﻀﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﻧﺰﻝ ﻭﺇﻥ ﻳﻮﻣﻲ‬

‫ﻟﻔﺼ ﹲﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻌﺠ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﻦ ﻣِﻦ ﺃﻣﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻌﺰﻙ ﻭﳓﻔﻈﻚ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﰐ‬

‫ﻗﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮﻙ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﻠﺒﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻔﺌﻮﺍ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻏﺎﻟﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﻟﻜـﻦ ﺃﻛﺜـﺮ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻳﻨﻤﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﻮﻟﹼﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻕ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤ ‪‬‬

‫ﻓﺜﻢ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺯﻫﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‪ .‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻟﺘﻨﺬﺭ ﻗﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﻧﺬﺭ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺪﻋﻮ ﻗﻮﻣﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻋـﺴﻰ‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻮﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﻧﻌﻠﹶﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺇﻧـﺎ‬

‫ﻟﻌﺎﳌﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻬﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‪ .٢٨‬ﺍﺫ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﺮ ﻧﻌﻤﱵ‬ ‫‪ 28‬ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ "ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ" ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ "ﺍﻟﺬﻱ" ﻭ"ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺮ" ﺑﺪﻻ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ "ﺍﻟﺼﻬﺮ" ﻓﻴﺒﺪﻭ ﺃ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺧﻄﺄ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ "ﺍﻟﺬﻱ" ﻭ "ﺍﻟﺼﻬﺮ"‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ(‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٥١‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺧﺪﳚﱵ‪ .٢٩‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﻌﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻫـﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧـﺖ‬

‫ﻓﺮﻗﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻱ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻚ ﺳﺒﻴﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻈﹾﻬﺮ ﺍﳊـﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﲏ ﻣﺒﺪﹸﺃ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻓـﺸﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻘـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺌﺘﺎﻥ ﻓﺈﱐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺼﺮﻩ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺫﻭ‬

‫ﺍ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻰ‪ .‬ﺃﺭﺩﺕ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﻠﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﻠﻘﺖ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﷲ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﺒﺪﻱ‬

‫ﻻ ﲣﻒ‪ ،‬ﺃﱂ ﺗﺮ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻧﺄﰐ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻧﻨﻘﺼﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻃﺮﺍﻓﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﱂ ﺗﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻗﺪﻳﺮ‪".‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻗﻢ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ‪ ٢٧‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ‪/‬ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ ‪١٩٠٠‬ﻡ‬ ‫ ‪ " #‬א م ! د ن د א ‪٧٠٠‬‬ ‫‪ 29‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺸ‪‬ﺮﱐ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺳﻨﲔ ﻋﺪ‪‬ﺓ ﺑﺄﱐ ﺳﺄﺗﺰﻭﺝ ﰲ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻭﺳﺄﳒﺐ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺟﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀ ﹸﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺖ‪" :‬ﻳﺘﺰﻭﺝ ﻭﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻟﻪ"‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﻣﺼﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺑﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺫﺭﻳ ﹲﺔ ﺻﺎﳊﺔ ﻭﻃﻴﺒﺔ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﺪ "ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻟﻪ" ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻋﻼﻗﺘﻪ ﺑﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺳﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﻭﻃﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ "ﺧﺪﳚﱵ"‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻﺩ ﺧﺪﳚﺔ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺑﲏ ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٥٣‬‬

‫‪@ @S@áÓ‰@@Z´ Èi‰c‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪áíŠØÛa@éÛì ‰@óÜÇ@ïÜ–ãë@ê†à−‬‬

‫ﲔ ‬ ‫ﺤ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺧ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﹾﻟﻔﹶﺎِﺗ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﻖ‪ ‬ﻭﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺢ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻣﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ ‪‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺍ ﹾﻓ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬

‫‪٣٠‬‬

‫ﺁﻣﲔ‬ ‫‪ .‬ن ‪ '( ) *+, -‬و ‪ / # (0 1, 23‬‬ ‫א‪67‬א!‪ 4 ! 5‬א ‪ ;<6‬א‪ ، 9, :‬‬ ‫وא‪>D E F‬א א ن ‪ ? @. ABC#‬א > = ‬ ‫ ‪ 4D J KL M‬د‪ G H I‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﻟﺮﻭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﺣﺴﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺑﺸﲑ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻮﺑﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻮﺑﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺗﻠﻄﻒ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ‬ ‫‪ 30‬ﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﻑ‪٩٠ :‬‬

‫‪٥٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺣﻘﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻐﻮﻫﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺪﻳﻖ ﺩﻳﻮﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﺪﺭﺱ ﰲ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬ ‫ﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺩ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺧﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﱄ ﻣﻦ ﺳﺮﺳﺎﻭﻩ ﳏﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻬﺎﺭﻧﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻫﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻟﺪﻫﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺪﻫﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺗﺴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﰒ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺗﺴﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻏﻼﻡ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺑﺮﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻮﻧﻜﻲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻻﻫﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﺮﺍﻟﻮﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﳌﻮﻇﻒ ﰲ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺐ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻻﻫﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﳌﺘﻘﺎﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺃﺑﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺾ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ‪‬ﻴﲏ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺳﻴﺪ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻋﻆ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺪﺭ ﺁﺑﺎﺩ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻧﺪﻭﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺳﻜﺮﺗﲑ ﻧﺪﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺳﻠﻄﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺟ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺘﺎ ﹸﺫ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﻥ ﺑﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺣﺪ ﺧﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺠﻬﺎﻧﺒﻮﺭﻱ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺇﻋﺰﺍﺯ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺒﻮﺭ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺭﻳﺎﺳﺖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺟﻬﺎﻧﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﰲ ﺟﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﲑﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺇﺳﺤﺎﻕ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺘﻴﺎﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻛﻠﻜﻮﺗﺎ ﻭﺑﻮﻣﺒﺎﻱ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٥٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻣﺪﺭﺍﺱ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ ﻭﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺘﻀ ‪‬ﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﰲ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺻﺮ‪‬ﺡ ﺑﺘﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﳜﻪ ﻋﺪﳝﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﺫﻭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮ‪‬ﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﳎﻠﺲ ﰲ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﺧﺪﺍ ﲞﺶ ﻣ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﺏ ﳏﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﺧﺎﻥ ﻭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻮﰲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺗﺸﺘ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺧﻠﻴﻔﺔ ﺭﺟﺐ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺟﺮ ﺍﻟﻼﻫﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳏﺮﺭ ﺟﺮﻳﺪﺓ ﺍﳊﹶﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺸﻲ ﻭﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺟﺮ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻣﺮﻫﻢ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺷﺮﺍﻍ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺭ ﳏﻤﺪ؛ ﺑﺈﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻀﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺩﻋﺎﺀ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻮﺯﻩ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻜﱢﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ‪ -‬ﻗﺎﺋﻤ ﹶﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﹸﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﺎﺷﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻇﻠﻮﺍ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﳌﺪﺓ ﺃﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﲔ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺻ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﺎﺋﻪ‬

‫‪٥٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﺗﻪ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺠ‪‬ﻠﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻛﲔ ﺧﻼﻓﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﻗﻊ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻥ ﺍﻷﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺴﺮﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺨﺎﻟﻔﲔ ﺑﻐﺒﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﶈﺾ‪ .‬ﺣﱴ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻋﻘﻴﺪ ﹰﺓ‬ ‫ﰲ "ﺷﺮﺡ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻔﻲ"‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻷﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﲨﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻟِﻪ ﻛﻔ ‪‬ﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﺗﻌﺼ‪‬ﺐ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺣﱴ ﻧﺴﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻆ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺃﻱ‪ِ :‬ﺇ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﻟ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺣﺎِﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ٍﻝ ﹶﻛ ِﺮ ٍﱘ * ‪‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ِﺑ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻝ ﺷ‪‬ﺎ ِﻋ ٍﺮ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴﻼ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﺆ ِﻣﻨ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ * ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ِﺑ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻝ‬ ‫ﲔ * ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟﻌ‪‬ﺎﹶﻟ ِﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﹶﺎ ِﻫ ٍﻦ ﹶﻗﻠِﻴﻼ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﺬ ﱠﻛﺮ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ * ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺰِﻳ ﹲﻞ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﲔ * ﹶﻓﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﲔ * ﹸﺛ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻟ ﹶﻘ ﹶﻄ ‪‬ﻌﻨ‪‬ﺎ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻮِﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍ َﻷﻗﹶﺎﻭِﻳ ِﻞ * َﻷ ‪‬ﺧ ﹾﺬﻧ‪‬ﺎ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻪ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ‪‬ﻴ ِﻤ ِ‬ ‫‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ِﻣ‪‬ﻨ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺣ ٍﺪ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻪ ﺣ‪‬ﺎ ِﺟﺰِﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ‪ ٣١‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﻼ ‪‬ﻡ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﺷﺎﻋﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻜﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻜﻢ ﱂ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﻄﹶﻮﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﻨـﺰﺭ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻓﺮﺍﺳﺔ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﻛﺎﻫﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻼ ‪‬ﻡ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻦ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻜﻢ ﺗﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻜﻢ ﺃﹸﻋﻄِﻴﺘﻢ ﺣﻈﺎ ﻗﻠﻴﻼ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺬﻛﱡﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑ‪‬ﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﻛﻢ‬ ‫‪ 31‬ﺍﳊﺎﻗﺔ‪٤٨-٤١ :‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٥٧‬‬

‫ﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻨ ﹸﺔ ﻭﻛﻢ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺭﺫﻳﻠ ﹰﺔ ﺳﺎﻓﻠﺔ! ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺤ ﹼ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻋﺎﹶﻟ ِﻢ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻭﺍﺡ ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺮﰊ ﺃﺭﻭﺍﺣﻜﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﰊ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻣﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﲟﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻘﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺣﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻮ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻖ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﺇﳍﻴﺎ؛ ﻷَﺧﺬﹾﻧﺎ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﲎ ﰒ ﻟﹶﻘﻄﻌﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﺎ‬ ‫ﲤﻜﱠﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻩ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻨﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻋﻘﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺗِﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ‪ -‬ﻫﻼ ‪‬ﻙ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﲟﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻮﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺴ‪‬ﻨﺘ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ ﰲ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﱐ ﳋﻠﻖ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ ﻃﹸﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺟﻠﻴﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﻟﱢﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ ﻷَﻫﻠﻜﻨﺎﻩ ﻭﳌﺎ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻭﳌﺎ ﲤﻜﱠﻦ ﺃﺣﺪﻛﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺇﻧﻘﺎﺫﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳏﺎﻭﻻﺗﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻣﺘﺪﺕ ﺇﱃ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﹸﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﺃﻧﺎﺳﺎ ﺍ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛ ِﺬﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺷﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﺬ‪‬ﻢ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬

‫‪٥٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻣﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ ﻭﻋﺪﱘ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﻋﺠﱯ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻮﻡ ﺭﲪﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻮﻡ ﺳﻴﺪ ﺁﻝ ﺣﺴﻦ ﺣﲔ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺲ‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺪﻝ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑ‪‬ﻴﻬﻤﺎ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ" ﻭ"ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺴﺎﺭ" ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺲ ﻭﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺩﺣﻀﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﻣﻬﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺚ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﳜﻲ ﻭﺗﺼﻔﱡﺢ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻧﻈﲑﺍ ﳌﻦ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ‪،٣٢‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑ‪‬ﻬﺖ ﻭﺃﹸﻓﺤِﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻜﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱐ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺑ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﹼﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻞ ﳕﻠﻚ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺑﺎ ﺧﻄﻴﺎ ﻭﻗﱠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻋﻄﺎﻩ ﻷﺧﻲ ﻭﳏﱯ ﺍﳌﻔﱵ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻬﻴﺊ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﻭﻋﺎﺷﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﻦ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ 32‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺲ ﻓﻨﺪﻝ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﻥ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒﺪﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺳﺨﻴﻒ ﺟـﺪﺍ ﻷﻥ ﻋﺒـﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﺣﻰ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻋﺒﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻷﺻﻨﺎﻡ ﻭﺃﻣ‪‬ﺮﻫﻢ ﺑـﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻟﻌﺒﺎﺩ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﺿﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺎﺗﺎ ﺍﻷﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﺯﻉ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻫﻮ ﻗﻴﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﻕ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋـﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒـﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻻ ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻝ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٥٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﻭﻳﺸﺘﻬﺮ ﺑﺘﻤﺴ‪‬ﻜﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻓﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻣﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﳍﺎ ﻭﻻ ﳜﻔﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱐ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ِﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻧﻔﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺮﺁﱐ ﻭﺍﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺬﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺿﻤﺎﻥ ﻷﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺩﻗ ﹰﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺍﻫﻴ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮ ﹶﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺮ‪‬ﺡ‬ ‫‪٣٣‬‬ ‫ﺴ ‪‬ﺪﺗ‪‬ﺎ ‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﻟ ﹶﻔ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻏﺪﺍ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻓِﻴ ِﻬﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺁِﻟ ‪‬ﻬ ﹲﺔ ﺇِﻻ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﻃﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺁﳍ ﹰﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ‬ ‫ﺇﺭﺍﺀﺗ‪‬ﻬﻢ ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱂ ﺗﻔﺴﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳ‪‬ﺘﻮﻗﱠﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﳌﺘﺠﺮﺉ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻘﺸﻌﺮ ﺑﺪﻧ‪‬ﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﺎﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋ ‪‬ﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱐ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﱐ ﺑﺎﻃﻞﹲ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻠﻴﻖ ﺑﺎﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺒﲎ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﻒ‬ ‫ﱯ ﻟﻼﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺁﻝ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﻴﺚ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪‬ﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺍﻟﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺂﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺻﺤﺒﺘﻪ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺭﻓﺎﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺍﻣﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺨﺠﻠﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﲤﱠﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﳌﻨﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺇﺫ ﺍﺗﻔﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﲔ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 33‬ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪٢٣ :‬‬

‫‪٦٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﺤ ‪‬ﺪ ﻭﻛﺴﻴﻒ ﻣﺴﻠﻮﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺗﻘﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻗﺎﻭﻳﻞ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺬﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻄﹶﻊ ﻭﺗﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﳌﺎ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﲔ ﻧﻘﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺩﻋﻮﻯ ﻣﺴﻴﺤِﻨﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺠﺪ ﺑﻘﺮﺍﺀﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ" ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﹼﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﻀﻰ ‪ ٢١‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺳﻼﻣ ﹸﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪ ﹶﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﺰﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺘﱪ‬ ‫ﺳﻼﻣ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻣﻬﻞ ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ‬ ‫ﳌﺪﺓ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﺎ ِﻝ ﲟﺎ ﻭﻋﺪ ﰲ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻴ‪‬ﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺃﹸﻣ ِﻬ ﹶﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﺟﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﱪ ﺑﺪﻳﻬ ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﹸﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﻬﻞ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻀ ﱡﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻋﻴﹰﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺇﻣﻬﺎﻟﻪ ﻟﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺪﺙ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻠﻞ ﰲ ﻣﻠﻜﻮﺗﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻤﻴﻴﺰ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺣﲔ ﺍﺳﺘﺪﻝ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﰊ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﺃﻧﻜﺮﻩ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٦١‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﳚﻮﺯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻭﻭﻋ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻘﺪﻡ ﻣﺜﺎ ﹰﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺷﺨﺎﺻﺎ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﺷﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻄﻠﻌﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺇﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘ ٍﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺒ ِﺪ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻫﺠﻮﻡ ﺳﺎﻓ ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻣﻪ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﻑ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺇﺳﺎﺀ ﹲﺓ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ .‬ﺃﺟﻞ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻖ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻄﺎﻟﺒﲏ ﺑﺈﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﻋ‪‬ﻴﺸﻲ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﻜﻮﱐ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺛﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﲏ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺟﻴﺪﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﺍﳍﻨﺪﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ "ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ"‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳ‪‬ﺠﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻭﺭﻩ ‪ ٢١‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﹲﺓ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺇﳍﺎﻡ "ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ" ﺗﻠﻘﻴﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﻭﻓﺎﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻱ ﻭﺣﻔﺮ‪‬ﻩ ﺻﺎﺋﻎ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﺗﺴﺮ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﻓﺺ ﺧﺎﰎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺫﻫﺒﻮﺍ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﻩ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻴﺪ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺇﳍﺎﻡ‬ ‫"ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻜﺎﻑ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ" ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‬

‫‪٦٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ‪ ٢٦‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﰎ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺛﺎﺑﺘ ﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻜﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲝﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﻈﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻧﻔﺴِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻭ‪‬ﺳﻊ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺇﻧﻜﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﺃﻣ ٍﺮ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﺸﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﺬ ‪ ٢١‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺿ ﹸﻄ ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻠﻬﺠﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱐ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺜﻞ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﻖ ﻳﺘﻌﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﻘﺸﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻨﺎ ﻧﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻈ ‪‬ﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻘﺪﳝﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺘﻮﺏ ﻣﻮﻗﹼﻊ‪ .‬ﳓﻦ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱐ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻻ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻧﺒﻌﺚ‬ ‫ﺩﺣﻀ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻣﻪ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺤﲔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ ﺩﺣ‪‬ﺾ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱐ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻨﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﺣﻀﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻋﺪﱘ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﻲ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻣﻮﺍ ﺩﻭﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻬﻮﺩﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺨﺺ ﻋﺎﺵ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜ ﹶﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀً‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﻟﻠﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﳌﺴﻜﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺣﻀﻪ؟‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳉﻬﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻬﺎﺀ ﻇﻠﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻜﱢﺮﻭﻥ ﰲ ﻧﺴﺞ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻳﺪ ﳍﻼﻛﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻻ ﺃﹸﻛﻤﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﰲ ﺻﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻟﻴﺤﺮﻣﻮﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻊ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻟﻜﻲ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٦٣‬‬

‫ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﲟﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻓﹶﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻭﻋ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‪ ‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻘﺬﻩ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﻴﺐ ﻭﻳﺮﻓﻌﻪ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺭ‪‬ﻓﻊ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ‬ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻃﻬﺎﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﻣﻜﺎﻳﺪ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﻋﺪﱐ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻌﻤ‪‬ﺮﱐ ﲦﺎﻧﲔ ﺣﻮﻻ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺴﻨﺘﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻴﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﻘﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﱐ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ‪،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻳﺘﻤﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺼ‪‬ﻠﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ‪ ‬ﻋﺪﻡ ﺭﻓﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﻋﺪﱐ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺴﻠﹼﻤﲏ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﳋﺒﻴﺜﺔ ﻛﺎﻟﻌﻤﻰ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺳﻴﺌﺔ‪ .٣٤‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻮﺍﻇﺒﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺳﻴﺠﻌﻞ ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺘ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺗﺼﻴﺒﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﱂ ﻳﺪﺧﺮﻭﺍ ﺟﻬﺪﺍ ﰲ ﻧﺴﺞ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﻳﺪ ﻟﻜﻲ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻄﺒ‪‬ﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ‬ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﻟﹶﻮ‪ ‬ﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮ‪‬ﻝﹶ ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻓﱴ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺑﻘﺘﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺷﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﺿﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﻳﺎ ﺍﳌﺰﻭ‪‬ﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻬﻤﺖ‪ ‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺭﻁ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺗﻨﺒﺄﻭﺍ ﲟﻮﰐ ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺩﺍﻭﻣﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳋﺮﻭﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻗﺎﻥ ﻟﻠﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ‬ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ﺻﺮ‪‬ﺣﻮﺍ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻲ ﻗﺎﺋﻠﲔ‪" :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻓﺴﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﲔ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪ 34‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﳍﻤﲏ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ "ﺗﻨـﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻌ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳ‪‬ﲔ"‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٦٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭﻱ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﺮﻩ ﻭﺃﻛﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻨﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ"‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻧﺸﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﹸﺘﺒﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻋﺎﺟﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻮﺗ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﱪﻭﻥ! ﺃﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﳏﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻜﻬﻮﻛﻲ ﻧﺸﺮ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﻮﰐ ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ؟!ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻧﺸﺮﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻓﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻏﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﻟﹼﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﺘﺤﺪ‪ ‬ﻭﺻﺮﺍﻣﺔ ﺑﺄﱐ ﺳﺄﻣﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺲ‪ ‬ﲪﻴﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺎﻭﺭﻱ ﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﲟﻮﰐ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﻋﺸﺮﺓ ﺃﺷﻬﺮ ﻓﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﻟﻴﻜﻬﺮﺍﻡ ﲟﻮﰐ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺛﻼﺙ ﺳﻨﻮﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﺃﻻ ﺇﳕﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﱡﻪ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻤﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻪٍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﻫﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﱄ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ ﻭﺟﻠﻴﺔ! ﺃﻣﺎ ﺑﻐﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻱ ﺟﻬﺪ ﺍﺩﺧﺮﻭﻩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﻲ ﳍﻼﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻴﺪﺓ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺨﺬﻭﻫﺎ ﻹﻳﺬﺍﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺑﻘﻲ ﻧﻘﺺ ﰲ ﺃﺩﻋﻴﺘﻬﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺎﻭﻯ ﺍﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻧﺎﻗﺼﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻜﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﺬﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺣﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺃﻥ ﳜﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ؟ ﻓﺄﻱ ﻳﺪ ﲤﻨﻌﲏ ﺇﺫﻥ؟ ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋﻞ ﳍﻼﻛﻲ ﻻ ﺃﻥ ﳜﻠﻖ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺑﲔ ﺣﲔ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﺳﺎﺋ ﹶﻞ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٦٥‬‬

‫ﻓﻴﺨﻴ‪‬ﺒﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ .٣٥‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﺪﻋﻤﻪ ﻭﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺆﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻘ ﹸﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ﹸﻥ ﻭﺗﻨـﺰﻝ ﺍﻵﻳﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺃﻥ ﳝﻮﺕ ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣﻦ ﲤﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﻫﻼﻛﻪ؟! ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻭﻗﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻋﺪ ‪‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻫ ِﻞ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻫﺰﳝﺔ ﻧﻜﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﺃ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮﺍﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻟﻘﻲ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻲ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﺣﲔ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺷﺮﰲ ﺗﻌﺮ‪‬ﺿﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﻟﻺﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﲔ ﺣﺎﻭﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﻭﺯﻋﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﺪﻕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﻛﺬﺑﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣﻀﺖ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ ﻭﻧﺸ‪‬ﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻱ ﲡﺎﺳﺮ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪ 35‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺳﻌﻰ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺳﻌﻴﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻮﻱ ﺟﺎﻫﺪﺍ ﻹﺑـﺎﺩﰐ‬ ‫ﷲ ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺒﺚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻓﻌﲏ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺣﺎﺭ‪‬ﺏ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺤﻄﲏ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺩﻯ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻫﺮﺍﺅ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﺃﺳﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺬﺏ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺩﻋـﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺻﺮﺍﺣ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻭﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻫﻮ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺘـﻪ ﺣـﱴ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻓﻌﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻏﲑ‪‬ﻩ ﻗﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﻠﻘـﲏ ﺃﻭﻻ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺋﻠﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﻋﺼﻤﲏ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺴﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﰒ ‪‬ـﺾ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺘﻔﻮﻫـﻮﻥ ﺑـﺄﻣﻮﺭ ﻻ‬ ‫ﳊﻤﺎﻳﱵ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺳﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻭﺻﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺼﺪﻗﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﺻﻞ ﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﳊﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺷﻦ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﻮﻉ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﺠﻮﻡ ﻭﺃﺧﻔﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻓﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻑ ﰲ ﺑﻴﻌﱵ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣـﺎﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﱄ ﲟﺴﺎﻋﺪﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﻘﺴﻴﺴﲔ ﺑﺈﺩﻻﺀ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﻗﻀﻴﺔ ﻣﺰﻭﺭ ٍﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺘﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨـﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺣﲔ ﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻛ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺳ ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﺟﺪ ﲦﺎﺭ ﻧﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﻗـﺬﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺤﻄﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﺍﳋﺎﺻﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺒﻴﺎﱐ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٦٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﺃﻭﻻ ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﻤﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﻣﻮﰐ ﻭﺗﻀﺮﻋﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‬ ‫ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺘﺼﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺟﻠﲔ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﲬﺴ ﹲﺔ ﻓﺮﺣﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻳﺆ ‪‬ﺩ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻱ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﰒ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺗﺴﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﰒ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺗﺴﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺑﲑ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﻟﺮﻭﻱ ﻭﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻐﻨﻐﻮﻫﻲ ﻭﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﺣﺴﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ ﻭﺭﺳﻞ ﺑﺎﺑﺎ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺗﺴﺮﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﻱ ﰲ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﰲ ﻗﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﳝ ﱢﻜﻨ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻏﺘﻨﺎﻡ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻔﺎﻉ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﺠﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻓﻴﺨﺎﻓﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﻢ ﻭﺧﺎﻓﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﺘﻮﺑﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻗﺼﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﳛﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻜﺘﺒﻮﺍ ﲟﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﲟﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﻣﺖ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﺎﻝ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﻋﺎﺩﻳ ﹰﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺣﺪﺩﻭﺍ‬

‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺑﺄﻥ ﳝﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻗﺪ ﺩﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﻋﻠﻨﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﻊ "ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋﺪ ﺁ‪‬ﻢ" ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺳﺘﲔ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺎﰐ‪ .‬ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺁ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﲟﻮﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻗﻲ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺗ‪‬ﺜﲑ ﺗﻌﺎﻃﻔﻲ ﻭﻣﻮﺍﺳﺎﰐ ﳍﻢ ﳌﺎ ﺁﻝ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﻣﺂﳍﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﲔ ﻳﻄﻠﺒﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺇﳕﺎ ﳛﺼﺮﻭﻥ ﻃﻠﺒﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺄﻝ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٦٧‬‬

‫ﻣﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﻳﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﻚ ِﺑ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻒ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮﻋﻮﻫﺎ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺳﻠﻔﹰﺎ‪ :‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺗ ﹾﻘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺸ ‪‬ﻲ ٍﺀ ِﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺎ ِﻋ ﹲﻞ‬ ‫ِﻋ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ٣٦‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺗﻘﹸﻮﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻦ ِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﹶﺫِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻏﺪ‪‬ﺍ ‪ ٣٧‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﻋ ‪‬ﺪ ﻳﻮ ٍﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻓﺄﱏ ﱄ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹸﺣﺪﺩ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ ﺳﺒﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻟﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ؟ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﻓﻀ ﹶﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﳌﲔ ﺍﻷﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺇﺫ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺩ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟﺴﺖ‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﻋﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪ :‬ﻳﺎ ﺇﳍﻲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻖ ﰲ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﱐ ﻓﺄ ِﻣﺘ‪‬ﲏ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﱐ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻖ ﰲ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﻓﺄﻫِﻠﻜﹾﻪ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﺎﺟﻼ ﺟﺪﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺟﻼﺀ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﳊﻜ ‪‬ﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩﺍ ﰲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻓﻠﻪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﺭ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﳚﺮ‪‬ﺏ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻓﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻏﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺇﺫ ﺗﻨﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺸ ‪‬ﻲ ٍﺀ ِﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﹶﺎ ِﻋ ﹲﻞ ﹶﺫِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺎﰲ ﺁﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺗﻘﹸﻮﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻦ ِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﶈﺎﺟ‪‬ﺔ ﺑﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ﻓﺎﺳﺪﺓ ﺭﺍﺋﺤ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻹﳊﺎﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﺹ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﻘﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 36‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪٣٧ :‬‬ ‫‪ 37‬ﺍﻟﻜﻬﻒ‪٢٤ :‬‬

‫‪٦٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻣﻮﺕ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻣﺎﺗﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻳﻜﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﺸﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺒ‪‬ﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻣﻈﻠﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﻳﻜﻔﻴﻪ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﺮﻩ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓﹲ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺠﺎﺏ ﺍﺳﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ‬ ‫"ﻗﺼﻮﺭ" ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺓﹰ ﻭﺃﻏﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻻﻓﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻏﻼﻡ‪ ‬ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭﻱ ﻭﻟﻌﻠﱠﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﺃﻭﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﳜﺎﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻦ ﳝﻮﺗﻮﺍ؟ ﻓﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﱐ ﻧﺴﺠﺖ ﻣﺆﺍﻣﺮﺓﹰ ﻟﻘﺘﻞ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﺘﻞ ﻟﻴﻜﻬﺮﺍﻡ؟ ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗ‪‬ﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺑﺪ ﻻ ﻟﻠﺤﻈﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﺭ ﺩِﻳﺪﺍﻥﹸ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﲟﻜﻴﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺆﺍﻣﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺻﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﻛﺎﳌﺒﻌﻮﺛﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪ‪‬ﺳﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺺ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﻗﺼ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻨﺠﺢ ﰲ ﻣﻬﻤﺘﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻌﺘﻘﻞ ﻓﻴ‪‬ﺮﺳ‪‬ﻞ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻦ؟ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﺑﻨﺠﺎﺣﻪ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺑﺘﺤﺪ‪‬؟ ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﰐ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺘ‪‬ﻞ ﻟﻴﻜﻬﺮﺍﻡ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻨﺒﺄﺕ‪ ‬ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﻭﲢﺪ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻘﺘﻞ ﰲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻣﻌﻴ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﻗﺖ ﻣﻌﲔ ﻭﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺮﻳﺮ ﺳﻔﺎﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻠﺔ؟ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻗﺪ ﻃﺎﺭﺕ ﻋﻘﻮﻝﹸ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﲝﻴﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺁﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺪﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٦٩‬‬

‫‪ ١٦‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﱄ ﺁﻳﺘ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮﺕ‪ ‬ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻳﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﹸﺘﺐ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺪﺭﺍ ﰲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﻟﻴﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﺮﺽ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺃﳘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﻼﺹ ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺘﺮﻙ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺇِﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﻟﹾﻌِﺸ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ‬ﻋ‪‬ﻄﱢﻠﹶﺖ‪٣٨ ‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻼﺣِﻆ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺔ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺪﻳﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﻤﺪ‪ ‬ﺑﲔ ﻣﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﲟﻨﺘﻬﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺸﺎﻁ ﻭﺣﺎﻥ ﺗﻮﺩﻳﻊ‪ ‬ﺍﳉِﻤﺎﻝ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻵﺛﺎﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺬﻧ‪‬ﺐ ﺳﻴﻄﻠﻊ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻃﻠﻌﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﻤﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺯﻣﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻋﻮﻥ ﻳﺘﻔﺸ‪‬ﻰ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻤﻨ‪‬ﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺞ؛ ﻓﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﲢﻘﻘﺖ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺛﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﺎﺧﻠﹸﻘﻮﺍ ﻣﻬﺪﻳ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺁﺧﺮ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺟﻠﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺳﻔﹸﲏ ﺃﻭﺿﺎﻉ‪ ‬ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺇﺫ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺠِﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﻱ‪ ‬ﺇﺟﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﻀﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ‪ ١٧‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﳎﺪﺩ‪‬ﻫﻢ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺯﺍﻝ ﳐﺘﺒﺌﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻏﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺎﻣﻠﻮﻧﲏ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﺩ؟ ﻓﻠﻮ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﳌﺎ ﺑﻌﺜﲏ‪،‬‬ ‫‪ 38‬ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﺮ‪٥ :‬‬

‫‪٧٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺒﺎﱄ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺬﺍﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻴﻠﲏ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﺐ ﻭﻳﺸﺮ‪‬ﻑ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﺁﺧﺮ ﻓﺄﻟﻘﻲ ﰲ ﺭ‪‬ﻭﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺃﻥﹾ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺫﻧﺐ‪ ‬ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﺘﺬﺭ ﻋﻦ ﲢﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻟﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋ‪‬ﻬﺪﺕ ﺇﱄﱠ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻳﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﲏ ﻭﻳﺪﻓﻌﲏ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺗﺄﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨﺎﺩﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔﹲ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﹶﻤﺌﻨﲏ ﺍﷲُ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻌﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻣﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺃﻥ ﻃﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺳﲑﻭﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺃﹸﻗﺴﻢ ﺑﻮﺟﻬﻪ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺃﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻵﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻻ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﲏ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﺜﲏ ﻫﻮ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣِﻦ ﺧﻄﺄ‬ ‫ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﺎﻭﺓ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺘﻤﻨﻮﻥ ﻫﻼﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺠﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻏﺮﺳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺎﻟﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺟﺘﺜﺎﺛﻲ ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﻏﲑ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻌﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﺮﺓ ﻗﺎﺭﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﻬﻮﺫﺍ ﺍﻹﺳﺨﺮﻳﻮﻃﻲ ﻭﺃﰊ ﺟﻬﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ‬ ‫ﺃﺗﺮﻗﹼﺐ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺑﻌﲔ ﺩﺍﻣﻌﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﺯﱐ ﺃﺣﺪ‪ ‬ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﹸﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻟﻴﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻣِﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺆﻳ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻱ‪ ‬ﳐﻨ‪‬ﺚ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ ﺟﻨﺪﻳﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻴﺶ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺮ ﰲ ﺑﻠﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺠﺎﺏ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﻔﻌ‪‬ﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻣﺜﻴﻠﹸﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻳﺪﺍ ﻭﻓﻴ‪‬ﺔﹰ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﻠﻮ ﺩﻋﺎ‬ ‫ﳍﻼﻛﻲ ﺭﺟﺎﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﻧﺴﺎﺅﻛﻢ ﻭﺷﺒﺎﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﺷﻴﻮﺧﻜﻢ ﻭﺻﻐﺎﺭﻛﻢ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٧١‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺒﺎﺭﻛﻢ ﲨﺎﻋﺔﹰ ﻭﺗﻀﺮ‪‬ﻋﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﺣﱴ ‪‬ﺘﺮﺉ ﺃﻧﻮﻓﻜﻢ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺸﻞ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻜﻢ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺩﻋﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻗﺪﺭﻩ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﱂ ﻳﺒﻖ‪ ‬ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻌﻲ ﻟﺮﺍﻓﻘﹶﲏ ﻣﻼﺋﻜﺔﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺘﻤﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻓﻴﻮﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﱄ ﺍﻷﺣﺠﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﺗﻈﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻠﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‪ ‬ﻭﻟﻠﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻭﺟﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺃﻱ‪ ‬ﺃﻣﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﻟﻌﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺓﹰ ﻳﻌﻴﺸﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻌﺮﺿﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﺎﻟﻖ ﺧﺸﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ .‬ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ‬ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﺗﻘﺎﻋﺲ ﰲ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻋﻬﺪﻫﺎ ﺍﷲُ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﺇﱄﱠ ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻘﹶﲏ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻄﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﻬﻮ ﳎﺮ‪‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﻭﻣﻀﻐﺔ ﻓﺄﱏ ﱄ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﺃﻣ‪‬ﺮ‪ ‬ﺍﳊﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺩﻭﺩﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻣﻀﻐﺔ؟! ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﺣ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺛﲔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻣﻜﺬﺑﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺠﻲﺀ ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺛﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻠﺬﻫﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﱐ ﻣﺎ ﺟﺌﺖ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ ﻭﻟﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻏﺎﺩﺭ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﻣﻮﺳﻢ‪ .‬ﻻ ﲢﺎﺭﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﰲ ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻌﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ‪.‬‬

‫‪٧٢‬‬

‫ ‬ ‫‪٣٩‬‬

‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻫﺪﰲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺸ‪‬ﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹸﻗﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﲔ ﺣﺠـ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻘﻮ‪‬ﻝ ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﹶﻟﺰﻣ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻧﺸﺮﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻜﺎﻓﺄﺓ ﲬﺴﻤﺌﺔ ﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺷـﻚ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹸﻭﺩﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺣﻜﻮﻣﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﲰﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﺃﺷﻴﺎﻋ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺘﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﰲ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺘﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ‪ ،‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ٢٣ ،‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗِﻪ ﺑﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺗ‪‬ﻤﺎﺛﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ؛ ﻓﺈﱐ ﺳﺄﺩﻓﻊ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫‪ 39‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺳﻔﻬﺎﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺘـﻬﻢ ﻫـﺰﺍﺋﻢ ﻣﺘﻜـﺮﺭﺓ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺎﻗﺸﻮﱐ ﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﳝﺜﱢﻠﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨـﻬﻢ ﻣـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﻲ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫـﻲ‬ ‫ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﻭﻫﻲ ﳎﺮﻭﺣﺔ ﻭﳏﻞ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻭﲣﺎﻟﻔﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻷﺧـﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻜﺬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ؛ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺆﻳـﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺼﺪ‪‬ﻗﻪ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﻳﺼﺪﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺛﺎﻟﺜﺔ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺼﺪﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺭﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘ ﹸﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺧﺎﻣﺴﺔ ﻭﺗﺪﻋﻤﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺳﺎﺩﺳﺔ ﻣﺌﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻱ؟ ﻓﺎﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﰲ ﺣﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻠﻮﺛﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺤﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﳌﻌﻨﻮﻱ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻠﻔﻈﻲ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺻﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺣ‪‬ﻜﻤﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﳐﻴ‪‬ﺮ ﰲ ﻗﺒﻮﻝ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺫﺧﲑﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٧٣‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺃﻭ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻧﻘﺪﺍ ﳌﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺛﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﺎﲰﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺒﻠـﻎ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌـﺪ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺃﹸﻣﻬﻠﻬﻢ ‪ ١٥‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻟﻴﺒﺤﺜﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻋـﻦ ﻫـﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻈﲑ ﻭﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮﻩ ﱄ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﻒ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺣﲔ ﺃﻋﻠﻨﺖ ﺑﺄﱐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﳌـﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﺪ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟـﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺎﺋـﺪﺓ ﻭﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﻬﺘﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺟﺎﻧـﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﻛﻞ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﺑﻨﺎ ُﺀ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺻﺮﺍﻉ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﺑـﲔ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻋﺒﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳـﻠﻪ ﻣـﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻳﺘﻤﻨ‪‬ـﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠـﻚ ﻭﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﲑﻩ ﻭﺧﻴﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻣـﺎﻡ ﺃﻋﻴﻨـﻬﻢ ﻭﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺸﺘﺖ ﲨﺎﻋﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﺗﻨﻘﺮﺽ ﻓﻴﻀﺤﻜﻮﺍ ﻭﻳﻔﺮﺣﻮﺍ ﻭﻳﺴﺨﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺃﹶﺑﺸِﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﻫﻨﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﻟﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﰎ ﻫﻼﻙ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻭﺗﺸﺘ‪‬ﺖ ﲨﺎﻋﺘِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬـﻞ ﺳـﻮﻑ ﺗﺘﺤﻘـﻖ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻧﻴ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭﻫﻞ ﺳﻴﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺡ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻴﻞ؟ ﻓﺠﻮﺍﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﳍﻢ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻄﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬـﻞ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺑﻮ ﺟﻬﻞ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ‪ ،‬ﺣﲔ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻗﹸﺒﻴﻞ ﻣﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﺑﺪﺭ "ﺍﻟﻠـﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻓﺎﺣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﻃﻦ"؟ ﰒ ﺣﲔ ﺻﺮ‪‬ﺡ ﻟﻴﻜﻬـﺮﺍﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺋﻼ‪ :‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﲟﻮﺕ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻨﺒﺄ ﻫﻮ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻧﺒـﻮﺀﰐ‬

‫‪٧٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛـﺎﺫﺏ؟‬ ‫ﻱﺷ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﺘﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ‪٤٠‬؛ ﻫﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺎﻭﺭﻩ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻻ ﳜﻠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻘﻲ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻗﺒـﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﰲ ﺯﻣـﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﻜـﺮﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﻭﱂ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻟﺪﻳﻪ ﻗﺪﺭ ﹲﺓ ﺍﻵﻥ؟ ﻛﻼ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛـﻞ ﻣـﻦ‬ ‫ﱭ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‪" .‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻌﻴﺶ ﻟﲑﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻐﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻧﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﻗﺒﻠﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺻـﺪﻗﻪ ﺑـﺼﻮ ٍﻝ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺷﺪﻳ ٍﺪ ﺻﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺻﻮ ٍﻝ" ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ ﳝـﺴﻚ ﺍﻟـﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﻗﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺿﲔ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜـﻮﻥ ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺑ‪‬ـﺎ‬ ‫ﲟﻜﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ؟ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺭ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ‪ .‬ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﳍﻢ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺣﻠﻴﻔﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳـﺔ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻜـﺮﻣﻬﻢ ﺑـﺄﻧﻮﺍﻉ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺠﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﻠـ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺋﻮﺍ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﻭﻛِﻴﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺋﻢ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳـﺪﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻧﺴﺠﻮﺍ ﻣﻜﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻹﻳﺬﺍﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﱂ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺍﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﻗﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺸﺎﺀﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﲣِﺬﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺍﺑﲑ ﻻﺳﺘﺌﺼﺎﱄ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻣﻜﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺮ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺗـﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫‪ 40‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺣﲔ ﺃﱠﻟﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭﻱ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﺃﺷﺎﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺠﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺪ‪‬ﺩ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﺃﻭﻻ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﺳﻴﺼﺪﺭ ﺿﺪﻩ ﻭﺣﻜﻤﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺠﻠﺐ ﻟﻪ ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﻮ‪‬ﺩ ﲟﻮﺗﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﻩ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻄﺒﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﻭﳚﻌﻠﻬﻢ ﺟﺒﻨﺎﺀ؟ ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٧٥‬‬

‫ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺮﻳﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﻩ ﻏﺎﻟﺒﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻐﱯ ﺇﱐ ﺳﺄﻏﻠﺐ ﲟﻜﺎﻳﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﲔ! ﺳﺄﺟﻌﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺧﻄﻄﻚ ﺗـﺬﻫﺐ ﺃﺩﺭﺍﺝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﻟﹶﻮﻫﺐ ﳍﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ ﻭﺃﺗﺒـﺎﻋﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻮﻧﺎ ﻟﻴﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﻋﻴﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺍﺳﻢ ﺍﳌﻘﺪ‪‬ﺭ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻇﻬﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟـﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘـﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺳـﻴﺘﻠﻘﹼﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻯ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻔﱢﺮﻭﻧﻪ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻔﺘـﻮﻥ ﺑﻘﺘﻠـﻪ‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﻴﺌﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺃﺷﺪ ﺇﺳﺎﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻈﲑﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻬﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺣﻘﻖ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴـﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺑﺄﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﺖ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺩﻻﺋ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﻼﺋﻢ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺘﻪ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﺍﻷﻃﻬﺎﺭ؟ ﺃﻓﻠﻢ ﺗﻜﻦ ﻟﻴﻠ ﹶﺔ ﺣﺪﺍ ٍﺩ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ ﺣـﲔ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ﰲ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘـﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﳌـﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ؟ ﺃﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﹸﺘﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻟﻴﻜﻬﺮﺍﻡ ﲝـﺴﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺀﰐ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﺑﺎﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ؟ ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻣﻄﺮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻵﻳـﺎﺕ ﻛـﺎﳌﻄﺮ ﺑﻐـﺰﺍﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻏﻤﺾ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻮ ﹶﻥ ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻋـﻮﺍﻱ‬ ‫ﺕ ﰲ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟـﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﰲ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﺪ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺪﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ‪‬ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ ﻭﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺧ‪‬ﻠـﻖ ﺑﻨـﻮ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﻥ‬

‫‪٧٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻤﺎﺀ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﻌﺜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﻭﰲ ﻋﲔ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﻛﻤـﺎ‬ ‫ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺚ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ ﻏﺎﺭﻗﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ‪‬ﻧﻀﺎﻋﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﻊ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ‪١٤‬؛ ﳍﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﻇﻬﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻣﻘﺪﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﺸﲑ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺴﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺣﺼﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣ‪‬ﻀﺎﻋﻔﺎ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺁﻧﻔﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻹﻓﺤﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨـﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻬـﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻗﺎﻣ ِﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﻬﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜ ِﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻜﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻏﺮﺏ ﺇﳝـﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﳌـﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟـﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺎﺭﺿﻮﻧﻨﺎ ﺇﺫ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜـﺮﱘ ﺑﺄﻟـﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻭﻳـﺮﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻗﺎﺳﻮﺍ ﺻﺪﻗﻲ ﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻣـﺆﻣﻨﲔ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻟﺘﻮﺻ‪‬ﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻋﺎﺟﻼ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﱵ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﲟﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻧـﱯ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻜﻠﱢﻤﻪ ﺑﲔ ﺣﲔ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻟﻴﻜﺸﻒ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﱘ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﰒ ﻣﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋـﻮﺍﻩ ‪٢٣‬‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﱂ ﳝ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ؛ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻧﻘﻀ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺘﻞ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺼﻠﺢ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﻭﳎـﺪ‪‬ﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﱯ ﺻﺎﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٧٧‬‬

‫ﻳﻜﻠﻤﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﳉﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻛﻔـ ‪‬ﺮ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺍﻹﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻜﺬﻳﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﻳـﺪﺭﻙ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻫﻠﻜﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﻔﺎﻑ ﺑﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻟﹶﻬـﻮ ﻛﻔـ ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﺎﻹﲨـﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍﺀ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻣﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺭﺳﻮ ِﻝ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻔﺮ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﺗﻜﺬﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﺘﺄﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ؟ ﻓﻠﻌﻞ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠـﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺟـﺎﺋﺰ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻳﻬﻢ! ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻧﲔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻮﺀ‪ :‬ﻟﻌﻞ ﺇﺻﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤـﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﳎﻠﺲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ ﻻ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﺭﻏﻢ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﻋﻠـﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻃﻴﻠﺔ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺭﺍﺟ ‪‬ﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ‪-‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑـﺎﷲ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺑﻀﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻛﺬﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻘﱠﻰ ﺇﳍﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﳑﺎ ﺟﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻈﻦ ﺑﺒﻄﻼﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺗﻘﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻟﻘﻄﻊ ﻭﺗﻴﻨﻪ‪ ،٤١‬ﺇﺫ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻄﻊ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗﻴﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ؟‬ ‫‪ 41‬ﳓﻦ ﻻ ﻧﺘﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻗﻂ ‪-‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‪-‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺎﻗﹶﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻓﺒﺪﺃ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻤ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻷﳒﺎﺱ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻳﻬﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٧٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻓﻨﺠﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﲣﺺ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﻭﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺛﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫‪‬ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻮﻥ ﻣﻼﻳﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻬﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ‪ -‬ﻣﺰﺍﺟﹰﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﺎ ﳉﺪﺍﺭﺗﻪ ﻭﻛﻔﺎﺀﺗﻪ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻘﱠﻰ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﹾﺬﺏ ﺃﻭ ﳜﻠﻂ ﰲ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ‬‫ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﻓﻤ‪‬ﺜﻠﹸﻪ ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﻮﻟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﲤﻮﺕ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺒﻴﺚ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺟﺪﻳﺮﺍ ﺑﺄﻱ ﺍﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺣﱴ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺃﹸﻫﻠﻜﻚ‪ ،‬ﻛﻼ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻖ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﻮ‪‬ﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﳊﻘﺎﺭﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺒﻌﻪ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻧﺒﻴﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﻮﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺛﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﰒ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﺵ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‬ ‫‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪ .‬ﳓﻦ ﻻ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺘﻮﻗﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳋﺼﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﺍﺭﻩ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﳓﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺘﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ ﻭﲰﻌﻨﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻨﻜﺮﳘﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﰲ ﺍﺟﺘﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﺫﻛﺮ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺣ‪‬ﺮﻡ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﺎ‪ :‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﻟﻪ ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﲤﺜﱠﻞ ﱄ ﺑﺸﺮﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻜﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ؟!‪.‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٧٩‬‬

‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺩﺍﺭ ﲞﻠﺪﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻜﺮ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳ ِﻦ ﺍﻟﻠ ﹶﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺻﺮ‪‬ﺡ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻓﻼ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‪٤٢‬؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﻧﻜﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻗﹸﺘﻞ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺧﺎﻩ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﺩﱃ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﳛﺔ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺒﲑ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﱐ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﺮﺩ‪‬ﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺍﺙ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻷﻣﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺒﻠ ﹾﻎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻋﺘﻴﺎ ﺣﱴ ‪‬ﻳ ﹶﻈ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﻮﺧﺔ ﻓﻘ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺕ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒ ِﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺸ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺸ‪‬ﺮﻱ ﻛ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺁﻧﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ ﺃﻣﺮﺍ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﱐ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺘﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺀﺗﻪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺳﺎﻛﺘﺎ؟ ﻻ ﺃﺩﺭﻱ ﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻆ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﻜﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺪ ﳌﺼﻠﺤ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺎﺏ ﺍﳊﺎﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫‪ 42‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻻ ﺃﺳﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻜﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﲏ ﻟـﺴﺖ ﺷـﺎﻫﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻟﲔ ﺑﻞ ﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌـﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻭﻗـﺪ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻛﺸﻒ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﰲ ﻛﺘـﺎﰊ "ﺇﺯﺍﻟـﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﺠﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ"‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﻗﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻔﻮﻩ ﺑﻜﺬﺏ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻭﺍﺟﻪ ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻛـﺒﲑﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﺧﻮﻩ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻜﺮ ﻓﺄﱏ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻜﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٨٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻭﻳﻨﻮﻱ ﲝﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﱄ ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﺿﻤﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﱂ ﺗﻔ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﻣ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﳊﻴﺎ ﹶﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴ ﹶﺔ ﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳉﺴﻤﺎﻧﻴﺔ؟!‪ .‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﲰﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﲨﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﳌﺼﺪﻗﲔ ﱄ ﻭﺟﺎﻫ ‪‬ﺰ ﳋﻮﺽ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﻫﻠﺔ ﺿﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺬﺑﲔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻗﻀﻰ ﻓﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻇ ﱠﻞ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ؛ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻣﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺭﺅﺍﻩ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﻘﺎﺩ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺑﺎﻫ ﹶﻞ ﺑﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﻠﻪ؟ ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ ﱂ ﻧﻴﺄﺱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻨﻴﻪ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺑﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻷﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺍ ﺣﱴ ﳝﻮﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﱭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺩﺍﻓ ٍﻊ ﻟﻨﺸ‪‬ﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﻷﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﻛﺰ ﺃﻭﻻ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬ ‫ﱯ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺗﻠﻘﱠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻷﻫﻠﻜﺘ‪‬ﻪ" ﻋﺪ ‪‬ﱘ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ "ﻟﻮ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻛﺬﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮ ﹶﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻌﺜ ﹶﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻋﺎﺷﻮﺍ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﻴﺎ ًﺀ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﺯﻗﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺤﻤ‪‬ﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﺆﻣﻦ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺣﻠﱠﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨ ﹸﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻛﻼ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺃ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺬﺏ‪‬؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻇﻠﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺬﹼﺏ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ؟‪ .‬ﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﺣﻖ ﻭﺃﻻ ﺇﻥ ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻜﺬﺑﲔ! ﻭﻣﻦ ﻗﺪﺭﺓ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺭﻯ ﱄ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺇﺫ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳ ﹶﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺁﻳﺎ ٍ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٨١‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﲤﺎﺛﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻦ ﲡﺪﻭﺍ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ‪ -‬ﻣﻨﺬ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ‪ -‬ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﰒ ﻋﺎﺵ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﺜ ﹶﻞ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺗﺸﺮﻳﻒ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﻮﺟﻪ ﺧﺎﺹ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﻟﻠﺼﺪﻕ‪ .‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻭﺟﺪﰎ ﺷﺨﺼﺎ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﰒ ﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ‬ ‫‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻇ ﹼﻞ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﱄ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻘﺎ ﻷﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺛﺒﺘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻣﺪﺓ ﲤﺎﺛﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﻭﻣﻮﻻﻧﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﳌﺼﻄﻔﻰ ‪ .‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﱡﻖ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻓﻌﻼ ﻗﺪ ﻣﻀ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﱂ ﻳﺴﻜﺖ ﻗﻂ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻴﺪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻛﻠﺔ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﻧﺘﻈﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻧﻘﻄﺎﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺳﺠ‪‬ﻞ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺸﺮﺗ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺸ‪‬ﺮ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺎ ﻣﺪﺓ ﲦﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻋﻮﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻗﺒﻞ ‪ ٢١‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻇﹼﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ "ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ"‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺘﺎ ‪‬‬

‫‪٨٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﺄﹸﺳﺠ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻴﺘ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨﺸ‪‬ﺮ ﰲ ﻛﺘﱯ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﲔ ﺣﲔ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻭﺭ "ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ" ﻭﻇﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ ﹲﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺳﺠﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﹶﺜ ٍﻞ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻟﻼ ﹼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ" ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‪.‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٨٣‬‬

‫‪@ @@òî ⁄a@pb½bؽa‬‬ ‫‪@ @@ò톻þa@´ça Ûa@¿@òiìnØß@ïçë@bèi@oÏŠ’m@ Ûa‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟﻚ ﻗﺪﺭﰐ‬ ‫"ﺑ‪‬ﺸﺮﻯ ﻟﻚ ﺃﲪﺪﻱ‪ ،٤٣‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﻱ ﻭﻣﻌﻲ‪ .‬ﻏﺮﺳ ‪‬‬

‫ﺑﻴﺪﻱ‪ِ .‬ﺳﺮ‪‬ﻙ ِﺳﺮ‪‬ﻱ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺟﻴﻪ ﰲ ﺣﻀﺮﰐ‪ .‬ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗ‪‬ﻚ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻲ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ‬

‫ﻣﻨ‪‬ﻲ ﲟﻨـﺰﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺎ ﹶﻥ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺿﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻮﺭﻛ ‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺑﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻴﻚ ﺣﻘ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻟﺘﻨﺬ ‪‬ﺭ ﻗﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ‬

‫ﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﻧﺬ ‪‬ﺭ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺴﺘﺒﲔ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻣﲔ‪ .‬ﻗﹸﻞ ﺇﱐ ﹸﺃﻣِﺮﺕ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻭ‪ ‬ﹸﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﲢﺒ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺎﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﱐ ﳛﺒﺒ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ‪ .٤٤‬ﻭﳝﻜﺮﻭﻥ‬

‫‪ 43‬ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ‪" ،‬ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻟﻚ ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪﻱ"‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ(‬ ‫‪ 44‬ﳚﺪﺭ ﲜﻤﺎﻋﱵ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻣﻞ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻡ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻳﺮ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺯ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳊﺐ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﻣﻨﻮﻁ ﺑﺎﺗﺒﺎﻋﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﺩﱏ ﺫﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺼﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ" ﺃﻭ "ﺍﻟﻨﱯ" ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﲝﻘـﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧـﲏ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻭﻧﱯ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻃﻼﻕ ﳎﺎﺯ‪‬ﺍ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻣـﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻜﻠﹼﻤﻪ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﻠﱠﻢ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎ َﺀ ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺭ ﹲﺓ ﻓﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺇﻃﻼ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻛﻠﻤ ﹸﺔ "ﻧﱯ" ﰲ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ ﻭﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ ﻭﺳﻔﺮ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﰲ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺩ ‪‬‬

‫‪٨٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻭﳝﻜﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﷲ ﺧﲑ ﺍﳌﺎﻛﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮﻛﻚ ﺣﱴ ﳝﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥﹼ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺭﲪﱵ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﺒﻴ ﹶ‬

‫ﲔ ﺃﻣﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺼﻮﺭﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﲏ ﲟﻨـﺰﻟ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﻟﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﻣﻜ ‪‬‬

‫ﳋ ﹾﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﻻ ﺭﲪ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻜ ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻌ ﹶﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﺯﻭﺟ‪‬ﻚ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﻜ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭ ‪‬ﺯﻭ‪‬ﺟﻚ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﺨﻠﻒ ﻓﺨﻠﻘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭﲪﺔ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻚ ﻟﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ .‬ﺃﺭﺩ ‪‬‬

‫ﷲ ﰲ ﺣﻠﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﺩﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﺟ ِﺮﻱ‪ ‬ﺍ ِ‬

‫ﺖ ﻛﻨـﺰ‪‬ﺍ ﳐﻔﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻴ ‪‬ﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﺓ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ‪ .‬ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹸﻋﺮ‪‬ﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻨﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺄ ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬

‫ﻣﻘﻀﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺇﱐ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﹼﻴﻚ ﻭﺭﺍﻓﻌﻚ ﺇﱄﹼ ﻭﻣﻄﻬﺮﻙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﻭﺟﺎﻋ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﻙ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﹸﺛﻠﹼ ﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻭ‪‬ﻟﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﻠﹼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﺧِﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﳜﻮ‪‬ﻓﻮﻧﻚ ﻣِﻦ ﺩﻭﻧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻚ‬

‫ﺕ ﻛﻠﻤ ﹸﺔ "ﺍﳌﻠﻚ" ﲝﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺫﻛﺮﻱ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﳎﺎﺯﺍ ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﲰ‪‬ﺎﱐ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ "ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻝ" ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﺩﺍﻧﻴﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻌـﲎ‬ ‫"ﻣﻴﻜﺎﻝ" ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﻳﺔ ﻣﺜﻴ ﹸﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﺒﻪ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳـﺔ‬ ‫"ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﲏ ﲟﻨـﺰﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﻓﺤﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻌﺎﻥ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﻌﺮﻑ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺋﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﰊ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺣﺒﻚ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺣﺐ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﺗﻔﺮﻳـﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻓـﺴﻮﻑ ﺃﺟﻌﻠـﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﺭﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺗﻮﺣﻴﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﻴﺜﻤﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺍﲰﻲ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲰﻚ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻪ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٨٥‬‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﻣِﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﻟﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻗﺪﻳﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﳛﻤﺪﻙ ﺍﷲ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ‪ .‬ﳓﻤﺪﻙ ﻭﻧﺼﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻛﻔﻴﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺰﺋﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻫﻮ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﲰﻌﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺮ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺑﲏ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﺇﻓ ‪‬‬

‫ﺁﺩﻡ ﻭﻓﻀ‪‬ﻠﹾﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﻀ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻌﺾ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺟﺤﺪﻭﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻴﻘﻨﺘ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻇﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ ‪‬ﻋ ﹸﻠﻮ‪‬ﺍ‪ .‬ﻗ ﹾﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ؟ ﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ؟ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﹶﺃﻧ‪‬ﻰ ﻟﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺳﺤﺮ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺆﺛﹶﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ‬

‫ﺁﻳﺔ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﺳﺤﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ‪ .‬ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻷﻏﻠﱭ‪ ‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻲ‪،‬‬

‫ﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻣﺮﻩ ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻏﺎﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍ ُ‬

‫ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﳍﹸﺪﻯ ﻭﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻟﻴﻈﻬﺮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻛﻠﹼﻪ‪ .‬ﻻ ﻣﺒﺪ‪ ‬ﹶﻝ‬

‫ﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺁﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻠﺒِﺴﻮﺍ ﺇﳝﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻈﻠ ٍﻢ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﳍﻢ‬

‫ﺍﻷﻣﻦ ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣﻬﺘﺪﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﲣﺎﻃﺒ‪‬ﲏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻇﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺇ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻐﺮ‪‬ﻗﻮﻥ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺨﺬﻭﻧﻚ ﺇﻻ ﻫﺰﻭ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﷲ؟ ﻭﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺒﺼﺮﻭﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫ ﳝﻜﺮ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻔﱠﺮ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ِﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ﱄ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﹸﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻳﺪﺍ ﺃﰊ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻠﹼﻲ ﺃﻃﹼﻠﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﻷﻇﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ‪ .‬ﺗﺒ‪ ‬‬

‫ﳍﺐ ﻭﺗﺐ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺪﺧﻞ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺧﺎﺋﻔﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻚ ﻓﻤِﻦ‬

‫ﱪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﱪ ﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﻨ ﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﺍﻟ ِﻔﺘ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺻ ‪‬‬

‫ﲑ ﳎﺬﻭﺫ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺤﺐ‪ ‬ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﲨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣِﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻷﻛﺮﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﻄﺎ ًﺀ ﻏ ‪‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٨٦‬‬

‫ﺍﷲ ﺃﺟﺮ‪‬ﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻋﻨﻚ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺘﻢ‪ ‬ﺍﲰ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺒﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‬

‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﺮﻫﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﲑ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪".‬‬

‫‪٤٥‬‬

‫ﺷﺮﺡ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ‪" :‬ﻓﺎﺿﺖ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻚ" )ﺃﻱ ﲡﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻌﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻔﺘﻴﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ ﻋﻠﹼﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪) ".‬ﺃﻱ ﻛﺸﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻧﺴﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ(‬ ‫"ﻭﻟﺘﺴﺘﺒﲔ ﺳﺒﻴﻞ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻣﲔ" )ﺃﻱ ﻟﺘﺘﻢ ﺍﳊﹸﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍ‪‬ﺮﻣﲔ‪(.‬‬ ‫"ﻗﹸﻞ ﺇﱐ ﹸﺃﻣِﺮﺕ" )ﺃﻱ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﹼﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ﹸﻝ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ" )ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ(‬ ‫ﺖ ﻭ ‪‬ﺯﻭ‪‬ﺟﻚ ﺍﳉﻨ‪‬ﺔ‪) ".‬ﺃﻱ ﻛﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﻚ‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺍﺳﻜﻦ ﺃﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ ﺃﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺯﻭﺟﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻚ ﺳﻴﻨﺠﻮ ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺩﻭﺳﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺳﻴﺪﺧﻞ ﺍﳉﻨﺔ‪(.‬‬

‫‪ 45‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﲟﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺰﻟﺖ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﳐﺘﻠﻒ ﻓﻠﻢ ﺃﻟﺘﺰﻡ ﰲ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﳉﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻓﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﻠﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﳍﺎﻣ ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٨٧‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ‪) ".‬ﺃﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻵﺩﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫"ﻓﺨﻠﻘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺤﻴﻲ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ(‪.‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﰲ ﺣﻠﻞ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ" )ﺃﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺣﻠﻞ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺍِ‬ ‫" ‪‬ﺟ ِﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﻟﻨﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺭﲪﺔ ﻣﻨ‪‬ﺎ" )ﺃﻱ ﺳﻨﺠﻌﻞ ﻋﺒﺪﻧﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻣﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﳒﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻟﺮﲪﺘﻨﺎ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻳﺎ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺇﱐ ﻣﺘﻮﻓﹼﻴﻚ" )ﺃﻱ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﺪﺭ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺅﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺘﻠﻚ(‬ ‫ﱄ" )ﺃﻱ ﺳﺄﹸﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺮﰊ‪،‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺭﺍﻓﻌﻚ ﺇ ﹼ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺑﺮﺉ ﺳﺎﺣﺘﻚ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻠﺼﻘﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻚ(‪.‬‬ ‫"ﻭﺟﺎﻋﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﻙ" )ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ( ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﻔﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ‬

‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫"ﳛﻤﺪﻙ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺮﺷﻪ" )ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺴﺒ‪‬ﻮﻧﻚ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﳛﻤﺪﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺵ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ(‪" .‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﺇﻓﻚ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ"‬ ‫)ﺃﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻬﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺧﻠﹾﻊ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ(‬ ‫"ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻟﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ" )ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺧﻠﻌﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‪(...‬‬

‫‪٨٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫"ﻭﺇﻥ ﻳﺮﻭﺍ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺮﺿﻮﺍ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﺳﺤﺮ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮ" )ﻓﻠﻴﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺁﻳ ﹲﺔ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﺣﲔ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻧﺸﻘﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﺠ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﺎﺩ ﹰﺓ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺸﻜﹼﻞ ﺁﻳﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺳﻨﲔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺭ ﻗﻄﲏ ﻧﺒﻮﺀ ﹰﺓ‬ ‫ﺁﻳﺘﲔ ﻟﻠﻤﻬﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﺮ‪‬ﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺇ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺁﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﺎﺩﻱ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﻦ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪‬ﺟ ِﻤ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺸ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺮ ‪ .٤٦‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻓﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻹﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻗﺮ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻨﺺ ﻋﻠﻰ )ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﳌﻬﺪﻳﻨﺎ ﺁﻳﺘﲔ ‪ (..‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺕ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ" ﻗﺒﻞ ﲢﻘﱡﻘﻬﺎ ﲞﻤﺴﺔ ﻋﺸﺮ ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﻧِﺒ ﹶﺊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﳌﲔ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ‬ ‫‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﺇﻧﻪ ﳛﺪﺙ ﻋﺎﺩﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﳛﺪﺙ‬ ‫ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﻭﻛﺴﻮﻑ ﰲ ﺷﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﻀﺎﻥ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺬ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 46‬ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪١٠ :‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٨٩‬‬

‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭ ﲨﻠﺔ "ﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ" ﰲ "ﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻬﻞ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ"‪) .‬ﻓﺎﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﻭﱃ ﻛﺴﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻓﻬﻲ ﺧﺴﻮﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ(‬ ‫"ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﷲ" )ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ(‬ ‫"ﻷﻏﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﱭ ﺃﻧﺎ ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻲ" )ﺃﻱ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮ‪‬ﺽ ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺛﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﻤﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻐﻠﹶﺒﻮﺍ(‬ ‫"ﻭﺇﺫ ﳝﻜﺮ ﺑﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﻔﱠﺮ" )ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺷﻴﺨﺎ ﺷﻘﻴﺎ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ِﻌ ‪‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺮﻃﺎﺱ ﺗﻜﻔ ِﲑ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺷﻴﻚ(‬ ‫"ﺃﻭِﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ﱄ ﻳﺎ ﻫﺎﻣﺎ ﹸﻥ" )ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﺒﲑِﻩ ﻫﺎﻣﺎﻥ‪ :‬ﺿ ‪‬ﻊ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﺳﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ ﻟﻨﻔﻮﺫﻙ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﺄﻧﺖ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﺑﻔﺘﻮﺍﻙ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺧﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻟﻴﺸﺘﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﹸﻬﻢ ﻭﻟﻜﻲ ﳜﺘﻤﻮﺍ ﻫﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺧﺘﻤﻚ‪(.‬‬ ‫"ﻟﻌﻠﹼﻲ ﺃﻃﹼﻠﻊ ﺇﱃ ﺇﻟﻪ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ" )ﺃﻱ ﻷﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻫﻞ ﻳﺆﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻡ ﻻ(‬ ‫"ﻭﺇﱐ ﻷﻇﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ" )ﻓﺨﺘ ‪‬ﻢ(‪.‬‬

‫‪٩٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺐ‪) ٤٧".‬ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻣﺴﻚ ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺭﻗ ﹶﺔ‬ ‫"ﺗﺒ‪‬ﺖ ﻳﺪﺍ ﺃﰊ ﳍﺐ ﻭﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺧﺘﻢ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺘﺐ ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ(‬ ‫"ﺍﻟ ِﻔﺘ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﻫﻬﻨﺎ" )ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﺨﺘﻢ ﻫﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺘﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﺘﻨ ﹲﺔ ﻛﺒﲑﺓ(‬ ‫"ﻓﺎﺻﱪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺻﱪ ﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻡ" )ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭ ﹲﺓ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳ ‪‬ﺦ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﳒﺎﺱ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻜﻔﲑﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﺇﺷﺎﺭ ﹲﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ ﺳﻴﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﺎﺑ ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻔﺘﺎﺀ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﲰ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺎِﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﻔﺮﻋﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺻﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﻯ ﺃﻭ‪‬ﻻ ﻓﺴﻤ‪‬ﺎﻩ ﻫﺎﻣﺎﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ 47‬ﻳﺘﻀﺢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﻔﱢﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻜﺬﺑﻮﻥ ﻫﻢ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻫﺎﻟﻜﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﺤﻘﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﻭﺭﺍﺀﻫﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﳊ ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻠﱢﻲ ﺧﻠﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺧﱪﱐ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻗﻄﻌﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﺼﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﺧﻠﻒ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻣﻜﻔﱢﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺬﺏ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻣ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﺸﲑ ﺟﺎﻧﺐ‬ ‫ﺚ ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺎﺭﻱ "ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ" ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻨـﺰﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻟﺰﺍﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺣﺪﻳ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮﻛﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎﺋﻴﺎ ﺳﺎﺋ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻔِﺮﻕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻣﺎﻣﻜﻢ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﻤﻠﻮﺍ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺣﺠ ﹸﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺤﺒﻂ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻟﹸﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺗﺸﻌﺮﻭﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﲏ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﻴﻌﲏ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺈﺧﻼﺹ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪﱐ ‪‬ﺣﻜﹶﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻣﺮ ﻭﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﻣﲏ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻧﺰﺍﻉ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﲏ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﻓﺴﺘﺮﻭﻥ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳔﻮﺓ ﻭﺃﻧﺎﻧﻴﺔ؛ ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﲏ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻮﺍﱄ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﺘ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﻈﻴ ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٩١‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻐﺮﺏ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺎﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻪ ﻻ ِﺇﻟ ‪‬ﻪ ﺇِﻻ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ﺁ ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺁ ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﲨ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣِﻦ‬ ‫ِﺑ ِﻪ ‪‬ﺑﻨ‪‬ﻮ ِﺇ ‪‬ﺳﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋِﻴﻞ ‪ .٤٨‬ﺃﹶﻻ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻓﺘﻨ ﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴ‪‬ﺤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻷﻛﺮﻡ ﻋﻄﺎﺀ ﻏﲑ ﳎﺬﻭﺫ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺟﺮ‪‬ﻙ ﻭﻳﺮﺿﻰ ﻋﻨﻚ‬ ‫ﺭﺑﻚ ﻭ‪‬ﻳﺘِﻢ ﺍﲰ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺒﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺷﺮ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﻋﺴﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺮﻫﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺧﲑ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻠﻤﻮﻥ‪) .‬ﻓﻔﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭﺓ‬

‫ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻔﲑ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﻜﻤﻦ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺣﻜﻤ ﹲﺔ ﺇﳍﻴﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺘﻬﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻜﻤ ﹸﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺼﻠﺤ ﹸﺔ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻷﺳﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻇﻬﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻮﻟﺪﻭﺍ ﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﺧﲑﺍ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺴﺨﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺜﺎﻝ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ ٢١‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﻟﹼﻔﺖ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﻭﻭﺯ‪‬ﻋﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺑﺔ ﺳﺘﲔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﰲ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻕ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺃﺻﺪﺭ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺘﻴﺒﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺩﺃﰊ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺸﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎﰐ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻴﻊ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻗﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﺭﻙ ﻛﻢ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺸﺎﻃﻲ ﻣﻜﺜﻔﹰﺎ ﻟﻴﻞ ‪‬ﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺑﺪﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﻘِﲏ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺘ‪‬ﻌﲏ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬ ‫‪ 48‬ﻳﻮﻧﺲ‪٩١ :‬‬

‫‪٩٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻟﺘﺄﻟﻴﻒ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﻭﺭﺯﻗﲏ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﻴﺄ ﱄ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﻲ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻠﹼﻤﲏ ﻛﻼﻣﺎ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺎ ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ‬ ‫ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎﰐ ﺣﺎﻓﻠﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺭﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻜﺎﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺌﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﻫﻼﻛﻲ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﲟﻮﰐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺟﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺬﰊ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺳﻠﻔﹰﺎ "ﲦﺎﻧﲔ ﺣﻮﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺎ ﻣﻦ‬

‫ﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺳﻨﻴﻨﺎ ﻭﺗﺮﻯ ﻧﺴﻼ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ"‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ ٣٥‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸﺷﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ﰲ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻨ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹸﺗﺮﻙ ﻭﺃﹸﺧﺬﻝ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﻭﻻ ﺃﹸﺣﻘﻖ ﺃﻱ ﺻﻴﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺘﺠﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺃﱐ ﱂ ﺃﹸﺣﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻈﻰ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﻮﻥ ﻭﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ "ﻳﻨﺼﺮﻙ ﺭﺟﺎﻝ ﻧﻮﺣﻲ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻓﺞ ﻋﻤﻴﻖ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﻮﻙ ﻳﺘﱪﻛﻮﻥ‬

‫ﺑﺜﻴﺎﺑﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻧﺼ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪) .‬ﻓﻌﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺳ‪‬ﻴﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ ﺃﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ُﺀ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻡ ﻓﻌ ﹲﻞ ﺇﳍﻲ؟‪ (٤٩‬ﻭﺍﻧﺘﻬﻰ ﺃﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻨﺎ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫‪ 49‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﲏ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺧﺒﻴﺚ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﳉﺬﺍﻡ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳉﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻉ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺴﺘﻨﺘﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻬﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺑﺸ‪‬ﺮﱐ ﺳﺎﺑﻘﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﺤﻤﻴﲏ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻋﻠﱠﺔ ﺧﺒﻴﺜﺔ ﻭﺳﻴ‪‬ﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻌﻤﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻴﺖ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎ ﺧﺎﺻﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﲔ "ﺗﻨـﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺛﻼﺙٍ؛ ﺍﻟﻌﲔ‬ ‫ﲏ ﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻀﺮﺭﺍ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺨﻮﺧﺔ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﻴﺒﻬﻤﺎ "ﺍﳌﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻳﲔ" ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﻥ ﻋﻴ ‪‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٩٣‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﳊﻖ‪) ".‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺳﻴﺘﻤﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺕ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻘﻄ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻲ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ﰲ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻬﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺸ‪‬ﺮﱐ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ( "ﻳﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻙ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺒﺪﺃ ﻣﻨﻚ" )ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﻨﻘﻄﻊ ﻧﺴ ﹸﻞ‬ ‫ﺁﺑﺎﺋﻚ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻱ ﺫﻛﹾﺮ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻚ ﺃﺳﺎﺳﺎ ﻣﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﺿﻊ ﺑﺈﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﲰ‪‬ﺎﱐ ﺍﷲ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴ ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺎﻝ‪" (:‬ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﺻﺎﻓﻴﻨﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﳒﻴﻨﺎﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻐﻢ ﻭﺍﲣِﺬﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﺼﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺭﺏ ﻻ‬

‫ﺗﺬﺭﱐ ﻓﺮﺩﺍ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺧﲑ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺛﲔ‪".‬‬ ‫"ﺳﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ" )ﺃﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ( ‪) ..‬ﻓﺄﻧﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬

‫ﺗﺘﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻣﺼﻼﻛﻢ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﺪﻣﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﺗﺒ‪‬ﻌﻮﻩ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻋﺎ ﻛﺎﻣﻼ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻨﺠﻮﺍ(‪.‬‬

‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﲑ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﲏ ﻓﺮﺩﺍ ﻭﺳﻮﻑ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺜﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﺴﻠﻲ ﻛﺈﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﱪ‪‬ﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻭﻥ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪" :‬ﻭﺍﲣِﺬﻭﺍ‬

‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﻕ" ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺒﺐ ﺿﻴﺎﻉ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﺮ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﻀﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺍﻥ ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺼﺮﺡ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺍ ُ‬ ‫ﻭﻭﻋ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻨـﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻄﺮﺃ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﺍﳘﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪﺭﺍ‪‬ﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﺧﺒِﺮﻭﱐ ﺃﻱ‪ ‬ﻛﺬﺍﺏ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻳﺘﻨﺒﺄ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﺮ؟ ﻭﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺼﺮﻩ ﻭﻋﻀﻮﻳﻦ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻪ ﺳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ‪.‬؟ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺳﻴﻜﻴﺪﻭﻥ ﻟﻘﺘﻠﻲ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺑﺸ‪‬ﺮ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ "ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻮ ﱂ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ"‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪٩٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺎﻡ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻣﺼﻠﹼﻰ" ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﺁﻳ ﹲﺔ ﻗﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﻭﺍ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺩﺍﺗﻜﻢ ﻭﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺗﻜﻢ ﺑﺈﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﹸﺭﺳﻞﹶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺸﺮ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺄﺳ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﺳﻮﺗﻪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺷﺄﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺆﻭﻧﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺁﻳ ﹸﺔ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ِﺑ ‪‬ﺮﺳ‪‬ﻮ ٍﻝ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﺄﺗِﻲ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌﺪِﻱ ﺍ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪ ..٥٠‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻣﻈﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻳﻪ‪ ٥١‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﲰ‪‬ﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴ‪‬ﻨﺸﺮ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﰲ ﺻﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺨﺬﹸﻭﺍ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻣﻘﹶﺎ ِﻡ ِﺇ‪‬ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫِﻴ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ‪‬ﺗ ِ‬ ‫ﺼﻠ‪‬ﻰ ‪ ٥٢‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺘﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻓِﺮﻕ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺧﲑ‬ ‫ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺒﻌﻮﻧﻪ ﻫﻢ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺟﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲔ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻕ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 50‬ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‪٧ :‬‬ ‫‪ 51‬ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺬﻛﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﷲ ﻳﺪﺍ ﺍﳉﻼ ِﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻭﻫـﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﻟﺮﲪ ِﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻮﻛ ِﺔ ﻛﻠﺘﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻈﻬـﺮﺍ ﺃﰎ ﷲ‬ ‫ﲔ )ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴـﺎﺀ‪:‬‬ ‫ ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﱃ ﻳﺪ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺗﺸﲑ ﺁﻳ ﹸﺔ ‪‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺳ ﹾﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻙ ِﺇﻟﱠﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ـ ﹰﺔ ِﻟ ﹾﻠﻌ‪‬ـﺎﹶﻟ ِﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﷲ ‪‬ﺭﻣ‪‬ـﻰ ‬ ‫ﺖ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ِﻜ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺖ ِﺇ ﹾﺫ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ ،(١٠٨‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﻓﺘﺸﲑ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﺁﻳ ﹸﺔ ‪‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫)ﺍﻷﻧﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،(١٨ :‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺠﻠﹼﻰ ﺻﻔﺘﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﰲ ﻭﻗﺘﻬﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻇﻬﺮ ﺟﻼﻟﹶﻪ ) ( ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻭﺻـﻞ ﺻـﻔﺔ ﺍﳉﻤـﺎﻝ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻭﲨﺎﻋﺘِﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺗ‪‬ﺸﲑ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﺁ ‪‬ﺧﺮِﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﻘﹸﻮﺍ ِﺑ ِﻬ ‪‬ﻢ )ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ .(٤ :‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪‬ﻳ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 52‬ﺍﻟﺒﻘﺮﺓ‪١٢٦ :‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٩٥‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﺎﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ؛‬ ‫ﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٦٣٤‬ﻣﻦ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻫﺎﻡ ﺇﱃ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪" :‬ﺟﻌﻠﻨﺎﻙ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺑﻦ ﻣﺮﱘ‪ D Q .‬‬ ‫‪a‬‬ ‫‪ 4 V WX= Y )Z [ \ 6 '] D Q ^ _ `) (R S T U 4 5‬‬ ‫‪ b c JK d )e fg h ;[ i 9jk l m n‬‬

‫ﺢ ﺑﻦ‬ ‫‪ ٥٣ro pq F‬ﰒ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺇﳍﺎﻡ ﺁﺧﺮ‪" :‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺮﱘ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻀﺎﻉ ﻭﻗﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺜﻠﻚ ‪‬ﺩﺭ‪ ‬ﻻ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻀﺎﻉ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺤِﻴ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﻚ ﺣﻴﺎﺓ ﻃﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﲦﺎﻧﲔ ﺣﻮ ﹰﻻ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺮﻳﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪" :‬ﹶﻟ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬

‫ﻼ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ .‬ﻣﻈﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻼﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﺄﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺮﻯ ﻧﺴ ﹰ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪".‬‬

‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪" :‬ﻳﺄﰐ ﻗﻤﺮ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻣﺮ‪‬ﻙ ﻳﺘﺄﺗﻰ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺮ‪‬ﻙ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻐﻠﺒﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻔﻮﻕ ﻣﻌﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺤﺖ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺋﻚ‪".‬‬

‫ﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﻫﺎﻧﺘﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺘﺮﻛﻚ‬ ‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ‪" :‬ﺇﱐ ﻣ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬‬

‫ﺣﱴ ﳝﻴﺰ ﺍﳋﺒﻴﺚ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﻴ‪‬ﺐ‪ .‬ﺳﺒﺤﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻭﻗﺎﺭ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ‬

‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺪﻡ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻣﺎ ﲰﻌﻨﺎ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻷﻭﻟﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 53‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ ﳍﻢ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺟﺌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ ﻋﻠﻤﻜﻢ ﺿﺌﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﺃﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﻘﺘﻨﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹ‪‬ﺎﻡ‪.‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٩٦‬‬

‫ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺎﺧﺘﺮ‪‬ﱐ‪ .‬ﻗﻞ ﺭﺏ ﺇﱐ ﺍﺧﺘﺮﺗ‪‬ﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ‬

‫ﺷﻲﺀ‪".‬‬

‫ﺖ ﻣﺮﺳﻼ‪ .‬ﺳﻨﺄﺧﺬﻩ ﻣِﻦ ﻣﺎ ِﺭ ٍﻥ‬ ‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪" :‬ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﻟﺴ ‪‬‬

‫ﺃﻭ ﺧﺮﻃﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﳌﲔ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻤﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﻐﺘﺔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳ‪ ‬ﻌﺾ‪ ‬ﺍﻟﻈﺎ ﹸﱂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻟﻴﺘﲏ ﺍﲣﺬ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ ﻣﻄﹼﻠﻌﲔ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺰﻟﻨﺎﻙ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻘ ﹶﻠ ‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪﻳﺮﺍ‪".‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪ ...:‬ﺳﻨ‪‬ﻀﻴ‪‬ﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ ﺍﳋﻨﺎﻕ ﺑﺄﺩﻟﺔ ﻗﺎﻃﻌﺔ‪....‬‬ ‫ﺇﱐ ﺁﺗﻴﻚ ﲜﻴﻮﺷﻲ ﻓﺠﺄﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻟﻚ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺮﰐ‪ .....‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﻟﻴﺘﲏ ﱂ ﺃﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﹸﺭﺳِﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴﺘﲏ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪ :‬ﺳﺘﺘﺸﺘﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋ ﹸﺔ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻔﺴﺪ ﺃﻣﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻣﻊ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﱂ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻌﻄﹶﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ .‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻧﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳊﺎﺟﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪" :‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻨﺎ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻋﺮ‪‬ﺿﻮﺍ ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‬

‫ﺏ ﹶﺃ ِﺷﺮ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﻌﻠﻮﺍ ﻳﺸﻬﺪﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻭﻳﺴﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﻤﺎ ٍﺀ ﻣﻨﻬ ِﻤ ٍﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﻥﹼ‬ ‫ﻛﺬﹼﺍ ‪‬‬

‫ِﺣﺒ‪‬ﻲ ﻗﺮﻳﺐ ﻣﺴﺘﺘﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﻧﺼﺮﰐ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻗﺎﺑﻞﹲ‪،‬‬

‫ﺕ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﻭﺍﺑﻞ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺣﺎﺷ ‪‬ﺮ ﻛﻞﱢ ﻗﻮ ٍﻡ ﻳﺄﺗﻮﻧﻚ ‪‬ﺟ‪‬ﻨﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﺃﻧﺮ ‪‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٩٧‬‬

‫ﺖ ﺁﻳﺎﰐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺗﻨـﺰﻳ ﹲﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺑﻠﺠ ‪‬‬

‫ﺐ ﻣﻘﺒﻮ ﹸﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﺳﺒﻴﻼ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ .‬ﻃﻴ‪ ‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦِ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﲰﻲ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪ .‬ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﻟﻚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﲏ‬

‫ﻳﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻣ ﹾﻈ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﳊﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﲏ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺪﹸﺃ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮِ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣِﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻢ ﻣِﻦ ﻓﺸﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻡ ﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﳓﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﺮ‪،‬‬

‫ﳉﻤ‪‬ﻊ ﻭﻳﻮﻟﹼﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﺑﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻌﻞ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺼ‪‬ﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺳ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻬﺰ‪‬ﻡ ﺍ ﹶ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺐ‪ .‬ﺃﹶﻧ ِﺬ ‪‬ﺭ ﻗﻮﻣﻚ ﻭﻗﻞ ﺇﱐ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﻣﺒﲔ‪ .‬ﺇﻧﺎ ﺃﺧﺮﺟﻨﺎ ﻟﻚ ﺯﺭﻭﻋﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺎ ﺇﺑﺮﺍﻫﻴﻢ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻟﻨ‪‬ﻬﻠﻜﻨ‪‬ﻚ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﻻ ﺧﻮﻑ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻷﻏﻠﱭ ﺃﻧﺎ‬

‫ﻭﺭﺳﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﻓﻮﺍﺝ ﺁﺗﻴﻚ ﺑﻐﺘﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻣﻮﺝ ﻣﻮﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ‬

‫ﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻵﺕٍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺩ‪ ‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺗﻰ‪ .‬ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ ﺇﻱ ﻭﺭﰊ ﺇﻧﻪ ﳊﻖ‪،‬‬

‫ﻻ ﻳﺘﺒﺪ‪‬ﻝ ﻭﻻ ﳜﻔﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﻨـﺰِﻝ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺠ‪‬ﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻰ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺇﻟﻪ ﺇﻻ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻌﻠﹶﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻭﻳﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﻘﹶﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﳛﺴﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ‪ .‬ﺗ‪‬ﻔﺘ‪‬ﺢ ﳍﻢ ﺃﺑﻮﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﳍﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﻯ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﺑ‪‬ﻰ ﰲ ﺣِﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‪ ،٥٤‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻜﻦ ﹸﻗ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﻣﻌﻚ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﺣﺎﻝ‪".‬‬

‫‪ 54‬ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻬﺎﺀ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﺎ ‪‬ﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﳕﺎ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻉ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻨﻪ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺼﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺃﺻﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻳﺘﺮﰉ ﰲ ﺣِﺠﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻌﻄﻮﻑ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺪ ﱡﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﳍﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ "ﺗﺒﺎﺭﻙ )ﺍﻟﺬﻱ( ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﱠﻢ‬

‫‪٩٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪ ....:‬ﺇﻧﻚ ﺫﻭ ﻛﻔﺎﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﻴﺼﻴﺒﻚ ﻏﻴﺚ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺳﺄﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺃﻓﻮﺍﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻗﻮﻡ‪ ...‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﻗﻴﻞ‪ :‬ﻛﻴﻒ ﻧﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺂﻳ ﹲﺔ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺑﺂﻳﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻴﺢ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻓﺮﻳﻦ ﻓﺮﺻ ﹶﺔ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ‪ ...‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﳊﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﺑﺪﺍﻳ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻷﻣ ِﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺎﺗﻪ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ﹾﻈ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺩ‪ ....‬ﺍﳊﻤﺪ ﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻌﺰ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﺻﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻵﺑﺎﺀ‪ ...‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﳜﺸﻮﻧﻪ ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺃﺣﺴﻦ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻌﻤﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﺎﺕ ﺑﺮﻭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪" :‬ﻭﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻻ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﳚﻮﺡ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳ ‪‬ﻦ‪ .‬ﻗ ﹾﻞ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺯﻫﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻞ‪ .‬ﻗ ﹾﻞ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻏﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻟﻮﺟﺪﰎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻓﹰﺎ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ .‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﳍﹸﺪﻯ‬

‫ﻭﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﹸﻗ ﹾﻞ ﺇ ِﻥ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻳﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ‪ ‬ﺇﺟﺮﺍﻣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ‬

‫ﺃﻇﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﳑ ِﻦ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﺑ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﺗﻨـﺰﻳ ﹲﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ‪،‬‬

‫ﻭﺗﻌﻠﱠﻢ" ﺃﻱ ﻣﺒﺎﺭ‪‬ﻙ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﻛﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻮﺽ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﱠﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﰲ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻠﱢﻢ ﻋﺮﺑﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻠﻘﹼﻰ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﱢﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﺍﻟﺬﻱ" ﻫﻨﺎ ﺯﻳﺪﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗﺐ ﺧﻄﹰﺄ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ(‬

‫ ‬

‫‪٩٩‬‬

‫ﻟِﺘﻨ ِﺬ ‪‬ﺭ ﻗﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹸﻧﺬ ‪‬ﺭ ﺁﺑﺎﺅﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺘﺪﻋﻮ ﻗﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻋﺴﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ‬

‫ﳚﻌﻞ ﺑﻴﻨﻜﻢ ﻭﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻋﺎﺩﻳﺘﻢ ﻣﻮﺩ‪ ‬ﹰﺓ‪ .٥٥‬ﳜﺮ‪‬ﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺫﻗﺎﻥ‬

‫ﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬ﺳﺠ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﺍﻏﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻨﺎ ﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﲔ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺜﺮﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻐ ِﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﺭﺣ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﲪﲔ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻋﺒﺪ‪‬ﱐ ﻭﻻ‬

‫ﱄ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺴ‪‬ﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺟﺘ ِﻬ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼِﻠﲏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺄ ﹾﻝ ﺭﺑﻚ ﻭ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﻦ ﺳ‪‬ﺌﻮ ﹰﻻ‪ .‬ﺍﷲ ﻭ ﱞ‬

‫ﺣﻨ‪‬ﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﱠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﺄﻱ‪ ‬ﺣﺪﻳﺚ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﲢﻜﻤﻮﻥ؟ ﻧﺰ‪‬ﻟﹾﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺭﲪﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳍﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺇﻻ ﻭﺣﻲ ﻳﻮﺣﻰ‪ .‬ﺩﻧﺎ‬

‫ﺏ ﻗﻮﺳﲔ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺩﱏ‪ .‬ﹶﺫﺭ‪‬ﱐ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺬﹼﺑﲔ‪ ،‬ﺇﱐ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺪﻟﹼﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻗﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻁ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻮﻝ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ‪ .‬ﺇﻥﹼ ﻳﻮﻣﻲ ﻟﻔﺼ ﹲﻞ ﻋﻈﻴﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻧﻚ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺮﺍ ٍ‬

‫ﺾ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧﻌِﺪﻫﻢ ﺃﻭ ﻧﺘﻮﻓﹼﻴﻨﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﺭﺍﻓ ‪‬ﻌﻚ ﺇﱄﹼ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻧ ِﺮ‪‬ﻳﻨ‪‬ﻚ ﺑﻌ ‪‬‬

‫ﻭﻳﺄﺗﻴﻚ ﻧﺼﺮﰐ‪ ،‬ﺇﱐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻭ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻄﺎﻥ"‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺡ‪ ... :‬ﻗ ﹾﻞ ﻟﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﳌﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﺪ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺆﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺎ ﻟﻠـﺴﺒﻴﻞ ﺍﻟـﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﳌﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﺪ ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻘﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﺎ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻚ ‪‬ﺧﹶﻠ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‬ ‫‪ 55‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻷﻧﻪ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻭِﻟ ﹶﺬِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﻛ ﹶﻔﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻡ‬ ‫)ﻫﻮﺩ‪ (١٢٠:‬ﻭﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﺎ ِﻋ ﹸﻞ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳﻦ‪ ‬ﺍ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒﻌ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻙ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻘﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻣ ِﺔ )ﺁﻝ ﻋﻤﺮﺍﻥ‪(٥٦ :‬؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﺍﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﻳﻨﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻳﺢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺪﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪١٠٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﳊﻘﹼﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻗﻂ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﻭﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻭﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺫﺧﲑﺓ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺟﺪ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻳـﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﺍﻓﻘﻪ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﺽ‪ ....‬ﻫﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺭﺳﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻌﺒ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿ ‪‬ﻊ‪ ...‬ﻗﻞ ﺍﻥ ﺍﺧﺘﻠﻘﺘﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ ﻓﻌﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﺟﺮﺍﻣﻲ ﺃﻱ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻻ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻠﻚ‪ ...‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻄﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺴﻤﻌﻮﻥ ﺇﳕﺎ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻪ ﺩﻧﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻱ ﺫﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﻓﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﲢـﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﺘﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﺍﳊﻖ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻧﻪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻭﺳﻂ ﻗﻮﺳﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴـﺚ ﺻـﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻮﻗـﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ ﲢﺘﻪ‪ ....‬ﻭﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻌِﺪﻫﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧ‪‬ﺮﻳﻚ ﺑﻌﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗـﻚ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﻧ‪‬ﻤﻴﺘﻚ ﻭﻧﻨﺠﺰ ﻭﻋﺪﻧﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻭﻓﺎﺗﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﱐ ﺳﺄﺭﻓﻌﻚ ﺇﱄ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺳﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﺛﺒﺖ ﻟﻠﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺃﻧﻚ ﻣﺮﻓﻮﻉ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﺼﺮﰐ ﺣﻠﻴﻔﻚ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗ‪‬ﺴﻴﻄﺮ ﺁﻳﺎﺗﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﻭﺗ‪‬ﺴﺨ‪‬ﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﺃﹸﺳﺠ‪‬ﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﻭﻫﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫)ﺃ(‪ ) mt 9s )mt 9s " :‬ﻟﻚ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‪ .‬‬ ‫‪ xP y e A z D )))))) o u v C Vw P‬‬ ‫ ‪ 9 : '2< / 0 1) { | m} M y 1 ~ G‬‬ ‫‪ ( = 6 # = 6 V G) '23 = 6 78‬‬ ‫ ) ' ‪ u v G) M D ' 9q 6‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٠١‬‬

‫ ' ‪ F V G) G n ) u u v‬‬ ‫ ‪ ( * 6 C [ `) o [ & & 7 4 ' ‬‬

‫‪ )4 S¡ ¢ £ v '¤¥ g‬ﺧ‪‬ﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﺭﺃﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ) ; § ¦' ‪ ))))e +‬‬ ‫‪ ¨ C © ª« m‬‬ ‫

) ¬‬

‫ ) ‪ 6 C ­ C o k g ® M ¯y U °‬‬ ‫& ‪ M '³´ µ ´ ¶ · G ¸¹ 2 º » 6 · G ¼ )± [ ² 9‬‬

‫´ ‪) ")e‬ﺃﺭﺩﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‪" .‬ﻟﻚ ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‪ ".‬ﺳﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﻪ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﺧﻄﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺧﻄﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳ ﹲﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ )ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪" :‬ﺧﻄﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ" ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺘﺘﻬﻴﺄ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﳚﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺻﺪﻗﻲ ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻮﻧﲏ ﻟﻘﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ‬

‫ﻣﺎ( ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﺎﺭﻙ ﰲ ﺍﲰﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺮﻱ ﺑﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﲰﻚ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﺖ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺟﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﱐ ﺳﺄﺭﻱ ﺑﺮﻳﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﺭﻓﻌﻚ ﺑﻘﺪﺭﰐ‪ .‬ﻧﺰﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﺮﻳﺮﻙ ﻭ‪‬ﺿﻊ ﻓﻮﻕ ﻛ ﹼﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﻧﺼﺮﺗ‪‬ﻚ ﺍﳌﻼﺋﻜ ﹸﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻟﻘﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺗﺘﻘﻠﺐ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﻣ‪‬ﻠﻚ ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰ ﺑﻠﻄﻒ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺟﻮﻫﻬﻢ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻻ ﳛﺰﻧﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﻘﺎﻝ ﺣﺒﺔ ﺧﺮﺩﻝ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ ﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﺟﻴﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺯﻋﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﺒ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪) .‬ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ‬

‫ﺕ ﳍﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻦ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻛﻠﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﺷﺮﻭﺍ ﺯﻭﺟﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﻟﻄﻒ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈ‪‬ﻦ ﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻜﺎﺡ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺃﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺳﻌ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻟﺌﻼ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﻫﺪﺗﻜﻢ‬

‫‪١٠٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻑ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻭﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺨﺎﺩﻋﲔ‪ .‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ :‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﺎ ِﺷﺮ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻦ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪‬ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ‪" :‬ﺧﲑ‪‬ﻛﻢ ﺧﲑ‪‬ﻛﻢ ﺑﺄﻫﻠﻪ"‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻓﻀﻠﻜﻢ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﺷﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺻﻨﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺯﻭﺟﺎﺗﻜﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻑ ﺭﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺩﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﳍﻦ ﺩﺍﺋﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺟﺘﻨِﺒﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﻕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺷﻘﻲ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﻳﺘﺴﺮﻉ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻄﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺻﻠﻪ ﺍﷲ‪،‬‬

‫ﻓﻼ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﺠﻠﻮﺍ ﰲ ﻛﺴﺮﻩ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺴ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻹﻧﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺲ‪" (.‬ﺧﺬﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺮﻓﻖ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﳋﲑﺍﺕ‪) ".‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺧﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻗﺪ ﻛﻠﹼﻢ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ‬

‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻨـﺰﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻗﺴﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﺪ ﻻ ﲡﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻭﺣﺴ ِﻦ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻖ ﻗﺪﺭ ﺍﻹﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻠﻄ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮ‪‬ﺓ ﺟﺎﺋﺰ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻛﻠﺔ ﺩﻭﺍ ٍﺀ ‪‬ﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﲟﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ‬

‫ﻭﺑﻘﺪﺭﻫﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻟﻠﻬﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﻫﻲ ﻃﺎﺑﻊ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ‪ ...(.‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻷﻓﻮﺍﺝ ﻳﺘﻮﺟ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﻳﺼﻠﺢ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻙ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻌﻄﻴﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺩﺍﺗﻚ ﲨﻴﻌﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﲔ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﱪﻛﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻟﻮ ﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺻﺮﻱ ﻟﺘﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﺃﻗ ﹼﻞ ﳑﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﲣﻮ‪‬ﻓﻮﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ﻫﻲ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺧﺪﺍﻣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫)ﺏ(‪ :‬ﺃﺗﺬﻛﹼﺮ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺗﻠﻘﻴﺖ ﺫﺍﺕ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺇﳍﺎﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﻷﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﻭﻫﻮ‪:‬‬

‫" ‪ )")e ´ M '³´ µ ´ ¶ ·G ; º » ½6 ·G‬ﻗﺎﻝ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ‪ :‬ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﻠﺔ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﳍﺎ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺣﻜﺎﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻋﲏ‪(.‬‬

‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻻ ﲣﻮ‪‬ﻓﲏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺧﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺧﺪﺍﻣﻨﺎ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﳊﻖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ ﻋﺒﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﷲ ﺣﻘﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺼﺎﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﻄﺎﻋﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﺗﻀﺮﺭ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﳕﺎ ﺳﻴﺘﻀﺮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٠٣‬‬

‫ ‪")7 ¾ D ¿ ) À 4 V D ¿)Á Â‬‬ ‫" · ‪Ã G‬‬

‫)ﺃﺭﺩﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺘﺼ ‪‬ﺮ ﺃﺳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﷲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻣ ‪‬ﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪:‬‬

‫" (' & ‪) r) ! "# $ %‬ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ(‬ ‫ * ‪) ) + ', -‬ﺃﺭﺩﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ ‪) r )Å Æw Ç È‬ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ(‬ ‫‪ @ A B >? 4 C= D E F ;(G HI 1 E ) o V z * É P‬‬ ‫= ‪")ÊG ) JK 7L M C= 6 'N G O P >?6‬‬

‫)ﺃﺭﺩﻳﺔ(‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺨ‪‬ﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻭﻗﺘﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺗﻰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳ‪‬ﲔ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺁﻳﺎﰐ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ‪ .٥٦‬ﺇ ﹼﻥ ﳏﻤﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻣﻄ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﺼﻄﻔﻰ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻠﺠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ"‬ ‫‪ 56‬ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ‪ :‬ﲨﻠﺔ "ﻭﺇ ﹼﻥ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳ‪‬ﲔ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻗ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻌﲏ‪ :‬ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒﻞ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﺴﻴﺢ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺒﻌﺚ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺭﻯ ﻳﻈﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺼﻴﺐ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘ‪‬ﺨﺪﻣﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻳﲔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻨﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻗﻮﺓ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﻳﺔ ﻭﺷﻮﻛﺘﻪ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﱵ ﻣﻈﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﲑﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻥ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ ﲰﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﻣﻈﻬ ِﺮ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ‬

‫‪١٠٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻴﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻣﺒﺎ ‪‬ﺭﻛﹰﺎ ﺟﺪ‪‬ﺍ‪ .‬ﺟﺎﺀ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﻜﺮﻭﻩ ﺃﻫﻠﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺷﺪﻳﺪٍ‪ ،‬ﺻﻮ ٍﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺒﻠﻮﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ ﺑﺼﻮ ٍﻝ ﻗﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻﻮ ٍﻝ‪ .‬ﺁﻣﲔ‪.‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﺍﳊﻠﻢ ﻭﻛﻤﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﳊﺎﻣﺪﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﶈﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﻘﻴﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺆﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٠٥‬‬

‫‪áíŠØÛa@éÛì ‰@óÜÇ@ïÜ–ãë@ê†à−‬‬

‫‪@ @T@áÓ‰@Z´ Èi‰c‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ٣‬ﺑﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣِﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻨﺬ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘِﺪﻡ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻨﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺬﻛﱢﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻼﺀ ﻣﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﳕﺎ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﺬﺍﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺨﺬﻭﺍ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ﺑﻘﺒﻮﻝ ﻗﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺦ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺎﻓﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻐﺒ‪‬ﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﺯﺩﺭﺍﺀ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺍﳉﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﱂ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ٥٧‬ﻋﺒﺜﺎ ﻭﻟﻐﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻴﻢ ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺣﺠﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻣﻨـﺰ‪‬ﻩ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻐﻮ‪ .‬ﰒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺭﺩ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺿ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ِﺇﺫﹰﺍ َﻷ ﹶﺫ ﹾﻗﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻙ‬ ‫ﺕ ‪ ٥٨‬ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤﻤ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺿ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤﻴ‪‬ﺎ ِﺓ ‪‬ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺿ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫‪ 57‬ﺍﳊﺎﻗﺔ‪٤٥ :‬‬ ‫‪ 58‬ﺍﻹﺳﺮﺍﺀ‪ ٧٦ :‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻷﻫﻠﻜﻨﺎﻩ ﺑﻌﺬﺍﺏ ﺑﺌﻴﺲ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪١٠٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺃﺣﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻧﱯ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﲝﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻟﻦ ﻳﺼ ‪‬ﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻ ﹸﻝ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﻝ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻃﺮﻳ ‪‬ﻖ ﻟﻔﹶﻬﻤﻪ ﻭﺇﺩﺭﺍﻛﻪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﺵ ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻌﺜﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﻓﺴﻴﺤﻖ ﺑﻼ ﺷﻚ‬ ‫ﳌﻨﻜ ٍﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﺎﺵ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﺬﺑﻪ ‪٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻧﻔﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻮ ‪‬ﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﲟﻬﻠﺔ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻳﺸﻜﱢﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻬﻠﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳﺼ ‪‬ﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ٥٩‬ﻭﺃﻱ ﺑﺮﺍﻫﲔ ﺗﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﳍﻠﻚ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻏﲑ‪‬ﻩ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻜﹸﻪ ﺍﷲ ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﹶﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻀﺎﻋ ﹰﺔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﺓ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﳏ ٍﻞ‪ :‬ﻟﻮ ﺧﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺜﻞ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺻﺎﺣ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻷﺻﺎﺑﺘ‪‬ﲏ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﻘ ﹸﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻃﻤﺌﻨ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﲟﻌﺎﻣﻠﱵ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﻭ ﲞﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺬﺑ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺗﺸﻜﹼﻮﺍ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﺃﱐ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﻄﻴﻜﻢ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﲞﺴﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺬﺏ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺸﺘﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﳏﻠﻲ ﺑﻌ‪‬ﲔ ﻣﻐﻤﻀﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﺤﺼﻮﺍ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﺳﻮﻑ ﻳﻘﺘﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻴﻒ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﱪﻭﻧﻪ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ؟ ﻛﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫‪ 59‬ﺍﳊﺎﻗﺔ‪٤٥ :‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٠٧‬‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺘﺒ‪‬ﺮ ﻣﺜ ﹸﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﶈﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺧﺪﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻐﻔﺎﳍﻢ‪ .‬ﺇﳕﺎ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪‬ﻩ ﺻﻮﺍﺑﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﲔ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻻﳘﺎ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺑﻀﻊ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﺀَﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻡ ﲞﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺬﺏ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲞ‪‬ﺲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺙ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺧﺬﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﻘ ﹸﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﺟﻌﻠﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﺷﺒﻪ ﻣﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺮ‪‬ﺭ ﺣﺎﺩ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺨﺲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻋﺪﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﺮ‪‬ﺭ ﻭﻗﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ‪ ‬ﻗﺪ ﺃﻳﻘﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﳊﺎﺩﺛﺔ ﺣﻠﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﳋﻴﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻ ﹸﻝ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺷﻬﺪﻭﺍ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﻘﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ‪ .‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻬﻤﺎ‪-‬ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﹸﺓ ﺷﺎﺋﻌ ﹰﺔ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺎ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻱ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﳏﻞ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﺒﻴﻌﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﲞﺲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺬﺏ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﻡ ﲞﻴﺎﻧﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﻭ ﺑﺎﻉ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺬﺗ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻋﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻔﻲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﺜﺎﻝ ﻻ ﳝﻠﻚ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﻒ ﺇﻻ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺼ ‪‬ﺢ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺮﻫﺎﻧﺎ ﺳﺎﻃﻌﺎ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ ﲢﻘﻖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺬﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‬ ‫ﻭﻋﺎﻗﺒ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻗﺎﺳﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺸﻬﻮﺭﺍ ﻭﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻷﺷﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﶈﺴﻮﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ‪‬ﺽ‬

‫‪١٠٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻟﻌﻘﻮﺑﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗﻌﺮ‪‬ﺽ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ ﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﲝﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺣﱴ ﺗﺼﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻔﻜﲑ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻛﻔ ‪‬ﺮ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﻬﻠﹾﻪ ﻃﻮﻳﻼ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻫﻠﻜﻪ ﻋﺎﺟﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺪﻻﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺧﲑ ﻳﺼﺢ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺣﺼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﺈﻥ ﲨﻠﺔ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﳎﺮﺩ ﺧﺪﺍﻉ ‪-‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻛﻠﺔ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﶈﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻴﻒ‪ -‬ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﻣﻮﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻘﺒﻞ ﺿﻤﲑﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﺑﺪﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﲨﻠﺔ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺨﻴﻔ ﹲﺔ ﻭﻣﻬﻤﻠﺔ ﻏﲑ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻻ ﺛﺎﺑﺘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺘﱪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻛﻼ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﳎﺮ ‪‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﺨﻒ ﻭﺃﻗ ﹼﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﱴ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﻧﺪﻭﻥ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ؟ ﺑﻞ ﺳﻴﻌﺘﱪﻭﻧﻪ ﺍﺩﻋﺎ ًﺀ ﺑﻼ ﺛﺒﻮﺕ؛‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ‬ ‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻭﺟﻠ ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻒ ﻗﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﳌﺮﺀ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻼﻳﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻼﱐ ﻫﻠﻜ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﻮﻣﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﺃﺳﺨﻔﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺬﺭ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﻔﻮ‬ ‫ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺳﺎﺋﺮ ﺍﳌﺬﻧﺒﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﳜﺼﲏ! ﻭﳑﺎ ﻳﺜﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻞ ﻻ ﻳﺴﺘﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ ﺑﺘﺠﺮﺑﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٠٩‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﺐ ﻋﺎﻗﹶﺒﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺣﺴﺒﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ‪ -‬ﺍﳊﻜﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﻹﲤﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ‪ -‬ﺳﺨﻴﻔﺎ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪ ﺇﺳﺎﺀ ﹲﺓ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﻭﺱ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍ ٌﺀ ﺑﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺘﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺳﻠﻴﻤﺎ ﻣﻌﺎﰱ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻳﻌﺎﻗﺒﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻜﻪ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺏ ‪‬ﻣ ِﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﺍ ﹾﻓ‪‬ﺘﺮ‪‬ﻯ ‪٦٠‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺁﺧﺮﻯ‪ :‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻇﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻤ ِﻦ ﺍ ﹾﻓ‪‬ﺘﺮ‪‬ﻯ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺑِﺂﻳ‪‬ﺎِﺗ ِﻪ ‪٦١‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺬﹼﺑﻮﺍ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﹶﻛ ِﺬﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻛ ﱠﺬ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺮﻛﻬﻢ ﺃﺣﻴﺎ َﺀ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻫﻠﻜﻬﻢ ﺑﺄﺳﻮﺃ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺍﺏ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺔ ﻗﻮﻡ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻭﻋﺎﺩ ﻭﲦﻮﺩ ﻭﻗﻮﻡ ﻟﻮﻁ ﻭﻓﺮﻋﻮﻥ ﻭﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﻣﻜﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻜﺬﱢﺑﻮﻥ ﻧﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﻋﻘﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﱏ ﻟﻠﻤﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﻳﻨﺠﻮ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺫﹸﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ؟ ﻓﻬﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﻣﻠ ﹸﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺳﻮﺍﺀ؟ ﺃﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺒﲔ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹸﻜﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥ ‪٦٢‬؟‬ ‫ﻒ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ؟ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻛ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 60‬ﻃﻪ‪٦٢ :‬‬ ‫‪ 61‬ﺍﻷﻧﻌﺎﻡ‪٢٢ :‬‬ ‫‪ 62‬ﺍﻟﺼﺎﻓﺎﺕ‪١٥٥ :‬‬

‫‪١١٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻚ ﻛﹶﺎ ِﺫﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻓ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ ﹶﻛ ِﺬ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﻭِﺇ ﹾﻥ‬ ‫ﰒ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ِﺇ ﹾﻥ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﻻ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻬﺪِﻱ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ‪‬ﻳ ِﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﹸﻛ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺼ‪‬ﺒ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺑﻌ‪ ‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺻ‪‬ﺎ ِﺩﻗﹰﺎ ‪‬ﻳ ِ‬ ‫‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ ‪ ...٦٣‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺪﻳﻦ ﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺳﻮﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻑ ﹶﻛﺬﱠﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴ ِﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻜﺬﺑﲔ؛ ﻓﻬﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻓﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺃﻛﱪ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺛﲔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﳝﻮﺗﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﳒﺎﺯ ﻣ‪‬ﻬﻤﺎ‪‬ﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺎﻟﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻨﺸﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻧﺎﻝ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﲑﺓ ﻓﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﰲ ﻣﻌﻈﻢ ﺍﳊﺎﻻﺕ ﺗﺒﺪﺃ ﰲ ﺳ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﻬﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺋﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺇﻥ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﻔﺘ ٍﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﻣﺪ ﹰﺓ ﲤﺎﺛﻞ ﻣﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻤ‪‬ﺮ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﻗﺪﻡ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻲ‬ ‫ﲝﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﺣﺠﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺁﻳﺔ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﲣﺺ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻭﺣﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺴﺘﺪﻝ ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺁﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻗﺎﺋﻼ ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ؟ ﻓﺮﺩﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺻﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺪ‪‬ﻕ ﻗﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫‪ 63‬ﻏﺎﻓﺮ‪٢٩ :‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١١١‬‬

‫ﻫﻠﻚ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻔﺘ ٍﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻼ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﻴﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﻜﱢﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻟﻪ ﺑﻞ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺳﻼﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻜﻞ ﺩﻟﻴﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻗﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻠِﻢ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻧﺒﺎ ﻛﺒﲑﺍ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ .‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻧﺒﺎ ﻳﺘﺮﺗﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺏ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍﻓﺘﺮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻠِﻤﻮﺍ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻬﻠﻜﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﻓﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻧﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻮﺟﺪ ﻣﺜﺎ ﹲﻝ ﳍﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺑﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻣﺜﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻫﻼﻙ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﻋﻴﺸِﻬﻢ ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﺒ ‪‬ﻢ ﺗﺮﺩ‪‬ﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ؟‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺸﺮ‪‬ﻉ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻝ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻤﻪ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻷﻥ ﺍﷲ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻭﱂ ﳜﺼﺺ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﳌﺸﺮ‪‬ﻉ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﻋﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺮﻓﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ؟ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﻭ‪‬ﻰ ﻋﻦ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺳﻦ‪ ‬ﻷﻣﺘﻪ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﺎ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺒﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻳﻒ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬ ‫ﲤﹼﺖ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻳﺘﻀﻤ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬

‫‪١١٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪ ٦٤‬ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺍﻹﳍﺎ ‪‬ﻡ‪" :‬ﻗﻞ ﻟﻠﻤﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻳﻐﻀ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﺼﺎﺭﻫﻢ‬

‫ﻭﳛﻔﻈﻮﺍ ﻓﺮﻭﺟﻬﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺯﻛﻰ ﳍﻢ"‪ .‬ﻳﻀ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﻣﻌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ‬

‫ﻣﺴﺠ‪‬ﻞ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ" ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﻀﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺰﻭﻟﻪ ﻣﺪ ﹸﺓ‬ ‫‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻀﻤ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻣ ‪‬ﺮ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻮﺍﻫﻲ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺑﺎﻃﻞ؛ ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﻒ ِﺇ‪‬ﺑﺮ‪‬ﺍﻫِﻴ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﺻ‪‬‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍﻷُﻭﻟﹶﻰ * ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪ِ :‬ﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪‬ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﹶﻟﻔِﻲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﻮﺳ‪‬ﻰ ‪ ٦٥‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱐ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻷﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀٍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﻃﻞﹲ؛ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻴﻔﺎﺀ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻟﻼﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ‪.‬‬

‫‪ 64‬ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻳﻀﻢ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﻬﻲ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﲡﺪﻳﺪﺍ ﻟﻸﻭﺍﻣﺮ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻠﻬﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺺ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﲰ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﹸﻠﻚ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻨﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳍﻲ‪" :‬ﻭﺍﺻﻨﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﻠﻚ ﺑﺄﻋﻴﻨﻨﺎ ﻭﻭﺣﻴﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺒﺎﻳﻌﻮﻧﻚ ﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﺒﺎﻳﻌﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻕ ﺃﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ" ﻓﺎﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﲰ‪‬ﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﻮﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﺑﻴﻌﱵ‬ ‫ﺳﻔﻴﻨ ﹶﺔ ﻧﻮﺡ ﻭﻭﺻﻔﻬﺎ ﻣﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺓ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻛﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﺒﺼﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻋﻴﻨﺎﻥ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﺴﻤﻊ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺫﻧﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪ 65‬ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ‪٢٠-١٩‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١١٣‬‬

‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺳﺨﻴﻔﺔ ﻭﻧﺎﲨﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻨﺤﻦ ﻧﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺧﺎﰎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﻧﺰﺍﻝ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺁﺧﺮ ﲡﺪﻳﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻥ ﻻ ﺗﻜﹾﺬﺑﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺪﻟﻮﺍ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺰﻭ‪‬ﺭﺓ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﺰ‪‬ﻧﻮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻘﺘﻠﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﺑﻴﺎ ﹸﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻬﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺩﻟﻴﻠﹸﻜﻢ ﻫﺒﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﻣﻨﺜﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﻯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﺭﺳﻠﻪ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻓﻼ ﳝﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺳﺨﻴﻔ ﹲﺔ ﻭﳐﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺻﺪﻳﻘﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﺘﲏ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺣﺎﻟ ﹲﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﻟﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﱵ ﹶﻓﻬ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﺸﻬ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﳊﻮﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺗﻠﻘﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﺼﻴﺒﲏ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻭﺃﹸﺭﻳ ‪‬‬

‫ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎ‪" :‬ﻗﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺪﻯ ﺍﷲ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ" ﺃﻱ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻓﻬ‪‬ﻤﻨﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺃﻥ ﺃﲝﺚ‬ ‫ ﻵﻳﺔ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﻋﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺍﺏ ﺣﺼﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﺭﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﺋﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻓﻮﺟﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ ﺯﺍﺧﺮﺍ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﹶﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻓﺄﺭﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹸﺳﺠ‪‬ﻞ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪ ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍ ُﺀ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬

‫‪١١٤‬‬

‫ ‬ ‫@ @‬

‫‪@ @òÔib Ûa@ôŠ þa@òíëbà Ûa@Ñz–Ûaë@ña‰ìnÛa@paõìjã‬‬ ‫‪´i‡bØÛa@õbîjãþa@åÇ‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻧِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ﺣ‪‬ﺎِﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺣ ﹾﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋﻄﹶﺎ ‪‬ﻙ ﺁ‪‬ﻳ ﹰﺔ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻋﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺑﺔﹰ‪،‬‬ ‫"ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎ ‪‬ﻡ ﻓِﻲ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺳ ِﻄ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺐ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺭﺍ َﺀ‬ ‫ﻼ‪ِ :‬ﻟ‪‬ﻨ ﹾﺬ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻋ‪‬ﻨﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﹶﺎِﺋ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻵ‪‬ﻳﺔﹸ ﹶﺃ ِﻭ ﺍ ُﻷ ‪‬ﻋﺠ‪‬ﻮ‪‬ﺑ ﹸﺔ ﺍﱠﻟﺘِﻲ ﹶﻛﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺪﹶﺛ ِ‬ ‫ﺁِﻟ ‪‬ﻬ ٍﺔ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻯ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻌ ِﺮ ﹾﻓﻬ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺪﻫ‪‬ﺎ‪) ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺜﺎﻝ ﻷﻭﺍﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻊ‬ ‫ﻼ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﺎﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ( ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺤ‪‬ﻨ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺏ ِﺇ ﹶﳍ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ ِ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹾﻠﻢ‪َ ،‬ﻷ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﹶﺃ ِﻭ ﺍﹾﻟﺤ‪‬ﺎِﻟ ِﻢ ﺫﻟِ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻼ ِﻡ ﺫِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺏ ِﺇ ﹶﳍ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﹸﻗﻠﹸﻮِﺑ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻭ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ‬ ‫ﺤﺒ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻌﹶﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻫ ﹾﻞ ‪‬ﺗ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺍ َﺀ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ﹸﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ ِﺇ ِﳍ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺗ ِﺴﲑ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‪) ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﹸﺳﻠﻜﻮﺍ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻬﺎﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺣﺪﻩ ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺠﻴﺒﻮﺍ ﻟﻐﲑﻩ ﻣﻬﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﺴﻮﻓﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﻜﻴﻤﺎ( ‪‬ﻭِﺇﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻩ‬ ‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻤﻌ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻩ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﺒﺪ‪‬ﻭﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺑ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺤ ﹶﻔﻈﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻ‪ ‬ﻮ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺘﻘﹸﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻭﺻ‪‬ﺎﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻩ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﻘ‪‬ﺘ ﹸﻞ"‪) .‬ﺍﹶﻟ‪‬ﺘﹾﺜِﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪:١٣‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺼﻘﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺫِﻟﻚ‪ ‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﹶﺃ ِﻭ ﺍﹾﻟﺤ‪‬ﺎِﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ﺫِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﺗ ﹾﻠ‪‬ﺘ ِ‬ ‫‪(٥-١‬‬ ‫ﻭﺷﺮﺡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﳝﻨﻌﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻉ ﺇﳍﻲ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﺴﻴ‪‬ﻬﻠﹶﻚ‪.‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١١٥‬‬

‫ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺃﻥ ﻋﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻘﺘﻞ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻋﻠﱠﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻮﺩ ﻵﳍﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺒﺎﺩ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻳﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻚ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ‪ ..‬ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻙ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺒﻊ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﺍ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﳐﺎﻟﻔﺔ ﻟﺘﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻓﻜﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻷﺣﺪ ﻏﲑ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻬﻠﻜﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻠﱢﻢ ﺧﻼﻑ ﻣﺸﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻋﺒﺎﺭ ﹲﺓ‪ " :‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﻄﻐِﻲ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻜﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِﺎ ‪‬ﺳﻤِﻲ‬ ‫ﺻ ِﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻜﱠﻠﻢ‪ِ ‬ﺑﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ِﻭ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻜﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِﺎ ‪‬ﺳ ِﻢ ﺁِﻟ ‪‬ﻬ ٍﺔ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻯ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻼﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹸﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ"‪.‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺻﺮ‪‬ﺡ ﺍﷲ ﲜﻼﺀ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻋﻘﻮﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺫِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻘﺘﻠﻪ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﺠﻮ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪) .‬ﺍﹶﻟ‪‬ﺘﹾﺜِﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪(٢٠ : ١٨‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﻭﺭﺩﺕ ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺣﺰﻗﻴﺎﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﲔ ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺍ َﺀ‬ ‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤﻘﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﱠﺍ ِﻫِﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻸ‪‬ﻧِﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ ﹲﻞ ِﻟ َ‬ ‫ﺴ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫"ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻼ ‪‬ﻭ ِﻋﺮ‪‬ﺍﹶﻓ ﹰﺔ ﻛﹶﺎ ِﺫ‪‬ﺑ ﹰﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﹾﻟﻘﹶﺎِﺋﻠﹸﻮ ﹶﻥ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺭ‪‬ﻭ ِﺣ ِﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻭﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺮﻭ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺷ‪‬ﻴﺌﹰﺎ‪ ....‬ﺭﹶﺃﻭ‪‬ﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﺎ ِﻃ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺏ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺮ ِﺳ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ‪ ...‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻜﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ‪ِ ...‬ﺑ ِﻌﺮ‪‬ﺍﹶﻓ ٍﺔ ﻛﹶﺎ ِﺫ‪‬ﺑﺔٍ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺴ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﲔ‪ :‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻜﱠﻠﻢ‪‬؟ ﻟِﺬِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎِﺋِﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ‪‬ﻳﺪِﻱ‬ ‫ﺴ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫َﻷ‪‬ﻧ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻜﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻤ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟﺒ‪‬ﺎ ِﻃ ِﻞ ‪..‬ﹶﻓﻠِﺬِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍ َﻷ‪‬ﻧِﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ ﺍﹾﻟﺒ‪‬ﺎ ِﻃﻞﹶ‪) ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻮﺯﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺸﻒ‬

‫‪١١٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﰲ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺣﺴﺒﻮﺍ ﺃﻓﻜﺎﺭﻫﻢ ﻛﻼ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ(‬

‫ﻭﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺳﺒﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﱂ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﳍﻢ ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻳﺘﻨﺒﺄﻭﻥ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻂ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻴ‪‬ﻬﻠﹶﻜﻮﻥ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮﻭﻥ ﻭﻳﺴﻴﺌﻮﻥ‪ .....‬ﹶﻓﹶﺄ ‪‬ﻫ ِﺪ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﹾﻟﺤ‪‬ﺎِﺋ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺼ ﹸﻘ ‪‬ﻪ ﺑِﺎ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭﺽِ‪،‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻣﱠﻠ ﹾﻄ‪‬ﺘﻤ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻩ )ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﻮﻥ( ﺑِﺎﻟ ﱡﻄﻔﹶﺎﻝِ‪ ،‬ﻭﹸﺃﹾﻟ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﻘﻂﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺗ ﹾﻔ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﻓِﻲ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺳ ِﻄ ِﻪ"‪ِ ) .‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺰِﻗﻴ‪‬ﺎﻝ ‪: ١٣‬‬ ‫ﻒ ﹶﺃﺳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺸ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ ﹶﻜ ِ‬ ‫‪(١٤-٣‬‬ ‫ﺏ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫ﰒ ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎﺀ ﻧﺺ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪" :‬ﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻘ ﹶﻄ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺨ ﹶﻞ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺳﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻓِﻲ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻮ ٍﻡ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ‪ ... .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟ ﱠﺬ‪‬ﻧﺐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ِﺇ ‪‬ﺳﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﹾﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺐ"‪) .‬ﺇﺷﻌﻴﺎﺀ ‪(١٥-٩:١٤‬‬ ‫ﺏ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ﺍﻟ ﱠﺬ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻌﱢﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﺬ ِ‬ ‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺳِﻔﺮ ﺇﺭﻣﻴﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺠﻨ‪‬ﻮ ِﺩ ‪‬ﻋ ِﻦ ﺍ َﻷ‪‬ﻧِﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ‪) :‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫"ﻟِﺬِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴ‪‬ﻨﺘِﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺳﻘِﻴ ِﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ﹾﻠ ﹶﻘﻢِ‪َ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻪ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ِﻋ‪‬ﻨ ِﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ( ﻫﹶﺄ‪‬ﻧﺬﹶﺍ ﹸﺃ ﹾﻃ ِﻌ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻓ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺽ‪ ......‬ﻫ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺯ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﻓِﻲ ﹸﻛ ﱢﻞ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺝ ِﻧﻔﹶﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧﺒِﻴ‪‬ﺎ ِﺀ ﺃﹸﻭ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺷﻠِﻴ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺧ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺷﺮ‪‬ﺍ ِﺭ‬ ‫ﺝ )ﺃﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻭﺭﺷﻠﻴﻢ(‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻮ ٌﺀ ﻫ‪‬ﺎِﺋ ‪‬ﺞ‪ .‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ‪‬ﺭﺅ‪‬ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺨ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻆ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﹶﻏ‪‬ﻴ ﹲ‬ ‫)ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ( ‪‬ﻳﺜﹸﻮ ‪‬ﺭ‪" ....‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﺭ ِﺳ ِﻞ ﺍ َﻷ‪‬ﻧِﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ‪‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺟ ‪‬ﺮﻭ‪‬ﺍ‪ .‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﹶﺃ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻜﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒﺄﹸﻭﺍ"‪ِ) .‬ﺇ ‪‬ﺭ ِﻣﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪(٢١-١٥ : ٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺜﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺳﻔﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺯﻛﺮﻳﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١١٧‬‬

‫ﺲ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫ﺠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺡ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨ ِ‬ ‫" ‪‬ﻭﹸﺃﺯِﻳ ﹸﻞ ﺍ َﻷ‪‬ﻧِﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ( ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻟﺮ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺽ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒﹶﺄ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﹶﺃ ﱠﻥ ﹶﺃﺑ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻩ ‪‬ﻭﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍِﻟ ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﻳﻪِ‪ ،‬ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹶﻻ ِﻥ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺏ‪) .‬ﺃﻱ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺑِﺎ ‪‬ﺳ ِﻢ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑِﺎﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﺬ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻜﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺶ َﻷ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﹶﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻌِﻴ ‪‬‬

‫ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﳜﺎﻑ ﺁﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻣﻬﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﺭ ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺬﺑﻮﺍ( ﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻄ ‪‬ﻌ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﺃﺑ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻩ ‪‬ﻭﹸﺃ ‪‬ﻣﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ‪‬ﺍِﻟﺪ‪‬ﺍﻩ‪،‬‬ ‫ِﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﺪﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒﹸﺄ‪) .‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﻴﻘﻮﻻﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻨﺒﺆ ﻛﺬﺑ‪‬ﺎ( ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﻓِﻲ‬

‫ﺨ ‪‬ﺰ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ ِﺣ ٍﺪ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺅﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻩ ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺒﺄﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻮ ِﻡ ﹶﺃ ﱠﻥ ﺍ َﻷ‪‬ﻧِﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺫِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﹶﺃﻧ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻧِﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﹶﺃﻧ‪‬ﺎ ِﺇ‪‬ﻧﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﹲﻥ‬ ‫ﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺶ‪ .‬ﺑ ﹾﻞ ‪‬ﻳﻘﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ‪ :‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﻌ ٍﺮ َﻷ ‪‬ﺟ ِﻞ ﺍﹾﻟ ِﻐ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻳ ﹾﻠ‪‬ﺒﺴ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺛ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺽ‪ ) ".‬ﺯﻛﹶﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪(٥-٢ : ١٣‬‬ ‫ﻓﹶﺎِﻟ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﺕ ﰲ ﺳِﻔﺮ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﻞ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺍﳉﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺴ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ِﺟ ‪‬ﻬ ِﺔ ﻫ ‪‬ﺆ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ‬ ‫"ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﻬ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﺟ‪‬ﺎ ﹸﻝ ﺍ ِﻹ ‪‬ﺳﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋِﻴِﻠﻴ‪‬ﻮﻥﹶ‪ ،‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﺘ ِﺮﺯ‪‬ﻭﺍ َﻷ‪‬ﻧ ﹸﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﺱ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻓِﻲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﺰ ِﻣﻌ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ‪‬ﺗ ﹾﻔ ‪‬ﻌﻠﹸﻮﺍ‪َ .‬ﻷ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﻗ‪‬ﺒ ﹶﻞ ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍ َﻷﻳ‪‬ﺎ ِﻡ ﻗﹶﺎ ‪‬ﻡ ﺛﹸﻮﺩ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺼ ‪‬ﻖ ِﺑ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻪ ِﺇ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻪ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﻲﺀٌ‪) ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻛﺬﺑﺎ( ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ﺍﹾﻟ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻼ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻧ ﹾﻔ ِ‬ ‫ﻗﹶﺎِﺋ ﹰ‬ ‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺭ‪‬ﺑ ِﻌ ِﻤﹶﺌﺔٍ‪ ،‬ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ﹸﻗِﺘﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺟﻤِﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻧﻘﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ِﺇﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ‬ ‫‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺩ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﺟ‪‬ﺎ ِﻝ ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺠﻠِﻴِﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﺃﻳ‪‬ﺎ ِﻡ‬ ‫‪‬ﺗ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﺪﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ‪‬ﻭﺻ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﻲ َﺀ‪ .‬ﺑ‪ ‬ﻌ ‪‬ﺪ ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎ ‪‬ﻡ ‪‬ﻳﻬ‪‬ﻮﺫﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻ ﹾﻛِﺘﺘ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻍ ‪‬ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺍ َﺀ ‪‬ﻩ‬ ‫ﺏ‪) ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺎﻡ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﺩﻋﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﺔ( ‪‬ﻭﹶﺃﺯ‪‬ﺍ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺸ‪‬ﺘﺘ‪‬ﻮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﻌﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻏ ِﻔﲑ‪‬ﺍ‪ .‬ﹶﻓﺬﹶﺍ ‪‬ﻙ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻫﹶﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺟﻤِﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍ‪‬ﻧﻘﹶﺎﺩ‪‬ﻭﺍ ِﺇﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬

‫‪١١٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺱ ﻭ‪‬ﺍ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬ﺮﻛﹸﻮ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ! َﻷ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻪ ِﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ‬ ‫ﺤﻮ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ﻫ ‪‬ﺆ ﹶﻻ ِﺀ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻭ‪‬ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃﻗﹸﻮ ﹸﻝ ﹶﻟ ﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ‪ :‬ﺗ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ﻑ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﻨ‪‬ﺘ ِﻘﺾ‪ ،‬ﻭِﺇ ﹾﻥ ﻛﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﹶﻓ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﻤ ﹸﻞ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨ‪‬ﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﹾﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﷲ ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ"‪) .‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﹸﻝ‬ ‫ﲔ ِ‬ ‫ﻼ ﺗ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺟﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ‪‬ﻣﺤ‪‬ﺎ ِﺭِﺑ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻼ ‪‬ﺗ ﹾﻘ ِﺪﺭ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻨ ﹸﻘﻀ‪‬ﻮﻩ‪ِ ،‬ﻟﹶﺌ ﱠ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺳ ِﻞ ‪(٣٩-٣٥ : ٥‬‬ ‫ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑ ﻋﻦ ﻫﻼﻙ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﰲ ﻣﺰﺍﻣﲑ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺍﻷﺳﻔﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﲏ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺪﻳﻬﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻋﺪ ‪‬ﻭ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ .‬ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻨ‪‬ﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﻠﻂ ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻭﳚﻬ‪‬ﺰ ﻟﻠﻨﺎﺱ ﻃﺮﻕ ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺪ؛ ﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﻌﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﻯ‬ ‫ﲝﻜﻤﺘﻪ ﻭﺭﲪﺘﻪ ﻣﻮﺗﻪ ﺃﻫﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺕ ﺃﻟﻮﻑ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻣﻘﺪ‪‬ﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﳉﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳍﻤﺠﻴﲔ ﻭﺍﳌﺆﺫﻳﻦ ﻓﻴﻨﻄﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﻜ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﻓﻴﻌﺼﻤﻪ ﺍﷲ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﳊﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺭﻭﺣﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﺷﺮﻓﻪ ﻭﻫﻮ ) ( ﺍﳊﺼﻦ ﺍﳊﺼﲔ ﻟﻠﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ ﳏﻔﻮﻅ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺣِﺠﺮﻩ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺒﻞ ﲢﺖ ﳐﺎﻟﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﺒﻮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﺴﻢ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻼﻧﹰﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻭﻣﻔﺘ ٍﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺩﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﺪ ﻣﻊ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﺫ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻭﻣﺒﻌﻮﺛﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻃﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺬﺏ ﺍﳊﹸﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻜﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﺎﻥ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١١٩‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻴ‪‬ﻬﻠﻜﹾﻪ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ؛ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻛﻴﺪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺍﻝ‪ .‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻛﺘﺒﻨﺎ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻗﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎ ﺟﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﷲ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺩﻋﺎ ﲟﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺩﻋﺎ ﺍ َ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻣﻨﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻛﺔ ﻧﻔﺴِﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﹸﺘﻞ‬ ‫ ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺇﲰﺎﻋﻴﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻴﺠﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﺭﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺩﻋﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﳘﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ ‪‬ﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ ﻭﻫﻠﻚ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺸﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻟﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻳﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻣﺎﻥ ﻛﻼﳘﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﳊﺤﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﻠﻮﻱ‪ ٦٦‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ‪‬ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻰ "ﺍﶈﺪ‪‬ﺙ" ﺃﻥ ﻳﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ‬ ‫‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻖ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺧﺎﻑ ﻭﻫﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻌﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﳊﻀﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ‬ ‫ﺾ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﻴﺶ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻠﻜﻲ ﺑﺪﳍﻲ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻎ ‪ ٧٠٠٠‬ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ﺭﻓ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻧ‪‬ﻨﻬﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻧﻨﺘﻈﺮ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﺃﺷﻴﺎﻋﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺕ "ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﻧﺬﻳﺮ ﺣﺴﲔ"‬ ‫ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺩﳍﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ﺗﺴﻊ ﺳﻨﲔ ﻭﺩﻋﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 66‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻫﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻘﻠﺪ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻔﻲ ﺍﳌﺬﻫﺐ( ﺇﱃ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﲔ ﺭﺃﻳﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﻋﺮﺍﺽ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ ﻭﻻﺣﻈﺖ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺍﻹﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺣﺖ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﺃﻥ ﳛﻠﻒ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ ‪‬ﻖ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻋﻘﺎﺋﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺣﻠﻔﻪ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﰐ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺃﺣﺮﻕ‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﻛﺘﱯ ﻭﺳﺄﻋ ‪‬ﺪﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻫﺮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﱪﻛﺔ ﻫﺮﻭﺑﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺴﻢ ‪‬ﻋﻤ‪‬ﺮ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪١٢٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪@ @‰b Đ g‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﱐ ﺳﻮﻑ ﺃﻧﺸﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻼ ﻛﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﺪﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﺃﻧﻮﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺣﺠﻢ ﻛﻞ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﺼﻒ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻋﻼ ﹲﻥ ﺑﺼﻔﺤﺘﲔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻄﻠﱠﺐ‬ ‫ﺙ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺭﺑﻊ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺒﻠﻎ ﺣﺠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺇﻋﻼ ٍﻥ ﺛﻼ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺩﻓﺎﺕ ﺣﻘﻘﺖ ﻋﻜﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺍﲣ ﹶﺬ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ‬ ‫ﺏ ﲝﺠﻢ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺘ‪‬ﻴﺒﺎﺕٍ؛ ﻓﺘﺸ ﱠﻜ ﹶﻞ ﻛﺘﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺗﻮﻗﻔ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﲢﻘ ‪‬ﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻵﻥ؛ ﻓﻤِﺜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﲬﺴﲔ ﺻﻼﺓ ﰒ‬ ‫ﺲ ﲬﺴﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺃﻋﺘﱪ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﱪ ﺍﳋﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﺼﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲬ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌ ﹶﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺍﻗﺘﺪﺍ ًﺀ ﺑﺴﻨﺔ ﺭﰊ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﲣﻔﻴﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﹸ‪‬ﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻷﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ‪.‬‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٢١‬‬

‫‪@ @|öb –äÛa‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﺰﺓ! ﻟﻘﺪ ﺣﻈﻴﺘﻢ ﺑﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﺸ‪‬ﺮ ﺑﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﺃﻳﺘﻢ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲤﲎ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺯﻳﺎﺭﺗﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻮ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻭﺳﺪ‪‬ﺩﻭﺍ ﺧﻄﺎﻛﻢ ﻭﻃﻬ‪‬ﺮﻭﺍ ﻗﻠﻮﺑﻜﻢ ﻭﺃﹶﺭﺿ‪‬ﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﻻﻛﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺒﱵ‪ ،‬ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﺘﻢ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨﺰ‪‬ﻝ ﻟﺒﻀﻌﺔ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻓﺎﺫﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺑﻴﻮﺗﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﺗﺮﻭﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻋﺎﻡ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻜﻢ ﻳﻔﺎﺭﻗﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺳﺘﻔﺠﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺀَﻛﻢ ﰲ ﻋﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻋﻮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﺎﺟﺌﻜﻢ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻭﺗﻔﺠﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺒﺎﺀﻛﻢ ﲟﻮﺗﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﺬﺍ ِﺭ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺛﱢﺮ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﲰﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺳﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺴ‪‬ﻨﻮﺍ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻜﻢ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﺗﻄﻬ‪‬ﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﻛﻞ ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﳊﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻐﺾ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺠﻬﻴﺔ ﻭﺃﻇﻬِﺮﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﲰﻌﺘﻢ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﲰﲔ‪ :‬ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺇﺫ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﰲ ﻳﺪﻩ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﻧﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺷﺮﻳﻌﺔ ﺟﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻭ‪‬ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻣ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﺃ ِﺷﺪ‪‬ﺍ ُﺀ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻜﻔﱠﺎ ِﺭ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺣﻤ‪‬ﺎ ُﺀ ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪ ....‬ﹶﺫِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﺭﺳ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﻝ ﺍ ِ‬ ‫‪‬ﻣﹶﺜﹸﻠ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﻓِﻲ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬ﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ ِﺓ ‪ .٦٧‬ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺃﲪ ‪‬ﺪ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻤﻪ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺁﻳﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫‪ 67‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ‪٣٠ :‬‬

‫‪١٢٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺸﺮ‪‬ﺍ ِﺑ ‪‬ﺮﺳ‪‬ﻮ ٍﻝ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﺄﺗِﻲ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻌﺪِﻱ ﺍ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ‪ .٦٨‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴ‪‬ﻨﺎ ‬ ‫ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻌ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻠﺠﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺗﺼﻄﺒﻎ ﺑﺼﺒﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﺎﳉﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﰒ ‪‬ﻭﺯ‪‬ﻋﺖ ﻫﺎﺗﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺘﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ ﻓﺎﺻﻄﺒﻐ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺣﻴﺎ ﹲﺓ ﺗﺘﺴﻢ ﺑﺎﳉﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻭ‪‬ﻫﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻓﺠ‪‬ﻌﻞ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ‪‬ﺍ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﺘ‪‬ﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﺎﻝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻪ "ﻳﻀﻊ ﺍﳊﺮﺏ"‪ ٦٩‬ﺃﻱ ﻟﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺎﺗﻞ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺒﻌﺚ ﻟﺘﺤﻘﻴﻖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﺎﻧﺐ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‬ ‫‪٧٠‬‬ ‫ﺤﻘﹸﻮﺍ ِﺑ ِﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‬ ‫ﻭﲨﺎﻋﺘ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺸﲑ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺁﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﻭ‪‬ﺁ ‪‬ﺧﺮِﻳ ‪‬ﻦ ِﻣ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭﺯ‪‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺭﻫ‪‬ﺎ ‪ ٧١‬ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺤ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻀ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﺗ‪‬ﺸﲑ ﺁﻳﺔ‪ :‬ﺣﺘ‪‬ﻰ ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻤِﻌﻮﺍ ﺑﺂﺫﺍﻥ ﺻﺎﻏﻴﺔ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻘﺘﻢ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺛﻼﺛ ﹶﺔ ﻋﺸ ‪‬ﺮ‬

‫‪ 68‬ﺍﻟﺼﻒ‪٧ :‬‬ ‫‪ 69‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺧﻔﹼﻒ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺪﺓ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ )ﺃﻱ ﺍﳊﺮﻭﺏ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻨﻴﺔ( ﺗﺪﺭﳚ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺷﺪﺓ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻫﻴﺔ ﲝﻴﺚ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎ ﹸﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﻘﺬ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳍﻼﻙ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮﺿ‪‬ﻊ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻓﻘﺪ ‪‬ﺣﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﻗﺘ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﻮﺥ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺴﺎﺀ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﹸﺒﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻣﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻨﺠﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺍﺧﺬﺓ ﺑﺪﻓﻊ ﺍﳉﺰﻳﺔ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﺴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻭﻗﻒ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺑﺎﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻛﻠﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪ 70‬ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪٤ :‬‬ ‫‪ 71‬ﳏﻤﺪ‪٥ :‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٢٣‬‬

‫ﻗﺮﻧﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﺪﱘ ‪‬ﻣﹶﺜ ٍﻞ ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳌﺘ‪‬ﺴﻤﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﺎﻝ‪ ٧٢.‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺒﺘﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﻟﻴﻌﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ ﻗﺒﻠﻜﻢ ﻗﺪ‪‬ﻣﻮﺍ ﺃﺭﻭﻉ ﻣ‪‬ﺜﻞ‬ ‫ﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳉﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺃﹶﻛﺴﺒ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﺍﳌﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 72‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻨﺪﺭﺝ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻗﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﱄ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﻭﻋﺪﻩ ﰲ ﺁﻳﺔ ِﻟ‪‬ﻴ ﹾﻈ ِﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﻩ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﻟﺪ‪‬ﻳ ِﻦ ﹸﻛﱢﻠ ِﻪ )ﺍﻟﺼﻒ ‪ (١٠‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻮﻫ‪‬ﺐ ﻟﻠﻤﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻷﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻨﺔ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﳊﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻏﻠﺒ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺷﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨـﺰﺍ ﻫﺎﺋﻼ‬ ‫ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺨﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺖ )ﺍﻟﻜﻌﺒﺔ( ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺳﺘﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﲑ ﹸﺓ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﳋﺰﺍﺋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﺘ‪‬ﻬﺪﻑ ﻫﺠﻤﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻨﻜﺸﻒ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﴰ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎ َﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺰﺓ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻨـ ‪‬ﺰ ﺍﳍﺎﺋﻞ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﹰﺔ ﳍﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻫﻮ ﻛﻨـ ‪‬ﺰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻨـﺰ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﱠﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻞ ﲢﺖ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﲨﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﲨﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻛﻨـ ‪‬ﺰ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺭ ﻟﻴﺪﻣﺮﻭﻩ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮﻭﻩ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺣﺮﺑﺔ ﻣﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻫﺪﻡ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻫﺪ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﱐ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟ ﹶﻜﻔﹶﺮﺓ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺪﻟﻮﻝ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻳﻬﺪﻣﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺎﻳﺔ ﻓﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻦ ﲢﺘﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻨﻮﺯ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺻﺎﺩﻕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻷﻧﻨﺎ ﺑﺴﺒﺒﻬﻢ ﻧﻔﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﻨﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺪﻓﻴﻨﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻣﻌﺎ ٍﻥ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﷲ" ﻭﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭ ﹲﺓ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﻘﺪﺭ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺴﻌﻰ‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﻗﺪ ﲰ‪‬ﺎﱐ ﰲ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ "ﺑﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻑ ﻭﺍﻵﻳﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻂ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺄﱐ ﺳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﻣﲏ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﳊ ﹼ‬

‫ﺖ ﻇﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ﻛﻨـ ‪‬ﺰ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ‪ Ër :‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺃﹸﻻﺣﻆ ﺃﻧﲏ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺃﹸﻭﺫﻳ ‪‬‬

‫ ‪ Î Ï Ð Ñ Ï Ð‬‬ ‫‪) r)Ì Y Í‬ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ( ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻳﻘﺒ‪‬ﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﺪﻣﻲ ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﳊﺠﺮ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺩ‪ ..‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪١٢٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﺎﺫﺝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺓ ﺍﳉﻼﻟﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ ﺍﳌﺆﻣﻨﲔ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﻷﻏﻨﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺸﻴﺎﻩ ﺗﻌﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﻟﻸﻭﺛﺎﻥ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻣﻜﺎﻧ ﹸﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻸﺣﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﻨﺠﻮﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﻠﻮﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﳉﻬﺎﺩ ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺘﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﻣﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑ ﹸﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺴﻴﻒ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﳌﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﲪﻠﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻇﹸﻠﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺳﻜ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﺮﺯﻭﺍ ﺇﳒﺎﺯﺍﺕ ﻟﺘﺠﻠﹼﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺭﺍﻗﻮﺍ ﺩﻣﺎﺀﻫﻢ ﻭﺿﺤ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﺭﻭﺍﺣﻬﻢ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ .‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺧﻠﻮﺍ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻣ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﺟﻼﻝ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻱ ﺑﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﻈﻤﻬﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﲑﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻠﺼﻮﺹ ﻭﻗﹸﻄﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﻄﹸﺮﻕ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﳏﻤﺪﻳﲔ ﻛﺬﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺯﻭﺭﺍ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻳﺮﻭ‪‬ﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻐﺮﺿﲔ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﻼﺣﻆ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻫﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻘﻴﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‪ ٧٣‬ﻳﺘ‪‬ﺨﺬﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺮﻗﺔ‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺪ‪‬ﻢ ﲝﺠﺔ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻱ ﻣﻨﺨﺪﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻌﻠﻴﻢ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﲔ ﺣﲔ ﻭﺁﺧﺮ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺘﻠﻮﻥ ﻇﻠﻤﹰﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻤِﻌﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻼﺋﻤﺎ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﲡﻠﹼﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻱ؛ ﺃﻱ ﱂ‬ ‫ﺗﺒ ‪‬ﻖ ﺃﻱ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﳉﻼ ﹸﻝ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﱂ ﺗﻌﺪ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺣﺎﺟ ﹲﺔ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ‬ ‫‪ 73‬ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺑﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﻟﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪) .‬ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ(‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٢٥‬‬

‫ﲝﺎﺟﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺃﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﺭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻠﻄﻴﻔﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺑﺼﻔﱵ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﳐﺼﻮﺹ ﺑﺘﺠﻠﻲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺃﻳﺎ ‪‬ﻡ ﺇﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﳍﺎ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺎﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺯﻣﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﻛﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻷﺧﻼﻕ‪ .‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻣﺜﻴﻼ ﳌﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ‬ ‫ ﻗﺪ ﻇﻬﺮ ﲜﻼﻝ ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻐﻀﺐ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺚ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ِﺑﺴﻤﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﺒﺔ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻓﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﳕﻮﺫﺟ‪‬ﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﻭﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻛﻠﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ ﲟﻜﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﺪﻳﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﲨﺎﻋﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻔﻴﻀﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻓﻴﻮﺿﻪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻫﻲ ﻭﺍﺭِﺛﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﻟﺮﻭﺣﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻛﻼ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻮﺫﺟﲔ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑ ﹶﺔ ﻹﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﳕﺎﺫﺝ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ ﺍﶈﻤﺪﻱ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻼﺟﺎ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺎ ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻣﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﰒ ﺣﲔ ﺍﻧﻘﻀﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺒﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺓ ﺍﻷﺭﺿﻴﺔ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻠﻐﻲ ﺻﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺃﻱ ﺻﺒﻐﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺨﻠ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻈﻬﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺧﻼﻕ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﺃﲪ ‪‬ﺪ ﲢﻘﻴﻘﺎ ﻟﻮﻋﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺪﱘ‪ .‬ﻭﺟ‪‬ﻌﻠﹶﻜﻢ ﺃﻋﻀﺎﺀ ﻭﺟﻮﺍﺭﺡ ﻟﻌﻴﺴﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻇﻬﺮ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‬ ‫ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻥ ﻟﺘ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮﻭﺍ ﺣﺴﻦ ﻗﹸﻮﺍﻛﻢ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﻭﲨﺎﳍﺎ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﻮﺍﺳﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺧﻠﹾﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻮﺍﺳﺎ ﹰﺓ ﺷﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻜﻢ ﺃﻱ ﻏﺶ ﺃﻭ‬

‫‪١٢٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺪﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﺍﺳ ِﻢ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﲪ ‪‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﻨﺎ ُﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺷ‪‬ﻐﻠﹶﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻏﻞ ﻟﻴ ﹶﻞ ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺳﺘ ِﻌﺪ‪‬ﻭﺍ ﻟﻠﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﳊﻤ ‪‬ﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺃﱏ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﲢﻤﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺎ ﱂ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ؟ ﰒ ﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺗﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﺗ‪‬ﻮﻟﱢﺪﻭﺍ ﰲ ﻧﻔﻮﺳﻜﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ؟ ﻷﻧﻚ ﺣﲔ ﲤﺪﺡ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﻔﺔ ﺣﺴﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺃﺧﻼﻗﹸﻚ ﻣﻨﺎﻓﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﲟﻔﻬﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﳜﺎﻟﻒ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺔ ﻓﻜﺄﻧﻚ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺰﺉ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﲝﻴﺚ ﺗ‪‬ﺤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻻ ﲢﺐ ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻚ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺑ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﺪﺃ ﻛﻼﻣﻪ ﺑﺬﻛﺮ ﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﲜﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﳌﺄﻛﻮﻻﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺸﺮﻭﺑﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳍﻮﺍﺀ ﻭﳒﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﺑﺸﻤﺴﻪ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﻤﺮﻩ ﲨﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﳊﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﺒﻜﻢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﺨﻠﹼﻘﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻼ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﺪﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﻻ ﺣﺎﻣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ﳛﻤﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﳛﻤﺪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻓﻬﻮ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﻖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﳛﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﹼﻖ ﺑﺎﻷﺧﻼﻕ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﺪﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃﲪﺪِﻳﻦ ﻭﺣﺎﻣﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺩﻣﺘﻢ ﻻ ﲢﺒﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﹸﻠﻖ ﻷﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ؟ ﻛﻮﻧﻮﺍ ﺃﲪﺪﻳﲔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺻﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﹸﻠﻘﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﻴﺔ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ ﹲﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﻭﻫﻲ )‪ (١‬ﺭﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺎﳌﲔ )‪ (٢‬ﺍﻟﺮﲪﻦ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺣﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻋﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺑﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺧﺪﻣﺔ )‪ (٣‬ﺍﻟﺮﺣﻴﻢ ﺃﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﺠﺎﺯﻱ ﺑﺎﻹﻧﻌﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻹﻛﺮﺍﻡ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٢٧‬‬

‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤ‪‬ﻖ ﻭﻳﺘﻘﺒ‪‬ﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻀﻴﻌﻪ‪) (٤) .‬ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ(‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﰲ ﻋﺒﺎﺩﻩ ﻭﳛﺎﻛﻤﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﲪ ‪‬ﺪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﲨ ‪‬ﻊ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻊ ﰲ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﻣﻈﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻳﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺍﺳ ‪‬ﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻈﻬ ‪‬ﺮ ﻟﻠﺠﻼﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﺘﻀﻤ‪‬ﻦ ﺳﺮ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﺣﺮﺍﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﺪ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﳉﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﱪﻳﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻳﺘﻀﻤ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺳﺮ ﺍﶈ‪‬ﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﻘﻴﺔ ﻷﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻣﺪﻳﺔ ﻳﻠﺰﻣﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻭﺗﺬﱡﻟ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﻘﲔ ﻭﺧﻀﻮﻋﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺍﳋﻀﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻳﺘﻤﺘ‪‬ﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺄﻥ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﺍﺳ ‪‬ﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﳏﻤﺪ‪‬ﺍ ‪-‬ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﻣﻊ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﶈﺎﻣﺪ‪ -‬ﻳﻮﻟﺪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﶈﺒﻮﺑﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺋﺰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﶈﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻴﻪ ﺍﺳ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﳊﺎﻣﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﳏﺒ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﳌﺮﺀ ﻻ ﳛﻤﺪ ﺃﺣﺪﺍ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻝ ﺇﻻ ﺇﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﺃﺣﺒﻪ ﺑﻞ ﻋﺸﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﳊﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﺸﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﻼﺯﻡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﶈﺒﻮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻨﺔ ﰲ ﺍﺳﻢ ﳏﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺎﺑﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﺰﺋﲔ ﻭﻣﺴﻴﺌﲔ‬ ‫ﻇﻬﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺘﻤﻨﻮﻥ ﻗﺘﻠﻪ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﻀﻰ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﲜﻼﻟﻪ ﻟﻜﻮﻧﻪ ﳏﺒﻮﺑﺎ ﺇﳍﻴﺎ‪ .‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺣﺎﺋﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺄﻥ ﺍﶈﺒﻴﺔ ﺃﻱ ﺗﺬﻟﱡﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﻖ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺿﻌﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻈﻬﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫‪١٢٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻧﺘﻢ ﻣ‪‬ﻈﻬﺮﻭﻥ ﺷﺄ ﹶﻥ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻗﻀﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻞ ﺛﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻭﺗﻮﺍﺿ‪‬ﻌﻮﺍ ﺗﻮﺍﺿ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺷﻖ‪ ،‬ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻌﻜﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻣﲔ‪.‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٢٩‬‬

‫‪@ @´ÇğŠ n½a@´™ Ƚa@óÜÇ@a…₣ ‰@Œuìß@æbîi‬‬ ‫‪@ @"ò톻þa@´ça Ûa"@ŠNׇë‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺒﻌﻮﺙ ﺭﺑﺎﱐ ﻳﺘﺼﺪﻯ ﻟﻪ ﻛﺜﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﻬﻢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﺘﺪﺧ‪‬ﻠﻮﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ ﻭﻳﻌﺘﺮﺿﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﻜﻞ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺮﺓ ﻳﻌﺪ‪‬ﻭﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺫﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻧﺎﻗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﺁﻛ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻭﺧﺎﺋﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺼِﻔﻮﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻏﺎﺻﺐ ﺣﻘﻮ ِ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﻮﺍﻧﻴﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺘﺒ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻣ‪‬ﺘﺮ‪‬ﻓﺎ ﻭﺃﻧﻴ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﳌﻠﺒﺲ ﻭﺁﻛ ﹶﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﱐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻮﻧﻪ ﺟﺎﻫﻼ‪ ،٧٤‬ﻭﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺮ‪‬ﻓﻮﻧﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺃﻧﺎ ﹲ‬ ‫‪ 74‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺩﻗﹼﻮﺍ ﻃﺒﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺼﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺰﻭﺭ ﲝﻖ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﻟﺮﻭﻱ ﺑﻐﲑ ﺣﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻃﻠﻘﻮﺍ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﺷﻨﻊ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻧﺎﺑﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﻭ ‪‬ﺳﺤ‪‬ﺒﺎ ِﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺋﻢ ﻭﻧﻌﺘﻮﱐ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ ﺑﺎﳉﺎﻫﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄﱐ ﺍﺭﺗﻌﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﻮ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺟﻼﻟﺔ ﺷﺄﻧﻪ ﻭﺷﻮﻛﺘﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺮﺑ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ! ﺍِﻟﻌﲏ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺑﲔ‪ ،‬ﺁﻣﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﺰﺓ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺃﻟﻘﻰ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻗﻠﱯ ﺍﻵﻥ ﰲ ‪ ٧‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ‬ ‫‪١٩٠٠‬ﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳉﻤﻌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺇﻫﺎﻧ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻭﻓﹶﻀﺤ‪‬ﺎ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻣﻘﺴﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻤﻪ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺩﻋﻮﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﻮﺭ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﺇﱐ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺒﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻮ ﱂ ﻳﺸﺘﺮﻁ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺑﻴﻌﱵ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ‬ ‫ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﱃ ﺇﺑﻄﺎﻝ ﻫﺪﰲ ﻛﻠﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻮﺻﻠ ‪‬‬

‫‪١٣٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺐ ﺍﳋﹶﻠﻖ ﻭﻳﻜﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺋﻢ ﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﻴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺘﻜﺒ‪‬ﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﺊ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﹼﺎﻙ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﲞﻴﻞ ﻭﳏﺐ ﺍﳌﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺬﹼﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺟﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﻠﻮﺝ ﺑﲔ ﻗﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺼ ﹸﻞ ﺷﺘﺎﺀ ﻭﻷﺭﻳﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﻤﻰ ﺑﺎﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻘﺬ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﺷﺮﻁ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﻇﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺿﻮﺀ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﰒ ﺑﻴﻌﱵ ﻟﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳﺒﺎ ِﻝ ﺑﺸﺮﻓﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﺠﻮﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺊ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﻗﺎﺩﺭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﱂ ﻳﺘﺤﺎﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﺷﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺣﺎﺋﺰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺓ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺳﺘﺤﻠﻔﻪ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﺠﻴﺐ‬ ‫ﻟﻄﻠﱯ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻻ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٦٤‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻻ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺩﻻﺋﻞ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺒﻪ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﺄﻛﺘﺐ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﻓﻴﻖ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻓﻀﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﺎ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﲰﺢ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲔ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺑﺄﺳﺮﻩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﺤﺎﺀ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﻐﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺗﺬﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻜﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻼﺩ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻠ ﹸﺔ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﺍ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٥‬ﺳﺒﺘﻤﱪ‪ /‬ﺃﻳﻠﻮﻝ ‪١٩٠٠‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﺰﺍﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﻟﻮ ﺣ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺛﻼﺛ ﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﲑﻩ ﻣﻠﻲﺀ ﲟﻘﻮ‪‬ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﻏﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺯﺍﺧﺮ ﺑﺎﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺃﺩﻓﻊ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺲ‬ ‫ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻧﻘﺪﺍ ﻭﺳﺄﺣﺮﻕ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻛﺘﱯ ﻭﺃﹸﺑﺎﻳﻊ ﻋﻠﯽ ﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻟﻌﻜ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺷﻲﺀ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺃﻱ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﱄ ﻷﺧ‪‬ﺬ‬ ‫ﺏ ﳐﺠﻞ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﻌﺔ ﺃﻣﺜﺎﻝ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻭﻻ ﺃﻃﻤﻊ ﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺎﻝ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺳﺄﹸﺑﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺬ ٍ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺪﻋﻰ "ﺑﲑﺍ" )ﺃﻱ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﺩﻋﻤﻪ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﳉﺮﺍﺋﺪ ﲟﻘﺎﻻ‪‬ﻢ ﰲ ﺟﺮﺍﺋﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻈﻠﻢ ﳏﺾ ﻭﻭﻗﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺧﻴﺎﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺄﺑﺪﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻕ ﻣﻨﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺮﺻ ﹲﺔ‬ ‫ﺇ‪‬ﺎﺀ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﲢﻔﺔ ﻏﻮﻟﺮﻭﻳﺔ" ﺑﺈﺫﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﺘﻀﺢ ﺃﺑﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺳﺎﳓﺔ ﻟﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻔﻴﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺩﻋﻤﻮﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻘﺼ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺸﺠ‪‬ﻌﻮﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺏ ﻛ ﱟﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﲔ ﻣﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳒﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻛﺘﺎ ‪‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٣١‬‬

‫ﺐ ﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺛﲔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﻗِﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻟﻘﺎﺏ ﺗﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗﻠﻮﺑ‪‬ﻬﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﺮ‪‬ﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻛﺜ ‪‬ﲑ‬ ‫ﺍﺳﻮ ‪‬ﺩ ﺑﺎﻃﻨﻬﻢ ﻭﻋﻤﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺚ ﺃﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻗﻮﻣﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲑﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺼﺮﻳﲔ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺌﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻄﺮﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺍﻧﻴﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻫﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﻀﺔ ﻭﺣﻠﻴ‪‬ﻬﻢ ﻭﻣﻼﺑﺴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﺍ ﳍﻢ‬ ‫ﻛﺬﺑﺎ ﻭﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻻ ﺇ‪‬ﻢ ﺫﺍﻫﺒﻮﻥ ﻟﻠﻌﺒﺎﺩﺓ ﻭﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﻮﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻌﻴﺪﻭ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺶ ﻭﺍﳋﺪﺍﻉ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﻧﻘﻀﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﺃﺧﲑﺍ ﻭﻛﺬﺑﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻐ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻠﺴﻮﺍ ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﻏﲑﻫﻢ ﻭﻫﺮﺑﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻨﻌﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺇﺫﺍ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺭﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻘﻠﻴﺎ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﻘﺘﻨﻊ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺜ ‪‬ﲑ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻮ ٍ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﻘﻰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻔﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﲞﺼﻮﺹ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺮﺿﲔ‬ ‫ﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺆﻳﺪ ﺍﳌﺒﻌﻮﺛﲔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﺠﻴﺒﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺮﻱ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻻ ﳚﺪ ﺃﻭﻟﻮ ﺍﻷﻟﺒﺎﺏ ﺑﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﲞﻄﺌﻬﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺪﺭﻛﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟ ﹸﻞ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻭﺧﺒﻴﺚ ﺍﻟﺴﺠﻴﺔ ﳌﺎ ﺃﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﳛﺐ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳛﺐ ﺃﻭﻟﻴﺎﺀﻩ‬ ‫ﻚ ﹶﻓ‪‬ﺘﺤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺤﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﺷﺎﺭ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻗﻮﻟﻪ‪ِ :‬ﺇﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻓ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ‪‬ﻭﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺗﹶﺄ ‪‬ﺧ ‪‬ﺮ ‪ ٧٥‬ﺃﻱ ﻭﻫﺒﻨﺎ ﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﷲ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﻡ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﹶﺫ‪‬ﻧِﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚﺍُ‬ ‫‪‬ﻣﺒِﻴﻨ‪‬ﺎ * ِﻟ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬ﻐ ِﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺘﺤﺎ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺎ ﺁﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻟﻨﻐﻄﹼﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻧﻮﺏ ﺍﳌﻨﺴﻮﺑﺔ ﺇﻟﻴﻚ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﻧﻮﺭﺍﱐ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻌﻈﻴﻢ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﺮﺿﲔ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﲔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 75‬ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪٣-٢‬‬

‫‪١٣٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﺇﻥ ﺳﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘِﺪﻡ ﻭﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺪﺃ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻟﻐﺔ ﺃﻟﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﺆﻟﻔﺔ ﺑﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﺑﺘﺄﻳﻴﺪﻩ‬ ‫ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﻘﺮ‪‬ﺑﻮﻥ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘ‪‬ﺪﺣﺾ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﻭﺗﺘﺒﺨﺮ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺰﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻈﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻭﻃﻠﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺃﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻳﺮ ‪‬ﺩ‬ ‫ﺖ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﻭﺳﻴﺌﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻋﲏ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺧﺎﺋﻨﺎ ﻭﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﺰﻫﻖ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ﺧﻮﻓﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﱵ؟ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻬﻼ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ٧٦‬ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳚﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺤﺎﻛﻤﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺇﺫ ﻭﺻﻠﲏ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﻋﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ" ﻹﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫‪ 76‬ﻛﻨﺖ ﻭﺻﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻃﻌﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻬﺘﺎﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﺑﺴﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻈﻦ ﻭﻗﺪﺡ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺑﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺗﻠﻘﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺃﻣﻮﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﲔ ﻭﺿﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ "ﻳﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻭﺍ ﻃﻤﺜﻚ ﻭﺍﷲ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻳﻚ ﺇﻧﻌﺎﻣﻪ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﻌﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﲏ ﲟﻨـﺰﻟﺔ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴ‪‬ﻚ ﻭﺭﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﻠﻨﺎ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﱐ ﺑﺮﺩﺍ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺗﻘﻮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻫﻢ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺴﻨﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﺴﲎ" ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‬ ‫ﺚ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻳﺘﻤﻨﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻭﺍ ﻓﻴﻚ ﺩ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﳊﻴﺾ؛ ﺃﻱ ﻳﺒﺤﺜﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻚ ﻋﻦ ﳒﺎﺳﺔ ﻭﺧﺒ ٍ‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻱ ﺇﻧﻌﺎﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺮﻯ ﻓﻴﻚ ﺩﻡ ﺍﳊﻴﺾ ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﱂ ﻳﺘﺒﻖ ﻓﻴﻚ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺟﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻏﻼﻣﺎ ﺯﻛﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻴﲑﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻭ‪‬ﻟﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﻠﻖ ﺑﻴﺪﻱ ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﲏ ﲟﻨـﺰﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ‪ .‬ﺃﻱ ﺻﺤﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻳﺘﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻡ ﺍﳊﻴﺾ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺘﺒ‪‬ﺮﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﳒﺴﺎ ﻛﺪﻡ ﺍﳊﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻓﱠﻌﺖ ﻭﺍﺭﺗﻘﻴﺖ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳋﺒﺚ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺴﺘﻠﺰﻡ‬ ‫ﺚ ﻋﻦ ﺩﻡ ﺍﳊﻴﺾ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮﻳ ﹶﺔ ﻭﻳﺸﺒﻪ ﺩ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﳊﻴﺾ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﻖ ﺍﻟﺒﺤ ﹸ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺰﻛﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺑﻴﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻏﻼﻣﺎ ﺯﻛﻴﺎ ﻭﺻﺎﺭ ﲟﻨـﺰﻟﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻟﻴ‪‬ﻚ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٣٣‬‬

‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺑ‪‬ﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ ﲢﻮﺯ ﺍﳌﻤﺎﺛﻠﺔ ﺑﲔ ﺍﻷﺏ ﻭﻭﻟﺪﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﻣﺆﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺘﺎﺏ "ﻋﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ" ﺇﻳﻘﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻃﻔﺄﻧﺎﻫﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻷﺗﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﺠﺰﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺴﻨﺎﺕ ﺑﺎﻫﺘﻤﺎﻡ ﻭﺇﺗﻘﺎﻥ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺮﺍﻋﻮﻥ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻘﻮﻯ‪ .‬ﳑﺎ ﻳﻌﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ ﹲﻞ ِﻟ ﹸﻜ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺰ ٍﺓ ﹸﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺰ ٍﺓ )ﺍﳍﻤﺰﺓ‪:‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻘﺼ‪‬ﻮﻥ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻭﻳﺼﲑﻭﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺍ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ (٢٠‬ﻭﻭﻋ‪‬ﺪﻫﻢ ﺑﻮﻳ ٍﻞ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﻒ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻴﻒ ﱂ ﻳﺘﺪﺑﺮ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻨﻌ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﱠﻰ ﺍﳉﻮﺍﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ‪ ،‬ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﱠﻰ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸ‪‬ﺮﻩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﻋﺼﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ" ﺃﻗﺼﺪ "ﺇﱐ ﻣﻬﲔ ﳌﻦ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﻫﺎﻧﺘﻚ" ﺃﻱ ﺳﺄﻫﻴﻨﻚ ﺩﻓﺎﻋﺎ ﻋﻦ ﺷﺨﺺ ‪-‬ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ‪ -‬ﺗﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﺇﻫﺎﻧﱵ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺟﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﺻﺪ‪‬ﻗﺖ ﻣﻮﺿﻮﻉ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ ﹲﻞ ِﻟ ﹸﻜ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺰ ٍﺓ ﹸﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺰ ٍﺓ ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺄﻟﻮﺍ ﲨﻴﻊ ﻣﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﺃﻟﻴﺲ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻣ‪‬ﻬﲔ" ﻭﺭ‪‬ﺩﺕ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ "ﻣ‪‬ﻬﻴﻨﻚ"؟ ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﻳﺘﻘﻲ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺁﻳ ﹲﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺑﺒﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺃﺳﻠﻮﺑﺎﻥ ﻟﻺﻫﺎﻧﺔ‪ :‬ﺍﻷﻭﻝ‪-‬ﺃﻧﻪ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺑﺄﱐ ﱂ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻜﱢﺮ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺄﺧﲑ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺑﻮﻋﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻋﻠﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃ ِ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻮﺀ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻧﺰﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ؛ ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﺍﻃﹼﻠﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻧﻴﱵ؟ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﺿ ‪‬ﻊ ﻟﻘﺪﺭ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻗﻀﺎﺋﻪ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﻷﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﻴﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺇﻋﻼﱐ ﺍﳌﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺩﻓﻊ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺘﺮﺩ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ‬ ‫ﻣﱪ‪‬ﺭ ﻟﻼﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺜﺎﺭ‪‬ﻩ ﺧﺒﺚ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺲ؟ ﻭﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ‪ -‬ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﻪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﹼﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﰲ ﺟﻮﺍﺏ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺳﻮﻯ "ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ"‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﰐ ﻋﻦ ﺁ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻭﺷﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﲢﻘﻘﻬﺎ ﺃﻟﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻜﺎﻧﺖ ﺷﺮﻃﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻭﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺃﺧﺒِﺮﻭﱐ ﺃﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻳﺘﻀﻤﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ؟ ﺇﻥ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﻠﻌﻮﻧﲔ‪ ،‬ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺯﻋﻤﺖ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﺍ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺁ‪‬ﻢ ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﻓﻼ ﻳﺼ ‪‬ﺢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﺇﻻ ﺑﺎﻻﺭﺗﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺃﻭ ﹰﻻ‬ ‫ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺃﺧﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩﻩ ﰲ ﺣﺪﻳﺚ "ﺫﻫﺐ ﻭﻫﻠﻲ" ﻭﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﺍ‬

‫‪١٣٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﲰﺎﻭﻳﺔ ﰒ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﺍ ﺑﻔﻌﻞ ﺍﷲ ﻛﻔِﻌﻞ ﺍﳊﹶﻜﻢ ﻏﲑ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻳﻜﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﳝﻮﺗﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺑﺴﻤﺎﻉ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻻ ﻳﺪﻝ ﺍﻋﺘﺒﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﻮﻟﺮﻭﻱ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﻭﺍﻻﺩ‪‬ﻋﺎ ُﺀ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻋﺎﺩ ﻣﻦ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﻓﺎﲢﺎ ﻣﻨﺘﺼﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﺴﺨﺖ؟ ﻭﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ ﳜﺎﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﺪﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻸﺕ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻮ‪‬ﻢ ﲡﺎﺳﺮﺍ ﻭﺧﻴﻼﺀ ﻭﻭﻗﺎﺣﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻦ ﳝﻮﺗﻮﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺷﻲﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﻻﴰﺄﺯﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺼﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﻟﺮﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﻷﻧﺎﻗﺸﻪ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺑﺪﺍﻩ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻒ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﺑﺎﻳﻌﻪ؟ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺨﺘﹶﻠ ِ‬ ‫ﻒ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﱐ ﺻﺤﻴ ‪‬ﺢ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺑﻌ‪‬ﺜﲏ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﺎ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩﺍ ﻭﻛﺸ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﻭﺃﻃﻠﻌﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﱐ ﻣﻮﺿﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺴﺄﻟﺔ ﺃﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺎ ﻭﻷﻱ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻭﻻ ﺳﻴﻤﺎ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﺇﳝﺎﱐ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻛﻤﺎ ﺃﺅﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ ﻭﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﳋﻄﺄ ﰲ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻬﺎﺩ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﻛﺬﺑ‪‬ﻪ ‪-‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ -‬ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﻴﺎﺳﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻟﹰﺎ ﺃ ِﺟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺴﺆﺍﻝ ﰒ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﰐ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﰐ ﻋﻦ ﺻﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺷﺮﻃﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻨﺘﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﲢﻘﱡﻖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺇﻥ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﻣﺆﻣﻨﲔ؟ ﻓﻤﺎ ﺃﻏﺮﺏ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎﻧﺘﻪ ﺇﺫ ﱂ ﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﰐ ﻋﻦ ﻟﻴﻜﻬﺮﺍﻡ‪ ،‬ﺃﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ‬ ‫ﲜﻼﺀ؟ ﻫﻞ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻴﻚ ﺿﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﻴﻌﺎﺩ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻨﺒﺄﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻡ ﱂ ﳝﺖ؟ ﻓﺒﺎﻷﻣﺲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺋﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻡ "ﺍﳌﺴﺎﻋ ‪‬ﺪ ﻓﺘﺢ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ" ﻋﻦ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﰐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺣﲔ ﺳﺄﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﲝﻖ ﻟﻴﻜﻬﺮﺍﻡ؛ ﺷﻬﺪ ﺑﺜﻘﺔ ﺗﺎﻣﺔ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻗﺪ ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﲟﻨﺘﻬﻰ ﺍﳉﻼﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻵﻥ ﺗﻜﺬﱢﺏ ﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﻛﻮﻧﻚ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺷﻴﺎﻋﻪ! ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٣٥‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ؟ ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﺘﻮﹼﻗﻌﻮﻥ ﻣﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺮﻙ ﻳﻘﻴﲏ ﺍﳌﺒﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﲰﺎﻉ ﳎﻤﻮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﻈﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﺿﻮﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ؟ ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻭﻥ ﻻ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺨﻠﹼﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻨﺎﺩﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﻷ‪‬ﻢ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺮﻭﺍ ﻛﺘﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻭ‪‬ﺭﺓ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺮﺍﺟ ‪‬ﻊ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﺷ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻋﻨﺪﻫﻢ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻱ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﺘﺮ‪‬ﻗﺒﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ؟ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﺷﻴﺦ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺎ ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻟﻦ ﺃﻧﺎﻗﺶ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺣﺴ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺷﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻣﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﻘﺾ ﻋﻬﺪﻱ؟ ﰒ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻗﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺵ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻌ‪‬ﻬﺪ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻲ ﻓﺎﺳﺪﺍ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺇﱄ ﺑﻄﻠﺐ ﻧﻘﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﺱ ﺑﻄﻠﺒﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺯﻋ‪‬ﻤﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺒِﻞ ﺩﻋﻮﰐ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺛﱠﻖ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﺧﺪ‪‬ﻉ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺄﻱ ﻣﻜﺮ ﺗﺼﺮ‪‬ﻑ ﻭﻛﺘﺐ ﰲ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺎﻗﺸﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﹰﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺷﻔﻮﻳﺔ ﰒ‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻜﹶﻢ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻮﻱ ﻭﺁﺧﺮﺍﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻣﻘﺴﻤِﲔ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﺎﺋﺪ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﺮﺍ ﻓﻌﻠﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎﻳﻌﻪ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﻧﻔﺴﻬﺎ؛ ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺩﻋﻮﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﻟﻴﺒﺎﺭﺯﱐ ﰲ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻜ ‪‬ﺮ ﺃﻛﱪ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﺳﻮﺭﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﺑﺎﻋﺘﺒﺎﺭﻫﺎ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓﹰ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺑﻠﻎ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ‪‬ﻩ ﻭﻧﺼ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴ‪‬ﻌﺘ ‪‬ﱪ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳ ‪‬ﻖ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﻣﺒﻠ ﹶﻎ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ ﺑﻼﻏ ﹰﺔ ﻭﻓﺼﺎﺣ ﹰﺔ ﻭﺛﺒ ‪‬‬

‫‪١٣٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺖ ﺻﺮﺍﺣﺔ ﺃﱐ ﻟﻦ ﺃﺧﻮﺽ‬ ‫ﺣﺼﺮﺍ ﻣﺆﻳ‪‬ﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻛﺘﺒ ‪‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﳌﺒﺎﺭﺯﺓ ﺗﻨﺤﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺇﻇﻬﺎﺭ ﺍﻵﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﺑﲑ‬ ‫ﺐ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﻭﺍﻋﺘﱪﻩ ﺍﻷﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﺼﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺃﳘﻞ ﺩﻋﻮﰐ ﻭﺗﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺑﻄﻠ ٍ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺘﺐ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺒﻨﺎ ﻟﺪﻋﻮﺗﻚ‪ ..‬ﻭﺃﺿﺎﻑ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪﻩ ﺷﺮﻃﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻳﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﳊﹸﻜﻢ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺷﺮﻃﻲ؟ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺣﺼﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﹼﺎﺭ ﺣﺎ ‪‬ﺳﺒ‪‬ﻚ ﺍﷲُ‪ ،‬ﻣﱴ ﻗﺒﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺵ ﺍﻟﺸﻔﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌ ِﺔ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﻷﻗﺒﻠﻪ ﲝﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﻋﻬﺪﻱ ﰲ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻴﻒ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻗﺒِﻞ‬ ‫ﺩﻋﻮﰐ؟ ﻭﺃﻱ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺗﺒﻘﻰ ﳍﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ؟ ﻓﻬﻞ ﻳﻈ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻻ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻋﺒﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻜﺮ؟ ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﺪ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﺩﺭﻛﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﲜﻼﺀ‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻗﹶﺘﻠﻮﺍ ﺍﳊﻘﺎﺋﻖ ﻋﻦ ﻋﻤﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻈﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﲑ ﻳﻜﻴﻠﻮﻥ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺋﻢ ﰲ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﻟﻦ‬ ‫ﳝﻮﺗﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﺰﻋﻤﻮﻥ ﺑﻔﺮﺣﺔ ﻋﺎﺭﻣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﻭﱂ ﺃﺑﺎﺭﺯ‪‬ﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﱏ ﱄ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻋﺎﰿ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻟﻌﻨﻬﺎ ﺍﷲ؟ ﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﱯ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﻠﻬ‪‬ﻒ ﻟﻠﺤ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﻣﻀﻰ ﺯﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﻭﱂ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺃﻣﻨﻴﱵ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ؛ ﺑﺄﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺘﻘﺪﻡ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ ﻟﻠﺤ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﻭﲝﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻊ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺳﻒ ﻻ ﳜﺮﺟﻮﻥ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻛﺎﻟﻨﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺸﻮﻝ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ‪‬ﻫﻢ ﺭﺷﻴﺪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﺣﺪ‪‬ﻫﻢ ﻃﻠﹶﺐ ﺍﳊﹸﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺬﻳﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴ ‪‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٣٧‬‬

‫ﺇﻧﲏ ﺃﹸﻋﻠﻦ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺼﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﻓﻴﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﰊ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻇﻨﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺑﻨﻴﺔ ﺃﻥ ﳚﺪﻭﺍ ﺃﻱ ﺛﻐﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺜﺎﺭ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻷﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺃﻗﺎﻣﺘ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻓﻼ ﺗ‪‬ﺤﺎﺭﺑﻮﺍ ﺍﷲ ﺇﺫ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺗﻘﺪﺭﻭﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﺴﺘﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻴﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﻧﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﲤﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﺳﻮﻯ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺣﺎﺩﻳﺚ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﺎﲰﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔِﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻨﻬﻢ ﺟﺬﺍﺫﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻳﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﺍﳊﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻴﻘﲔ؟ ﺇﻧﻜﻢ ﺗ‪‬ﻜﺬﱢﺑﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻜﻢ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﺍﳊﹶﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻘﺒﻞ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺭﻛﺎﻡ ﺃﺣﺎﺩﻳﺜﻜﻢ ﻭﻳﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻣﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺍﻵﻥ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﹾﺒﻞ ﻛ ﱠﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ ﻓﻔﻲ ﺃﻱ ﺃﻣﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺤﻜﻢ؟ ﻭﻛﻴﻒ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻰ ‪‬ﺣﻜﹶﻤﺎ؟ ﻓﻼ ﺗﻈﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻔﺴﻜﻢ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻨﻈﺮﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﺣﺘﻘﺎﺭ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻹﺻﻼﺣﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻳ ٍﺪ ﺧﻔﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻭﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺗﺆﻳﺪﻩ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺇﺫ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳉﻤﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﳍﻠﻜ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻻ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻱ ﺃﺛﺮ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻋﻴﺪﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺮ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺘﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺗﻔﻜﱢﺮﻭﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ ﳐﻄﺌﲔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻧﻮﻥ‬ ‫‪٧٧‬‬ ‫ﲢﺎﺭﺑﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﺗﺘﻬﻤﻮﻧﲏ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﻠﺖ ﲦﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ؟‬ ‫‪ 77‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻣﻸ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻬﺘﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﻭﺑﺄﻣﻮﺭ‬ ‫ﻣﺰﻭﺭﺓ ﳒﺴﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﲤﺘﻠﺊ ﻗﻨﺎﺓ ﻣﺎﺀ ﺁﺳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻮﺣﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺬﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻛﻤﺎ ﳝﺘﻠﺊ ﺑﻴﺖ ﺍﳋﻼﺀ‬

‫‪١٣٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺑﺮﺍﺯﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺎﺟﻢ ﺷﺮﰲ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻛﺄﻟ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻷﻋﺪﺍﺀ ﻏﲑ ﺧﺎﺋﻒ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻌﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺴﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻛﺘﺒﻪ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﹸﻃﻠﻘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺶ ﺍﻟﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩ‬ ‫ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﻭﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻭﺳﻴﺪﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‪ .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﻒ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﳜ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ِﺑ ِﻪ‬ ‫ﺲ ﹶﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻒ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺁﻳﺔ ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳ ﹲﻞ ِﻟ ﹸﻜ ﱢﻞ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺰ ٍﺓ ﹸﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﺰ ٍﺓ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﺎﻝ ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ﻭ‪‬ﻻ ‪‬ﺗ ﹾﻘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﺒﺎﻻﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻛﺘﺐ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺃﱐ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻛﹼﺪﺕ ﻟﻪ ﻭﻃﻤ‪‬ﺄﻧﺘﻪ‬ ‫ِﻋ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻢ )ﺑﲏ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ (٣٧ :‬ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺄﱐ ﻟﻦ ﺃﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺿﺪﻩ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍﺋﻪ ﰲ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻋﻠﻦ ﺃﱐ ﻟﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺘﻨﻊ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﰲ ﳏﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺸﺮ ﻓﺤﺴﺐ ﺑﻞ ﻟﻦ ﺃﺭﻓﻌﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﶈﻜﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍ‪‬ﻤﺘ‪‬ﲏ ﺑﺘﻬﻢ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﻭﳐﺠﻠﺔ ﻭﺁﺫﻳﺘ‪‬ﲏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻧﺐ ﱂ ﺃﺭﺗﻜﺒ‪‬ﻪ‪ ،‬ﳍﺬﺍ ﻻ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻋﺘﻘﺪ ﲝﺎﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﻮﺍﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻣﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺜﺒﺖ ﺭﰊ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﺭ ﻛﺬﺑﻚ ﺑﺘﱪﺋﺔ ﺳﺎﺣﱵ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﺃﻻ ﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﺗﻠﻘﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻗﻄﻌﻴﺎ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﻴﺎ ﰲ ‪ ٦‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻋﺎﻡ ‪١٩٠٠‬ﻡ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺍﳋﻤﻴﺲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ‪:‬‬ ‫ ‪rÔ Q Õ= °‬‬ ‫‪ m‬‬ ‫‪¬ ( zÇ Ò Ó&r‬‬ ‫"ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ ،١١‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ"‪.‬‬

‫ﺐ ﻟﻮ ﺁﺗﻴﺘ‪‬ﻚ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻣ ﹰﻼ‬ ‫ﺃﻱ‪ :‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺻﺮﺍﺧﻚ ﻋﻨﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﻌﺠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺑﺸﺎﺭﺓ‪.‬ﺑﻌﺪ ‪ ،١١‬ﺇﻥ ﺷﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺗﻌﺎﱃ‪.‬‬

‫ﻭﻻ ﺃﻋﺮﻑ ﻫﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ‪ ١١‬ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﺃﻭ ‪ ١١‬ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺃﻭ ‪ ١١‬ﺷﻬﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ‪ ١١‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻟﺘﱪﺋﺔ ﺳﺎﺣﱵ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺁﻳ ﹲﺔ ﺗ‪‬ﺨﺠﻠﻚ ﺃﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍﻷ‪‬ﺎﺭ ﻭﺗﺘﻐﲑ‬ ‫ﺉ ﺑﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﳉﺒﺎﻝ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺰﻭﻝ ﻭﲡ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺧﺠﻞ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﺗﺴﺘﻬﺰ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻮﻝ ﻟﻜﻦ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻐﲑ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ‪ .‬ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﻧﻴﺔ ﱂ‬ ‫ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ؛ ﻳﺎ ﻗﺎﺳﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ ﺍﺳﺘ ِﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ! ﻓﻘﺪ ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﻨﻘﻀﻲ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﻦ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﺎ ﺗﺒﻘﹼﻰ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﲢ ﱠﻘ ‪‬ﻖ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠِﻢ ﺗﺘﺮﻙ ﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ ﻭﺗﻨﺒﺬ ﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ؟ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٣٩‬‬

‫ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺣ ‪‬ﻖ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﻋﻠﻲ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺆﺍﺧﺬﻭﱐ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲝﻖ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﱂ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﺪﺩ ﻟﻜﻢ ﺃﻱ ﺩ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻃﻠﺒﺘﻢ ﻣﲏ ﺣﻘﻜﻢ ﻭﺭﻓﻀﺘ‪‬ﻪ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻠﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻴﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻄﺎﻟﺒﻮﱐ ﺑﺘﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺜﻼ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻜﻢ ﲦﻦ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻓﺄﺳﺘﺤﻠﻔﻜﻢ ﺑﺎﷲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﺟﻌﻮﻥ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﻠﱢﻤﻮﺍ ﱄ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﲏ ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻜﻢ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻫﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻧﺸﺮ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﺼﺮﺍﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺃﺭﺩﰎ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﱄ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺩﻓﹾﻊ ﻗﻴﻤﺘﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﱂ ﹸﺃ ِﻋ ‪‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﺭﺳﻠﺘﻢ ﺇ ﱠ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺒﻠﻎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻼﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻓﻠﻌﻨ ﹸﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺗﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺒﻠﻐﻜﻢ ﺑﺈﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﱂ ﺗﻜﻔﹼﻮﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻓﻠﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﻴﺪﻭﺍ ﻛﻞ ﺣﻖ ﻟﻜﻢ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺍﻹﺛﺒﺎﺕ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺃﺧﺒِﺮﻭﱐ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﺇﺫ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﺎﻟﺒﲏ ﺣﻘ‪‬ﺎ ﻭﻻ‬ ‫ﺕ ‪ -‬ﲞﺼﻮﺹ‬ ‫ﻳﻨﻬﺾ ﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺳﺘ‪‬ﻨﻬﻀﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻌﻨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺒﻖ ﺃﻥ ﻧﺸﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﻗﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ ﺍﻷﲪﺪﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﻴﺪ ﺃﱐ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ‬ ‫ﻹﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﲦﻨﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﻴﺪﻭﺍ ﺇﱄ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﰊ ﻭﻳﺴﺘﻌﻴﺪﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﲏ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺍﻫﻢ ﺍﳌﻌﺪﻭﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﺎﺩﻭﻥ ﻳﻬﻠﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻠﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‪.‬‬

‫א‪6 W=3 7‬زא ‪ Q‬م ‪ P‬א د ‪١٩٠٠L١٢L١٥ OI‬م ‬

‫‪١٤٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫™‪@ @òîãbyë‰@ñ‹‰bjß@ñ‰ëŠ‬‬ ‫@‪@ @âý ⁄a@Ýuc@åß‬‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀ! ﺗﺄﻣ‪‬ﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﻧﺼﺎﻓﺎ ﻭﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎ ﻛﻢ ﺗﺮﺩ‪‬ﺕ‪ ‬ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﺿﺮ؛ ﻓﻜﻤﺎ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﻟﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﲑ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺧﻄﺮﺓ ﰲ ﻓﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﺋﺐ ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻳﻌﺎﱐ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺄﺳﺎﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺇﺫ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﻧﻮﻋﲔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻵﻓﺎﺕ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﻻﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﺇﺫ ﲡﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﻨﻔﺎﻕ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﻕ ﻛﻞ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ ﻭﻛﻞﹸ ﻓﺮﻗﺔ ﺗﺴﺘﺸﻴﻂ ﻏﻀﺒﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻏﲑﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺒﻐﻀﻬﺎ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺛﺎﻧﻴﻬﻤﺎ ﺍﳍﺠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﺟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﺸ‪‬ﻦ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺪﻻﺋﻞ ﺑﺎﻃﻠﺔ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺧﻠﻖ ﺁﺩﻡ ﺃﻭ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﱂ ﻳﻼﺣﻆ ﻣﺜﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻣﻨﺬ ﺃﻥ ﺑﺪﺃﺕ ﺳﻠﺴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﺭﺗﺪ‪ ‬ﻋﻨﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ ﻣﺴﻠﻢ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺃﻗﺎﻡ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋ‪‬ﺪ‪ ‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﺗﺪ‪ ‬ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺬﻭ‪‬ﻕ ﺣﻼﻭﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻓﺴﺘﺠﺪﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺍﳍﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﱪﻳﻄﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺁﻻﻑ ﺍﳌﺮﺗﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﱂ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﺧﺮﻭﺍ ﺟﻬﺪﺍ ﰲ ﻛﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺋﻢ ﻟﻠﻨﱯ ﻭﺍﻹﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ‪ .‬ﰒ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺗﻼﺣ‪‬ﻆ ﻛﺎﺭﺛﺔﹲ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﲔ ﺑﻌﺚ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﻋﺒﺪﺍ ﲝﺴﺐ ﻣﻘﺘﻀﻰ ﺍﳋﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٤١‬‬

‫ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺪﻳﺪ‪ ٧٨‬ﻭﺍﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﻭﲰ‪‬ﺎﻩ ﻣﺴﻴﺤﺎ ﻣﻮﻋﻮﺩﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻮ ﻓﻌ ﹲﻞ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲢﻘﹼﻖ‬ ‫‪ 78‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺁﻣﻦ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻛﺎﺑﺮ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬ ‫ﳎﺪ ‪‬ﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﻛﻞ ﻗﺮﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺃﲰﺎﺀ ﺍ‪‬ﺪﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻘﺪﻣﻮ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﻴﲔ‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺍﺟﺘﻬﺎ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺍﻵﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﳋﺎﺭﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﻫﺎ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺪﻱ ﻓﺘﻔﻮﻕ ﻣﺌﺔ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺮﺗ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ "ﺗﺮﻳﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ"‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻸﺳﻒ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺳﻠﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﻮﻧﺎ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﳌﻨﻜﺮﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺎﳊﺪﻳﺒﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﺣﱴ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺑﺪﺍﻓﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺬﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﺮﺵ ﺩﺍﻭﺩ ﻭﺃﻧﻪ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺳﻴﻌﻮﺩ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﻮﺍ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻻ ﻳﻨﻈﺮ ﻫﺆﻻﺀ ﺇﱃ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺸﺮﺕ ﻭﻋﺪﺩﻫﺎ ﻳﻔﻮﻕ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻣﺎ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻭﺗﻜﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﻧﺒﻮﺀ ﹰﺓ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺍﺛﻨﺘﲔ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻮﻋﺒﻮﻫﺎ ﻟﻘﻠﺔ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻨﻮﺍﻝ ﻓﺴﻴﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻟﻠﻘﺪﺡ ﻭﺍﻟﻄﻌﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﺑﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﺴﺪﻭﺩﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺘﺮﺽ ﻣﺜﻼ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺁ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻌﻠﻘﺔ ﺑﺼﻬﺮ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻴﻚ؛ ﻫﻞ ﻧﺴﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻗﺪ ﺧﺮﺝ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﻣﻜﺔ ﺍﳌﻌﻈﻤﺔ ﺇﳝﺎﻧﺎ ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺟﻴﺶ ﻛﺒﲑ؟ ﰒ ﻫﻞ ﻧﺴﻲ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻳﻮﻧﺲ ﻋﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ؟ ﻓﻴﺎ ﻟﻸﺳﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺳﺎﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ‪-‬ﺑﺪﺍﻓﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺬﻳﱯ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺃﻥ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ‬ ‫ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻭﺣ‪‬ﺮﻡ ﺃﻭﻻﺩﻩ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ )ﻭﻣﻌﻠﻮ ‪‬ﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻷﻭﻻﺩ ﺗﺸﻤﻞ ﺍﳌﺮﻳﺪﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ( ﰒ ﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺍﰐ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺃﺭﺑﻌ‪‬ﺎ‪ (١) :‬ﻋﻦ ﺁ‪‬ﻢ )‪ (٢‬ﻋﻦ ﻟﻴﻜﻬﺮﺍﻡ )‪(٣‬‬ ‫ﻋﻦ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻴﻚ )‪ (٤‬ﻋﻦ ﺻﻬﺮ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺑﻴﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻭﺑﻘﻲ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻋﻨﻪ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺗﺘﻀﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﻣﺜﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺁ‪‬ﻢ ﺷﺮﻃﻴﺔ؛‬ ‫ﻓﺈﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻀﺠﺔ ﻣﺮﺍﺭﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﳌﺎﺫﺍ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻌﺔ ﻋﺎﺟﻼ؟ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﺟﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﰎ‬ ‫ﺖ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﻞ ﻟﹶﻬﻮ ﻓِﻌ ﹸﻞ ﺃﻭﻟﺌﻚ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﳜﺎﻓﻮﻥ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﹸﻛﺬﱢﺑ ‪‬‬

‫‪١٤٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﰲ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻭﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﻟﻪ ﺁﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﲑﺓ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻪ ﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻏﻠﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻠﻤﲔ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻧﻌﺘﻮﻩ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻓﺮ‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﻟﻌﻬﺪ ﻭﺁﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺪﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﳌﻠﺤﺪ ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﺭ ﻭﺍﳋﺎﺋﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﻧﺎﻗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻟﻈﺎﱂ ﻭﻏﺎﺻﺐ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻭﻣﺘﻤﱢﻠ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﳊﻜﻮﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳒﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺼﺮ‪‬ﻓﻮﺍ ﻣﻌﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩﻭﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻋﺘﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺷﻴﻄﺎﻧﻴ ﹲﺔ ﻛﻠﱡﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻓﺘﺮﺍ ٌﺀ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﺍ ‪‬ﺩﻋ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻠﻘﱠﻮﺍ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﷲ ﺃﺧﱪﻫﻢ ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻛﺎﻓﺮ ﻭﺩﺟﺎﻝ ﻭﻛﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﻣﻠﺤﺪ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‪ ،٧٩‬ﻭﺃﻗﺪ‪‬ﺭ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﳌﺘﻌﺼﺒﻮﻥ! ﻣ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹼﻤﻜﻢ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺭ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪ؟ ﺃﻗﻴﻤﻮﺍ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﰲ "ﺑﻄﺎﻟ ﹶﺔ" ﻣﺜﻼ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤِﻌﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺧﻄﺎﰊ ﺑﻌﻴﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺳﺎﻭﺱ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎﻥ؛ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺑﻄﻼﻥ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺿﻤﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﻧﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻓﺴﺄﻋﺘﺮﻑ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﺮﻳﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﲢﺎﺭﺑﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﻋﺒﺜﺎ ﻓﺘﺮﺑ‪‬ﺼﻮﺍ ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺭﺅﻳﺔ ﻣﺼﲑﻛﻢ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫‪ 79‬ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻗﺪ ﺃﻟﱠﻒ ﻣﺆﺧﺮﺍ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﲰ‪‬ﺎﻩ‬ ‫"ﻋﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ"‪ ،‬ﻭﲰ‪‬ﺎﱐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺇﺷﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ "ﻓﺮﻋﻮ ﹶﻥ" ﻭﻗﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻛﺜﲑﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎﺗﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗ‪‬ﻔﻴﺪ ﺑﺄﻧﲏ ﻛﺬﺍﺏ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺼﺪ‪‬ﻗﻮﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﻛﻠﱡﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﲪﲑ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﺭﺳﻴﺔ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﺒﻪ‪) :‬ﺑﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﲑ ﻻ ﻳﺼﺒﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﹸﻥ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﻼﻡ ﻣﻨﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺮﺩ‪‬ﺩ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻮِﺭ ‪‬ﺩ(‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻛﺘﻔﻲ ﺭﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻣﺒﺪﺋﻴﺎ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﻮﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻲ ﺣ‪‬ﻤﲑ‪‬ﺍ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﻣﺼﻴﺒﺔ ﻋﻈﻤﻰ ﻷﻥ ﺃﺳﺘﺎﺫﻩ ﻭﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻔﺘﺨﺮ ﺑﺒﻴﻌﺘﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺩﱃ ﺑﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺣﻘﻲ ﺇﺫ‬ ‫ﻋ ‪‬ﺪﱐ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﲰﺎﻭﻳﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺭﺳﻞ ﺇﱄ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﻪ ﻟﻜﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﱴ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻘﺒﻠﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﰐ؟ ﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﻗﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ‪‬ﻳﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﻴﺪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٤٣‬‬

‫ﻋﺪ ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻮﺍ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﹼﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺒﺎﺧﺘﺼﺎﺭ ﻫﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﻫﻲ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻧﲏ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﻟﺘﺼﺪﻳﻘﻲ ﻓﺘﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﺖ ﳕﻮﺫﺟﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻜﺎﳌﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﳌﺨﺎﻃﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻓﲏ ﺍﷲ ‪‬ﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﺠﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺾ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﳊﻖ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻣﺎ ﺃﺧﱪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ‪ .‬ﺃﺿ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ )‪ (١‬ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺪﻗﺎﺀ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﶈﺘﻤﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﻹﺩﻻﺀ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ ﻟﺼﺪﺍﻗﺘﻪ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻧﻨﺎ ﻋﺜﺮﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻫﺪ ﻹﻗﻨﺎﻋﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﳝﻜﻨ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﳍﺮﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺃﻗﺪﻡ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﻱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﰲ ﺍ‪‬ﻠﺲ‪ (٢) .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻫﻮ ﺃﺧﻮﻩ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﺍﳋﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻗﹼﻌﺔ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﻭﺍﺟﺐ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﺍﻵﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻌﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄ ﹶﻝ ﻫﺬﹶﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﻳﻦ ﳏﻠﱢﻔﺎ ﺇﻳﺎﳘﺎ ﺃﻣﺎﻣﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ ﳑﺜﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺭﻓﺾ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ‬ ‫ﺗﺎﺭﻛﹰﺎ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ ﻓﻠﻴﻼﺣﻆ ﺍﻻﺛﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻨﻘﺪﻣﻪ ﰲ ﺍﳉﻠﺴﺔ ﰒ ﻟﻴﺤﻜ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻪ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺘ‪‬ﻘﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺤﲔ ﺛﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﻪ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺴﻴﺌﹰﺎ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﲰ‪‬ﺎﻩ ﲪﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﺑﻞ ﺃﻛ ‪‬ﱪ ﲪﺎ ٍﺭ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺃﻭﻝ ﺍﳌﺼﺪ‪‬ﻗﲔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻞ ﺗﻘﺪﻳ ‪‬ﺮ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎﺗﻪ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻭﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺭﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺇﻥ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺳﺎﺀ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺷﻴﺨﻪ ﺑﺎﳍﺠﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺷﺮﻓﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﱂ ﻳﺴﻠﹶﻢ ﻣﻨﻪ ﻷﻧﻪ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺩ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﺠ‪‬ﻠﻪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٥٥‬ﻣﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻋﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ ﺃﻋﲏ "ﺇﱐ ﻣﻬﲔ ﳌﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺍﺩ ﺇﻫﺎﻧﺘﻚ" ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺣﺮﻑ "ﺍﻟﻼﻡ" ﺍﳉﺎ ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨﻔﻊ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﳋﺼﻢ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺤﻮﻳﺔ "ﺃﱐ ﺳﺄﻫﻴﻨﻚ ﻭﺃﹸﺧﺰﻳﻚ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﺍ ﳌﺨﺎﻟﻔﻚ ﻭﻧﺼﺮ ﹰﺓ ﻟﻪ‪ ".‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﻛﹸﺘﺒﺖ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺳﻬﻮ‪‬ﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﻓﺄﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻜﺮﺭﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻼﻡ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﻣﺴﺘﻬﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﰲ ﺁﺧﺮﻩ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻬ ‪‬ﻮ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﻭﻉ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﺗ‪‬ﺼﻴﺐ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﺮﺣﻮﻡ ﻭﻣﺮﺓ ‪‬ﺗﻌِﺪ ﺍﳌﻠﻬ‪‬ﻢ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺎﻹﻫﺎﻧﺔ! ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪١٤٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ ﺇﱃ ﺍﷲ ﺣﱴ ﻗﺒ ﹶﻞ ﺑﻠﻮﻏﻲ ﺳ ‪‬ﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﻀﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﲰﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﻢ ﻗﺮﻳﱵ‬ ‫ﻭﺗﻨﺒﺄﻭﺍ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﻫﻮ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﻋﻼﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﺭﺃﻯ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻭﻥ‬ ‫ﱯ ﻓﻘﺎﻝ ﳍﻢ‪" :‬ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣ ‪‬ﻖ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﺎ" ﻓﺒﲑ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﻌﻠﻢ" ﺍﻟﺴﻨﺪﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻭﻩ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﺋﺔ ﺃﻟﻒ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺮ‬ ‫"ﺻﺎﺣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺾ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﳊﲔ ﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺭﺃﻭﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ‬ ‫ﻛﺸﻔﻪ ﰲ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺌﹶﱵ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺃﻓﺎﺩﻭﺍ ﺃﻥ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺪ‪‬ﻕ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺻﺮﳛﺔ ﻛﻮﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﺍﳌﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻛﻤﺎ‬ ‫ﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺸﻐﻞ ﻣﻨﺼﺐ ﺍﻹﺷﺮﺍﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﺧﱪﱐ‪ ٨٠‬ﺍﳊﺎﻓ ﹸ‬ ‫ﻗﻨﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﶈﺎﻓﻈﺔ‪ ،‬ﺷﺨﺼﻴﺎ ﺑﻼ ﻭﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ‬ ‫ﺭﺃﻯ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻧﻮﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ )ﺃﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﺪ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻫﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺘﻮﺍﺿﻊ( ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺫﺭﻳﱵ ﺣ‪‬ﺮﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻗﺪ ﺳﺠﻠﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﻥ ﻧﻘﺺ ﺃﻭ ﺯﻳﺎﺩﺓ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻌﻨﺔ ﺍﷲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﳑﺎ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺧ ‪‬ﱪ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻭﺑﺄﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺷﻘﻴ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﻭﺻﺮ‪‬ﺡ ﰲ ﺗﺼﺮﳛﻪ ﻋﻦ ﺍﲰﻲ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻳﻦ ﹶﻛﺸ‪‬ﻒ‬ ‫‪ 80‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﺫﻛﺮ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺍﳌﺴﺆﻭﻝ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﳎﺎﻝ ﻟﻠﻬﺮﻭﺏ‪ ،‬ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒ ِﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻴﺴ‪‬ﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﱂ ﻳﺒ ‪‬ﻖ ﻟﻪ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﺍﻷﻳﺎﻡ ﺍﻷﺧﲑﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺣﻴﺎﺗﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺳﻨﺤﺖ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻓﺮﺻﺔ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻘﻮﺍﻩ ﻭﻭﺭﻋﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺪﺓ ﻣﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٤٥‬‬

‫ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺃﺭﻯ ﺃﻥ ﺍ‪‬ﺪ‪‬ﺩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﹸﻗﺪ‪‬ﺭ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ‪‬ﻩ ﻹﺻﻼﺡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ‬ ‫ﺃﲪﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﻫﺬﺍ ﰲ ﺗﻌﺒﲑﻩ ﻟﺮﺅﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺎﻝ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺃﻳﺘﻪ ﻧﺎﺯﻻ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻟﻌﻠﻪ‪٨١‬ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻛﻼ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻠﲔ ﺣ ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﳌﻜﺘﻮﺑﺔ ﺑﻴﺪﻩ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﹲﺓ ﻋﻨﺪﻱ‪ .‬ﺃﺧﺒِﺮﻭﱐ ﺍﻵﻥ‬ ‫ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻓﺮﻳﻖ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻴﲏ ﻛﺎﻓﺮﺍ ﻭﺩﺟﺎﻻ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﺴﻤﻌﲏ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻣﻨﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺐ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻭﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﻳﻌﺘﱪﱐ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻭﻳﺬﻛﺮ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳋﺼﻮﺹ ﻛﺸﻮﻓﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻤﺎ ﻓﻌﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ‪ ،‬ﺷﻴ ‪‬ﺦ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﲑ‬ ‫ﺐ ﺍﻟﻌ‪‬ﻠﻢ"‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺎﺣﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺪ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ ‪‬ﺪﻗﲏ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﹼﻲ‬ ‫"ﺻﺎﺣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﱢﺮﱐ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺃﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﺷﻨﻴﻌﺔﹰ؟ ﺃﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﻓﻊ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﻨﺔ ﺑﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﻣﺎ؟ ﻭﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺪﺑﲑ ﻳﺘﻤﺜﹼﻞ ﰲ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻧ‪‬ﺨﺎﻃﺐ ﺃﻭﻻ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻋﺎﺭﺽ ﻣﺮﺷﺪ‪‬ﻩ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ ﺃﻋﲏ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻭﻧ‪‬ﻌﺮﺽ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﳊﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ﺃﻣﺮﻳﻦ‪ :‬ﺃﻭﳍﻤﺎ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﺍﶈﺎﺳ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 81‬ﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﱭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻌﻘﻮﺏ ﺷﻘﻴ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﺣﲔ ﻗﺮﺃ‬ ‫ﺗﺼﺮﻳﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﰲ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺒﺔ ﻣﺒﺎﻫﻠ ِﺔ ﻋﺒ ِﺪ ﺍﳊﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﺗﺴﺮ ﺃﻣﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺎﺭﺏ ‪ ٤٠٠‬ﺷﺨﺺ‪ ،‬ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻟﻌﻞ" ﰲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺮ‪‬ﺡ‬ ‫ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺣﺎﲰﺔ ﻳﻘﻴﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻛﻴﺎ ﺣﱴ ﺍﺑﺘ ﹼﻞ ﻭﺟﻬﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺑﻌﺪ ﲰﺎﻉ ﺭﺅﻳﺎ ﺯﻭﺟﺘﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺭﺁﻩ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻮ‪‬ﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﹶﻢ ﹶﻟﻬ‪‬ﻮ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﱐ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪١٤٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺄﻝ ﻫﺬﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻫﺪﺍﻥ ﻋﻦ ﺭﻭﺍﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒ ِﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﰲ ﳎﻠﺲ‬ ‫ﲝﻀﻮﺭﻱ ﺃﻭ ﲝﻀﻮﺭ ﻭﻛﻴ ٍﻞ ﱄ ﻓﻴ‪‬ﻘﺒﻞ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻷﺳﺘﺎ ِﺫ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎ ﹰﺓ‬ ‫ﻟﻸﺩﺏ ﰒ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺮﻣﻲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﻋﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ" ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﺨﻴﻔﺔ ﰲ ﺳﻠﺔ ﺍﳌﻬﻤﻼﺕ‪ ،٨٢‬ﻷﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻴﺦ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺪ ﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻣﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺎﺩﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻳﻌﺼﻲ ﻣﺮﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﻳﺒﺎﺭﺯﻩ ﻛﺄﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﺎﻗﹼﲔ ﻓﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻮﰲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﹾﻴﺨﺎﻃﺒ‪‬ﲏ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﻟﻴﻄﻠﺐ ﺍﳊﻜﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺁﻳﺔ ﲰﺎﻭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬ ‫‪ 82‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻰ ﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿﺔ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒ ِﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻀﻼﻟﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﳜﺸﻰ ﺇﳍﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻭﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﺼﺪﺍﻕ ﻻ ‪‬ﺗﻜﹸﻮﻧ‪‬ﻮﺍ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻝ ﻛﹶﺎِﻓ ٍﺮ‬ ‫ِﺑ ِﻪ ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻤ ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻧﻜﺎﺭ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﳏﻤﺪ ﻳﻮﺳﻒ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻐﻴﺐ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺟﺪﻧﺎ ﺣﺠﺔ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳊﺎﻓﻆ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻭﻻ ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺤﱢﻠﻔﻪ ﰲ ﺟﻠﺴﺔ ﰒ ﻧﻜﺸﻒ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺓ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻄﻌﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﰒ ﺇﻥ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﻋﻦ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫"ﻋﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ" ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﳊﺎ ﺟﻠﻴﻼ ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺣﺐ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﻭﺍﻹﳍﺎﻡ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺸﻮﻑ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﺧﺎﺩﻣ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﳊﻘﲑ‪ .‬ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻎ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺻﺤﺒﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﻣﺆﺛﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺭﻉ ﻭﺍﻟﺘ‪‬ﻘﻰ ﻭﺃﻧﺖ ﻣﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﳊﻘﲑ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺗ‪‬ﺴﻲﺀ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ؟ ﻭﳑﺎ ﻳﺜﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺠﺐ ﻗﻮﻟﹸﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﻥ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﱐ ﻧﻮ ‪‬ﺭ ﲰﺎﻭﻱ ﻭﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺻﺪ‪‬ﻗﲏ ﻭﺗﻘﺪﳝﻚ ﺇﳍﺎ ‪‬ﻡ‪" :‬ﺑﺘﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﺑﻀﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻤﲑ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺒﺢ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎ ﹸﻥ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ*"!‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻞ ﺃﻧﺖ ﺑﻨﻔﺴﻚ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻒ ﺷﻴﺨ‪‬ﻪ ﺍﳌﺮﺷ ‪‬ﺪ ﲪﺎﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﻛﻴﻒ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻭﺿﻌ‪‬ﻪ ﻭﻣِﻦ ﺃﻱ‬ ‫ﻉ ﺇﳍﺎﻣ‪‬ﻪ؟ ﺍﳋﺠﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺠﻞﹶ‪ ،‬ﺍﳋﺠﻞ!!! ﻣﻨﻪ‬ ‫ﻧﻮ ٍ‬ ‫* ﻳﺒﺪﻭ ﺃﻥ "ﻣﻮﺳﻰ" ﻗﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﺳﻬﻮ‪‬ﺍ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ "ﻋﻴﺴﻰ" ﻛﻤﺎ ﺫﻛﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳍﺎﻣﺶ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪.٧٩‬‬ ‫)ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺷﺮ(‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٤٧‬‬

‫ﻟﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻁ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ﻟﺬﻟﻚ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺮ‪‬ﺩ ﺿﺪ ﻫﺪ‪‬ﻱ ﺍﳌﺮﺷﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﻨﺸﺮ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﻟﺴﻴ ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻛﺸﻮﻓﹶﻪ ﺷﻴﺌﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻔﻀ‪‬ﻞ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻟﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺤﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﻧﺎ ﺟﺎﻫﺰ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﺳﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻠﺤﻜﻢ‪ .‬ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼِﻠﲏ ﺍﻟﺮ ‪‬ﺩ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻋﲔ‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺮﻁ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ ﻣﻄﺒﻮﻋﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‪.‬‬

‫א א‪#X7‬א ‪6‬زא ‪ Q‬م ‪ ! = P‬د ن ‪١٩٠٠L١٢L١٥‬م ‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٤٩‬‬ ‫@ @‬

‫™‪@ @٤ ،٣@áÓ‰@´ Èi‰c@òàîà‬‬

‫ ‬ ‫‪@ïÜ–ãë@ê†à−‬‬

‫…‪@ @@ dnß@kÜÔi@âìÔÛa@ñìÇ‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻛﺘﺎﰊ "ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ" ﺑﻘﺼﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻜﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻳﺼﻔﻮﻧﲏ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻧﺸﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﻣﻔﺘﺮﻳﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﻀﻞ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺇﻻ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺣﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺼﻮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺣﺼﺮﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻳﺴﺘﺤﻴﻞ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻔﻮﺯ ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺸﺄﻥ ﻭﺍﳌﺮﺗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻣﻴﺔ ﺣﱴ ﺍﳌﻠﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‬ ‫ﻭﺩﻭﻧﻚ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﺳﻲ‪‬ﺀ ﺍﳋﹸﻠﻖ ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻴﺎﺫ ﺑﺎﷲ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ! ﺭﲪﻜﻢ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻓﺘﺢ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻮﻧﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻘﻮﺍ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻟﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻱ ﻳﻬﻠﻚ ﻋﺎﺟﻼ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻔﻮﺯ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇ ﱠﻥ ‪‬ﻣﻠِﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻓﺎﺯ ﲟﺪﺓ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﻗﺪ ﺻﺎﺭ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺻﺪ‪‬ﻕ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﺇﱃ ﻳﻮﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺃﻟﻮﻑ ﻟﻌﻨﺎﺕ ﺍﷲ ﻭﻣﻼﺋﻜﺘﻪ ﻭﻋﺒﺎﺩِﻩ ﺍﻷﻃﻬﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻦ‬

‫‪١٥٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﳌﻔﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺷﺮﻳﻜﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﳌﺴﻠﻢ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﻲ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻧﺒﻴﻪ ﺍﳊﺒﻴﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻔﻮﻩ ﺑﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﺎﺀﺓ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮ ﻭﻳﺰﻋﻢ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﳛ ‪‬‬ ‫ﱯ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ‪ -‬ﳝﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﹼﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻟﻮ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﺁﻳ ﹸﺔ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﻤﺘ‪‬ﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﲨﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ﺃﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﲔ ﻗﺪ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ ﺇﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺑﲔ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻤﺘ‪‬ﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﺘﻊ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﻮﻥ‪ .‬ﰒ ﺣﲔ ﻗﺎﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺑﻨﺺ ﺻﺮﻳﺢ ﺇﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ ﳌﺎ ﻓﺎﺯ ‪‬ﺬﻩ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻄﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻟﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﻭﳌﺎ ﺃﻭﰐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻌﻴﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺷﻬﺪﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺭﺍﺓ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻹﳒﻴﻞ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤِﻦ ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺇﺳﻼﻣ‪‬ﻜﻢ ﻭﲤﺴﻜﱡﻜﻢ‬ ‫ﺑﺘﻌﺎﻟﻴﻤﻪ؟ ﺇﺫ ﺭﻣﻴﺘﻢ ﻛﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﻛﺸﻲﺀ ﺭﺩﻱﺀ ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﺑﻐﻀﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﺮﺍﻋﺎﺓ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﻌﺬﱠﺭ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻓﻬﻢ ﻣِﻦ‬ ‫ﻭﱂ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﺍﻋﻮﺍ ﻗﻮ ﹶﻝ ﺍﷲ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻱ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﳝﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻌﻮﻥ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﳍﻢ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮﺭﻭﻥ ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﺿﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻓﻨﺪﺗ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﻣﺌﺎﺕ ﺍﳌﺮﺍﺕ ﻣﻊ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﻠﺼﻖ ﰊ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻳﺸﺎﺭﻛﻮﻧﲏ ﰲ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﻗﻮﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﱵ ﲣﺮﺝ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺃﻓﻮﺍﻫﻬﻢ ﻃﻌﻨﺎ ﰊ‪ .‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﱄ ﺇﻻ ﻣﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻴﻞ ﻟﻠﺮﺳﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﺃﺳﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﻓﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻔﻜﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﺃﻛﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﻓﻠﻤﺎﺫﺍ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺜ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺭﺃﺱ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ؟ ﰒ ﻟِﻢ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﱐ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ ﻭﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﱐ ﺻﺎﺩﻕ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺳﻔﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﻻ ﻳﻔﻘﻬﻮﻥ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺇﺫﺍ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٥١‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺍﳌﻌﻬﻮﺩ ﻗﺪ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺚ ﻓﻠﻤ ‪‬ﻦ ﺃﻇﻬﺮﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎ ُﺀ ﻣﻌﺠﺰﺓ ﺍﳋﺴﻮﻑ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺴﻮﻑ؟ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﺳﻒ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ ﻻ ﻳﺘﺪﺑﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﱂ ﺗﻜﻦ ﰲ ﻏﲑ‬ ‫ﻭﻗﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﻳﺴﺘﻐﻴﺚ ﻣﺎﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻛﻠﺘﺎ ﻳﺪﻳﻪ‪ :‬ﺇﱐ ﻣﻈﻠﻮﻡ ﻭﺣﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺃﹸﻋﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺻﺮﺧﺖ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﻮﺏ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﻟﺚ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺮ ﺍﷲ ﻟﻴﻨـﺰﻟ ‪‬ﻦ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺑﻊ ﻋﺸﺮ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﺜﲑﻭﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻭﻥ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﻥ ﺑﺎﻛﲔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﻠﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺭﺟﻞ ﺻﺎﺭﻭﺍ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻋﺪﺍﺀ ‪‬ﺮﺩ ﺃﻧﻪ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻠﱢﻢ ﺑﺼﺤﺔ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﻗﻮﺍﻝ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ‪ .‬ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻠﻤﺎ ﺟﺎﺀ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺍﺑﺘﻼﺀ ﺣﺘﻤﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺤﲔ ﺟﺎﺀ ﻋﻴﺴﻰ ﺍﺑﺘ‪‬ﻠﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﺍﻷﺷﻘﻴﺎﺀ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺿﺮﻭﺭﻳﺎ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻨـﺰﻝ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺣﺴﺐ ﻣﺎ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﻣﻼﺧﻲ‪ .‬ﰒ ﺣﲔ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺚ ﻧﺒﻴﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﺍﺑﺘ‪‬ﻠﻲ ﺃﻫ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﻌﺪﻡ ﻛﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲏ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ‪ .‬ﺃﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺘﻌ ‪‬ﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻣﺔ ﺍﻹﺳﻼﻣﻴﺔ ﻻﺑﺘﻼ ٍﺀ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ؟ ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﻠﱢﻢ ﺑﻜﻞ ﻣﺎ ﺗﻌﺘﻘﺪ ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﺜﻼﺙ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻓﺒﺄﻱ ﻣﻌﲎ ﻳ‪‬ﻤﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻤ‪‬ﻰ ﺣ‪‬ﻜﻤ‪‬ﺎ؟ ﻓﻬﻞ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔِﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺱ ﺃﻡ ﻟﻴﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺎﺱ؟ ﻓﻔﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳊﺎﻟﺔ‬ ‫ﻛﺎﻥ ﺳﻴﻨـﺰﻝ ﻟِﻴﺆﻣﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﻨﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺑﻌﺜﺘ‪‬ﻪ ﻋﺪﳝ ﹶﺔ ﺍﳉﺪﻭﻯ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﺎ ﻗﻮﻣﻲ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻤﺴﻜﻮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻨﺎﺩ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺼﺐ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻟﻮﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻣﻮﺭ ﻻ ﺗ‪‬ﺪﺭﻙ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺍﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻢ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻧﱯ ﻗﺒﻞ‬

‫‪١٥٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺆﻭ‪‬ﻝ ﻭﻳﺸﺮﺡ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻧﺰﻭﻝ ﺇﻳﻠﻴﺎ ﺣﱴ ﻳﺘﺠﻬﺰ ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ ﻟﻺﳝﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳌﺴﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﱂ ﻳﺴﺘﻄﻊ ﺃﻱ ﻧﱯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﲔ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺰﻳﻞ‬ ‫ﲜﻼﺀ ﻓﻜﺮ ﹶﺓ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﺧﺎﰎ ﺍﻷﻧﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﻦ ﺑﲏ ﺇﺳﺮﺍﺋﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺍﺳﺨﺔ ﰲ ﻗﻠﻮﺏ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﺴﺄﻟ ﹸﺔ ﺑﻌﺜﺔ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﻮﺩ ﺧﺎﻓﻴ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻴﻬﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﻇﹼﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻜﻲ ﻳﺘﻌﺮ‪‬ﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻻﺑﺘﻼ ٍﺀ ﲝﺴﺐ ﺳﻨﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﳝﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺣﺮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﲟﻌﺎﺭﺿ ‪‬ﻲ ‪ -‬ﺇﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻮﻓﱠﻘﻮﺍ ﻟﻺﳝﺎﻥ ‪ -‬ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﻜﺘﻮﺍ ﳌﺪﺓ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﻱ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺘﺎﺋﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻛﺎﳍﺎ ﱄ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻳﻨﺘﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺼﲑﻱ ﺑﻜ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺫﻧﺒﻬﺎ ﻛﻠﹼﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻋﻨﻖ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ‪ .‬ﻳﺎ ﺃﺳﻔﹰﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﻳﻮﻇﱢﻔﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﺍﺳﺔ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﳌﻬﺮﻭﺩﺗﲔ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺗﲔ‬ ‫ﻓﺈﱐ ﻣﻌﺘ ﹼﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﺔ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﺍﺋﻤﺔ ﻭﺃﺗﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﺳﻴﺄﰐ ﻣﺮﺗﺪﻳﻬﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺄﻭﻳﻠﻬﻤﺎ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﺗﻌﺒﲑ‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺴﻤﻲ ﲝﻴﺚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺅﻯ ﻣﺮ‪‬ﺿﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺃﺣﺪﳘﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺽ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﺭ ﻭﺍﻷﺭﻕ ﻭﺗﺸﻨﺞ ﺍﻟﻘﻠﺐ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺩﺍﺀ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ‬ ‫ﻳﻌﺎﻭﺩﱐ ﻣﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻒ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺑﺪﱐ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺴﻜﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﲏ ﻣﻨﺬ‬ ‫ﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺯﻣﻦ ﲝﻴﺚ ﺃﺗﺒﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﻣﺌﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺣﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﰲ ﻟﻴﻠﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻷﻋﺮﺍﺽ ﺍﻟﱵ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﺠﻢ ﻋﻦ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮ‪‬ﻝ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﻭﻏﲑﻩ ﺗﺼﻴﺒﲏ ﻛﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺻﺤﱵ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺃﱐ ﺣﲔ ﺃﺻﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﺭﺝ ﻟﻠﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﺴﺠﺪ ﻷﺩﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﻼﺓ ﻭﺃﺧﻄﻮ ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﻻ ﺃﻛﻮﻥ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪﺍ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻧﲏ ﺳﺄﻋﻴﺶ ﺣﱴ ﺃﺧﻄﻮ‬ ‫ﺧﻄﻮﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ؛ ﻓﺄﱏ ﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﺻﺤﺘﻪ ﻣﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭﺓ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﳊﺪ ﲝﻴﺚ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٥٣‬‬

‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻛﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺠﺎﺳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺀ ﰲ ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﺘﻔﺎﻗﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﺪﺍ – ﻭﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺼﲑ ﺍﳌﺼﺎﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﲑﻳﻦ ‪‬ﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍ‪‬ﺘﻤﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﻭﻓﹰﺎ ‪ -‬ﻓﺎﺳﺘﻨﺎﺩﺍ ﺇﱃ ﺃﻱ ﺻﺤﺔ ﻳﻘﻮﻝ ﺇﱐ ﺳﺄﻋﻴﺶ ﲦﺎﻧﲔ‬ ‫ﺣﻮ ﹰﻻ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻷﻃﺒﺎﺀ ﻳﺮﻭﻥ ﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ ﲡﺎﺭ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﻛﻞ‬ ‫ﺣﲔ ﻭﺁﻥ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﳌﺼﺎﺑﻮﻥ ﲟﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻷﻣﺮﺍﺽ ﻳﺬﻭﺑﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﳌﺴﻠﻮﻝ ﻓﻴﻤﻮﺗﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﺸﻐﻮﻻ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺟﻼ ﺃﻭ ﻳﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ ﺍﻟﺴﺮﻃﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﲝﻤﺎﺱ ﻣﻊ ﺻﺤﱵ ﺍﳌﺘﺪﻫﻮﺭﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻋﻤﻞ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻔﺘﺮ؟ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺍﱐ ﻣﺼﺎﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﲟﺮﺽ ﻭﺍﳉﺰﺀ ﺍﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﲟﺮﺽ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺃﺷﻌﺮ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﳘﺎ ﺍﻟﺮﺩﺍﺀﺍﻥ ﺍﻷﺻﻔﺮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺬﺍﻥ ﺗﻨﺒﺄ ‪‬ﻤﺎ ﺭﺳﻮﻝ ﺍﷲ ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺘﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ ﻭﻧﺪﻣﺎﺋﻬﻢ ﻧﺼﻴﺤ ﹰﺔ ﷲ؛ ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺷﻴﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻓﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻫﻲ ﺳﺠﻴﺘﻜﻢ ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺷﺄﻧﻜﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺘﻢ ﺗﻌﺘﱪﻭﻧﲏ ﻛﺎﺫﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﺒﺈﻣﻜﺎﻧﻜﻢ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺪﻋﻮﺍ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﳎﺘﻤﻌﲔ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺎﺟﺪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺮﺍﺩﻯ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺑﻐﻮﺍ ﺍﺳﺘﺌﺼﺎﱄ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻀﺮ‪‬ﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻬﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﺖ ﻛﺎﺫﺑ‪‬ﺎ ﻓﻼ ﺑﺪ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﺴﺘﺠﺎﺏ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻷﺩﻋﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﻘﻮﻣﻮﻥ ‪‬ﺎ ﺩﻭﻣ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﺗﺬﻛﺮﻭﺍ ﺃﻧﻜﻢ ﻟﻮ ﺩﻋﻮﰎ ﺑﺸﺪﺓ ﺣﱴ ﺗ‪‬ﺠﺮ‪‬ﺡ ﺃﻟﺴﻨﺘﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﲣﺮﻭﺍ‬ ‫ﺳﺎﺟﺪﻳﻦ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻀﺮﻉ ﻭﺍﻻﺑﺘﻬﺎﻝ ﺣﱴ ‪‬ﺘﺮﺉ ﺃﻧﻮﻓﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺂﻛﻞ ﺣﺪﻗﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﻋﻴﻮﻧﻜﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺘﺴﺎﻗﻂ ﺭﻣﻮﺷﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﻮﻉ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻀﻌﻒ ﺑﺼﺮﻛﻢ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻛﺜﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﺗﻌﺮ‪‬ﺿﺘﻢ ﰲ ‪‬ﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﳌﻄﺎﻑ ﻟﻨﻮﺑﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﺮﻉ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬

‫‪١٥٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺍﻟﻀﻌﻒ ﺍﻟﺪﻣﺎﻏﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﻭﺃﹸﺻﺒﺘﻢ ﺑﺎﳌﻠﻨﺨﻮﻟﻴﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ‪‬ﺗﻘﺒﻞ ﺗﻠﻚ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻴﺪﻋﻮ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺳﻴﺼﻴﺒﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺍﺕ؛ ﻷﻧﲏ ﺑ‪‬ﻌﺜ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺩﻋﺎﺅﻩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ﻳﻠﻌﻨﲏ ﻓﺈﻥ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﻌﻨﺔ ﺳﺘ‪‬ﺼﻴﺐ ﻗﻠﺒﻪ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﻻ ﻳﺸﻌﺮ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﻣﻨﺎ ﺃﻭﻟﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﻭﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻘﺮﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﺯﻟﱵ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﺍﷲ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﺴﺖ ﻟﻪ ﻧﺘﻴﺠ ﹲﺔ ﻏﲑ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﻫﺎ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺮ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﺎﻣﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻧﻪ "ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻳﺎﱐ ﻛﺎﺫﺑ‪‬ﺎ ‪ -‬ﻭﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺏ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﺆﻛﱠﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﺎﺫﺏ ‪ -‬ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﳝﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻮﻑ ﺃﻣﻮﺕ ﻗﺒﻠﻪ" ﻓﺮﻛﹼﺰ ﻫﻮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﻮ ﺑﻌﺪﻩ ﺑﺄﻳﺎﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻌﺪﻭﺩﺍﺕ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻃﹸﺒﻊ ﻭﻧ‪‬ﺸﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺫﺍ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺼﺪ‪‬ﻕ ﻗﻮﱄ ﻫﺬﺍ؟ ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﲟﻮﺗﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﺪ ﺷﻬﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻗﻲ‪ .‬ﻓﻜﻞ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﺨﻮﺽ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻭﻳﺪﻋﻮ ﲟﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﺼﺒﺢ‬ ‫ﺣﺘﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﺷﺎﻫﺪﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺻﺪﻗﻲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﳉﺪﻳﺮ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺄﻣ‪‬ﻞ‪ ،‬ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﻇﺎﳌﻲ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻊ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻋﺘﱪﻭﺍ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ ﻗﺎﺗﻠﺔ ﻟﻴﻜﻬﺮﺍﻡ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻧﺒﻮﺀ ﹲﺓ ﱄ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺮﺗ‪‬ﻬﺎ ﺳﻠﻔﺎ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺁﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﲢﻘﻘﺖ ﺑﻘﺘﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﲢﻘﻘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﲨﺎﻋﱵ ﻗﺘﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺩﺳﺘﻐﲑ؟ ﺃﻓﻠﻴﺲ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﻴﺨﱪﻭﱐ ﺃ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻖ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻃﻠﺐ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺩﻋﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺀ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﺎﺀ ﻓﻐﺎﺩﺭ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺎ ﹶﱂ‪ .‬ﺍﻋﻠﻤﻮﺍ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﳝﻮﺕ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺭﺽ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺘﺐ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﺇﻥ ﺭﻭﺣﻲ ﺗﺘ‪‬ﺴﻢ ﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻧ‪‬ﻔﺦ ﰲ‬

тАл тАм

тАлтАк┘б┘е┘етАмтАм

тАля║Зя║Ся║оя║Ня╗ля╗┤я╗в тАк ╪МтАмя╗Уя║Ия╗е я▒Д я╗гя╗К я║Ня╖▓ я║Чя╗Мя║Оя▒Г я╗зя║┤я║Тя║Ф я║Зя║Ся║оя║Ня╗ля╗┤я╗дя╗┤я║ФтАк .тАмя╗╗ я║Гя║гя║к я╗│я╗Мя║оя╗СтАм тАля║│я║отАкюаетАмя╗▒ я║│я╗оя╗п я║Ня╖▓тАк .тАмя║Зя╗е я║Ня│Мя╗Мя║Оя║ня║┐я▓Ф я╗Ля║Тя║Ья╣░я║О я╗│тАкюабтАмя╗мя╗ая╗Ья╗оя╗е я║Гя╗зя╗Фя║┤я╗мя╗втАк .тАмя║Зя╗зя▓П я╗Яя║┤я║ЦтАм тАля║Чя╗ая╗Ъ я║Ня╗Яя║╕я║ая║оя║У я║Ня╗Яя▒╡ я│Эя╗Ья╗ж я║Гя╗е я║ЧтАкюабтАмя║┤я║Шя║Дя║╗я╗Ю я║Ся╗┤я║кя╗ля╗втАк ╪МтАмя╗Уя╗ая╗о я║Ня║Яя║Шя╗дя╗К я║Ня╗╖я╗ня╗Яя╗оя╗етАм тАля╗гя╗ия╗мя╗в я╗ня║Ня╗╡я║зя║оя╗ня╗е я╗ня║Гя║гя╗┤я║Оя║Ея╗ля╗в я╗ня║Гя╗гя╗оя║НтАкюаФтАмя╗в я╗ня║йя╗ЛтАкюаатАмя╗оя║Н я│Ня╗╝я╗Ыя╗▓ я╗Уя║┤я╗оя╗С я╗│я║о тАкюайтАмя║й я║ня░КтАм тАля▓ия╗┤ тАкюаатАмя╗К я║Чя╗ая╗Ъ я║Ня╗╖я║йя╗Ля╗┤я║Ф я╗Яя╗Мя╗и я╣░я║Ф я╗Ля╗ая╗┤я╗мя╗втАк .тАмя║Ня╗зя╗Ия║оя╗ня║Н╪Ы я║Зя╗е я╗гя║Мя║Оя║Х я║Ня╗Яя╗Мя╗Шя╗╝я║А я│Ья║оя║Яя╗оя╗е я╗гя╗жтАм тАля▓ия║Оя╗Ля║Шя╗Ья╗в я╗Ыя╗Ю я╗Ля║Оя╗б я╗ня╗│я╗ия╗Ая╗дя╗оя╗е я║Зя▒Г я▓ия║Оя╗Ля║Шя╗ия║ОтАк ╪МтАмя╗ня║Зя╗е я░▓ я║Ня╗Яя║┤я╗дя║Оя║А я║┐я║ая║Ф я╗ня║Зя╗етАм тАля║Ня│Мя╗╝я║Ля╗Ья║Ф я║Чя║┤я╗оя╗Х я║Ня╗Яя╗Шя╗ая╗оя║П я║Ня╗Яя╗Дя║Оя╗ля║оя║У я║Зя▒Д я╗Уя╗мя╗Ю я║Ся╗отАкюабтАмя║│я╗К я║Ня╗╣я╗зя║┤я║Оя╗е я║Гя╗е я╗│тАкюабтАмя╗Мя║оя╗Чя╗ЮтАм тАля╗ля║мя║Н я║Ня╗Яя╗Мя╗дя╗Ю я║Ня╗Яя║┤я╗дя║Оя╗ня╗▒╪Я я╗Уя║Ия║ля║Н я╗Ыя╗ия║Шя╗в я║Чя╗Шя║кя║ня╗ня╗е я╗Уя╗Мя║оя╗Чя╗ая╗оя╗йтАк ╪МтАмя╗ня╗Ыя╗┤я║кя╗ня║Н я▓ия╗┤я╗КтАм тАля║Ня│Мя╗Ья║Оя╗│я║к я╗ня║Ня│Ля║кя╗Й я║Ня╗Яя▒╡ я╗Ыя║Оя║йя╗ля║О я║Гя╗Ля║кя║Ня║А я║Ня╗╖я╗зя║Тя╗┤я║Оя║А я╗Ля╗ая╗░ я╗гя║о я║Ня╗Яя║Шя║Оя║ня╗│я║ж я╗ня╗╗тАм тАля║Чя║ктАкюаитАмя║зя║оя╗ня║Н я║Яя╗мя║кя║Н я╗ня║Ня║│я║Шя╗и┘Ая║░я╗Уя╗оя║Н я║Яя╗мя╗оя║йя╗Ыя╗в я╗ня║Гя╗Ыя║Ья║оя╗ня║Н я╗гя╗ж я║Ня╗Яя║кя╗Ля║Оя║А я║гя▒┤тАм тАля║ЧтАкюабтАмя║╕я║оя╗Уя╗оя║Н я╗Ля╗ая╗░ я║Ня│Мя╗оя║Х я░Т я║Ня╗зя╗Ия║оя╗ня║Н я╗ля╗Ю я║ЧтАкюабтАмя╗ая║дя╗Шя╗оя╗е я░К я║Гя╗▒ я║┐я║оя║н╪Я я║Зя╗е я║Бя╗│я║Оя║Х я║Ня╖▓тАм тАля║Ня╗Яя║┤я╗дя║Оя╗ня╗│я║Ф я║Чя╗и┘Ая║░я╗Э я║Ся╗Ря║░я║Ня║ня║У я╗Ыя║Оя│Мя╗Дя║отАк ╪МтАмя║Зя╗╗ я║Гя╗е я║Ня╗╖я║╖я╗Шя╗┤я║Оя║А я╗│я╗Мя║Шя║оя║┐я╗оя╗е я╗гя╗ж я║Ся╗Мя╗┤я║ктАк╪МтАмтАм тАля╗Уя╗Ья╗┤я╗Т я╗зя╗Мя║Оя░┐ я║Ня╗Яя╗Шя╗ая╗оя║П я║Ня╗Яя▒╡ я║зтАкюабтАмя║Шя╗в я╗Ля╗ая╗┤я╗мя║О╪Я я║Ня╗Яя╗ая╗мя╗в я║Ня║нтАкюавтАмя║г тАкюавтАмя╗в я╗ля║мя╗й я║Ня╗╖я╗гя║ФтАк ╪МтАмя║Бя╗гя▓ФтАк.тАмтАм тАля║Ня│Мя╗Мя╗ая╗ж я║Ня╗Яя╗Мя║Тя║к я║Ня│Мя║Шя╗оя║Ня║┐я╗КтАм тАля╗гя║оя║пя║Н я╗Пя╗╝я╗б я║Гя▓кя║к я╗гя╗ж я╗Чя║Оя║йя╗│я║Оя╗етАм тАлтАк┘б┘й┘а┘а/┘б┘в/┘в┘йтАмя╗бтАм тАл ╫Р ┘Е ╪п ┘Ж тАм

‫ ‬

‫‪١٥٧‬‬

‫‪´Èi‰c@òànm‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﻱ ﺍﻷﺻﻠﻲ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﺗﺒﲔ ﲜﻼﺀ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﲔ ﻓﺤﺼ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺭﺩ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﱯ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﺳﻴ‪‬ﻬﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﳍﺬﺍ ﺃﺭﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﻱ ﻟﻠﻨﺒﻮﺀﺓ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﱄ‪:‬‬ ‫)ﹶﺍَﻟ‪‬ﺘﹾﺜِﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪(٢٠-١٨ :١٨‬‬ ‫אָקים לָהֶ ם ִמ ֶקּ ֶרב אֲ חֵ יהֶ ם‪ ,‬כָּמוֹ‪;‬‬ ‫ִ‬ ‫יח נָבִ יא‬ ‫וְ נָתַ ִתּי ְדבָ ַרי‪ ,‬בְּ פִ יו‪ ,‬וְ ִדבֶּ ר אֲ לֵיהֶ ם‪ ,‬אֵ ת כָּל‪-‬אֲ ֶשׁר‬ ‫אֲ צַ וֶּ נּוּ ‪.‬יט וְ הָ יָה‪ ,‬הָ ִאישׁ אֲ ֶשׁר ‪‬א‪-‬יִ ְשׁמַ ע אֶ ל‪ְ -‬דּבָ ַרי‪,‬‬ ‫אֲ ֶשׁר יְ ַדבֵּ ר‪ ,‬בִּ ְשׁ ִמי‪--‬אָנֹכִ י‪ ,‬אֶ ְדרֹשׁ מֵ עִ מּ ֹו‪ .‬כ אַ ‪‬‬ ‫הַ נָּבִ יא אֲ ֶשׁר יָזִ יד לְ ַדבֵּ ר ָדּבָ ר בִּ ְשׁ ִמי‪ ,‬אֵ ת אֲ ֶשׁר ‪‬א‪-‬‬ ‫‪‬הים אֲ חֵ ִרים‪--‬‬ ‫יתיו לְ ַדבֵּ ר‪ ,‬וַ אֲ ֶשׁר יְ ַדבֵּ ר‪ ,‬בְּ ֵשׁם אֱ ִ‬ ‫ִצוִּ ִ‬ ‫וּמֵ ת ‪,‬הַ נָּבִ יא הַ הוּא‬ ‫ﻼﻣِﻲ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﻓ ِﻤﻪِ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻂ ِﺇ ‪‬ﺧ ‪‬ﻮِﺗ ِﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ِﻣﹾﺜﹶﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺟ ‪‬ﻌ ﹸﻞ ﹶﻛ ﹶ‬ ‫}ﹸﺃﻗِﻴ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ‪‬ﻧِﺒﻴ‪‬ﺎ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻊ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴ ﹶﻜﱢﻠ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻬ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺑ ﹸﻜ ﱢﻞ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﹸﻭﺻِﻴ ِﻪ ِﺑ ِﻪ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﻳﻜﹸﻮ ﹸﻥ ﹶﺃ ﱠﻥ ﺍ ِﻹ‪‬ﻧﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻥ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻼﻣِﻲ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻜﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺑ ِﻪ ﺑِﺎ ‪‬ﺳﻤِﻲ ﹶﺃﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﹸﺃﻃﹶﺎِﻟ‪‬ﺒ ‪‬ﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﹶﺃﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ‪‬ﻳ ﹾﻄﻐِﻲ‪،‬‬ ‫ِﻟ ﹶﻜ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺻ ِﻪ ﹶﺃ ﹾﻥ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻜﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ِﺑﻪِ‪ ،‬ﹶﺃ ِﻭ ﺍﱠﻟﺬِﻱ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻜﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِﺎ ‪‬ﺳ ِﻢ‬ ‫ﻼﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ ﺃﹸﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ ﹶﻜﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑِﺎ ‪‬ﺳﻤِﻲ ﹶﻛ ﹶ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ‪) {.‬ﹶﺍَﻟ‪‬ﺘﹾﺜِﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪(٢٠-١٨ :١٨‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺫِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺁِﻟ ‪‬ﻬ ٍﺔ ﹸﺃ ‪‬ﺧﺮ‪‬ﻯ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬

‫‪١٥٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻓﻜﻠﻤﺔ מת ﻣﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺗﺮﲨﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺴﺎﻭﺳﺔ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻳﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ "ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺘﻞ" ﺗﺮﲨﺔ ﺧﺎﻃﺌﺔ ﲤﺎﻣﺎ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﻳﺔ‬ ‫מת ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﰲ ﺻﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﳌﺎﺿﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﻌﻨﺎﻫﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻣﻴ‪‬ﺖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻭﻧﻈﺎﺋﺮﻫﺎ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﻱ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﺟﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺃﺳﺠﻞ ﺑﻌﻀﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻛﻨﻤﻮﺫﺝ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﻮﻳﻦ ﺍﻹﺻﺤﺎﺡ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺩ ‪ } ١٥‬ﻭﹶﻟﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭﺃﹶﻯ ِﺇ ‪‬ﺧ ‪‬ﻮ ﹸﺓ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻒ‬ ‫)כִּ י‪-‬מֵ ת אֲ בִ יהֶ ם( ﹶﺃ ﱠﻥ ﹶﺃﺑ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻢ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻗﹶﺎﻟﹸﻮﺍ‪» :‬ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻌ ﱠﻞ ﻳ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻀ ﹶﻄ ِﻬ ‪‬ﺪﻧ‪‬ﺎ«{ ) ِﺳ ﹾﻔ ‪‬ﺮ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﺘ ﹾﻜﻮِﻳ ِﻦ ‪(١٥ : ٥٠‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻳ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤﻠﹸﻮﺍ ِﻣ ‪‬ﻦ ﺁﺑ‪‬ﺎ ِﺭ ‪‬ﺑﻨِﻲ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻌﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻥ ِﺇﻟﹶﻰ ﻣ‪‬ﻮ ِﺳ ‪‬ﲑ‪) .‬מֵ ת‬ ‫} ‪‬ﻭ‪‬ﺑﻨ‪‬ﻮ ِﺇ ‪‬ﺳﺮ‪‬ﺍﺋِﻴ ﹶﻞ ﺍﺭ‪‬ﺗ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﻫ‪‬ﺎﺭ‪‬ﻭﻥﹸ‪ ،‬ﻭ ‪‬ﻫﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻙ ‪‬ﺩِﻓ ‪‬ﻦ‪) {.‬ﺍﹶﻟ‪‬ﺘﹾﺜِﻨﻴ‪‬ﺔ ‪(٦ : ١٠‬‬ ‫אַהֲ רֹן( ‪‬ﻫﻨ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻙ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ‪{.‬‬ ‫ﺿ ‪‬ﻊ ﺍ‪‬ﺑﻨِﻲ‪) ،‬וְ ִהנֵּה‪-‬מֵ ת( ِﺇﺫﹶﺍ ‪‬ﻫ ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬ﻣ‪‬ﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺻﺒ‪‬ﺎﺣ‪‬ﺎ ُﻷ ‪‬ﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ‪‬‬ ‫}ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ﹸﻗ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫)ﹶﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤﻠﹸﻮ ِﻙ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﻭ ﹸﻝ ‪(٢١ : ٣‬‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﻼ ِﺣ ِﻪ )כי מת שאול( ﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬ﻪ ﹶﻗ ‪‬ﺪ ﻣ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫}ﹶﻓﹶﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺭﺃﹶﻯ ﺣ‪‬ﺎ ِﻣ ﹸﻞ ِﺳ ﹶ‬ ‫ﺷ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﻭ ﹸﻝ{ )ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺧﺒ‪‬ﺎ ِﺭ ﺍ َﻷﻳ‪‬ﺎ ِﻡ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﻭ ﹸﻝ ‪(٥ : ١٠‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﻛﺬﻟﻚ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻷﻣﺜﻠﺔ ﺑﻜﺜﺮﺓ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺣﻴﺚ ﺗ‪‬ﺮﲨ ‪‬‬ ‫מת "ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ" ﺃﻭ "ﻣﻴﺖ"‪ ،‬ﺇﻻ ﺃﻧﻪ ﺣﲔ ﻳﻘﺎﻝ ﲝﻖ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻧﺒﻮﺀ ﹰﺓ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻤﻮﺕ ﻓﻬﻨﺎﻙ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﻭﺗﻔﻴﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻘﺒﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﱂ‬ ‫ﳛﺼﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻦ ﻭﻗﻮﻋﻪ ﳏﺘﻢ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﻛﺄﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﻫﻮ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٥٩‬‬

‫ﻣﻴﺖ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻌﺎﺑﲑ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﰲ ﻛﻞ ﻟﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻭﺭﺩ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺱ ﺍﻟﻌﱪﻱ ﰲ ﻣﻮﺍﺿﻊ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺹ‬ ‫ﺽ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﺰِﻗﻴ‪‬ﺎ ِﻟ ﹾﻠ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻮﺕِ‪ ،‬ﹶﻓﺠ‪‬ﺎ َﺀ ِﺇﹶﻟ‪‬ﻴ ِﻪ ِﺇ ‪‬ﺷ ‪‬ﻌﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺑ ‪‬ﻦ ﺁﻣ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍ َﻷﻳ‪‬ﺎ ِﻡ ‪‬ﻣ ِﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫}ﻓِﻲ ِﺗ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ )כִּ י מֵ ת אַ ָתּה(‬ ‫ﺹ ‪‬ﺑ‪‬ﻴ‪‬ﺘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﻭ ِ‬ ‫ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ‪‬ﻭﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻪ‪» :‬ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺶ«{ )ﹶﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤﻠﹸﻮ ِﻙ ﺍﻟﺜﱠﺎﻧِﻲ ‪ ،(١ : ٢٠‬ﻓﻼﺣﻈﻮﺍ‬ ‫ﺕ ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻻ ‪‬ﺗﻌِﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻚ ‪‬ﺗﻤ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫َﻷ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺗﺮﲨﺖ ﻛﻠﻤﺔ "ﻣﻴﺖ" ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﻨﻴﺔ ‪ ١٨:١٨‬ﲤﻮﺕ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺝ ‪(٥ : ١١‬‬ ‫ﺨﺮ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺼ ‪‬ﺮ{ )ﹶﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺽ ِﻣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﹸﻛ ﱡﻞ ِﺑ ﹾﻜ ٍﺮ ﻓِﻲ ﹶﺃ ‪‬ﺭ ِ‬ ‫)וּמֵ ת( }ﹶﻓ‪‬ﻴﻤ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻮﹶﻟ ‪‬ﺪ{‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤﺪِﻳ‪‬ﻨ ﹶﺔ )וּמֵ ת הַ ָיּלֶד( ‪‬ﻳﻤ‪‬ﻮ ‪‬‬ ‫} ‪‬ﻭ ِﻋ‪‬ﻨ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺩﺧ‪‬ﻮ ِﻝ ِﺭ ‪‬ﺟﹶﻠ‪‬ﻴ ِ‬ ‫)ﹶﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤﻠﹸﻮ ِﻙ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﻭ ﹸﻝ ‪(١٢ : ١٤‬‬ ‫ﺏ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺤ‪‬ﻨِﻨﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ‪» :‬ﺍ ‪‬ﺳ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻊ ﻳ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻨِﻨﻴ‪‬ﺎ‪ِ .‬ﺇ ﱠﻥ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫}ﹶﻓﻘﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ِﺇ ‪‬ﺭ ِﻣﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺏ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺐ ‪‬ﻳ‪‬ﺘ ِﻜ ﹸﻞ ‪‬ﻋﻠﹶﻰ ﺍﹾﻟ ﹶﻜ ِﺬ ِ‬ ‫ﺸ ‪‬ﻌ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻫﺬﹶﺍ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺖ ﻗﹶ ‪‬ﺪ ‪‬ﺟ ‪‬ﻌ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﺮ ِﺳ ﹾﻠﻚ‪ ،‬ﻭﹶﺃ‪‬ﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺽ‪) .‬אַ ָתּה‬ ‫ﺏ‪ :‬ﻫﹶﺄ‪‬ﻧﺬﹶﺍ ﻃﹶﺎ ِﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ‪‬ﻙ ‪‬ﻋ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻭ ‪‬ﺟ ِﻪ ﺍ َﻷ ‪‬ﺭ ِ‬ ‫ﻚ ﻫ ﹶﻜﺬﹶﺍ ﻗﹶﺎ ﹶﻝ ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫‪١٦‬ﻟِﺬِﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴ‪‬ﻨ ِﺔ ﻓِﻲ‬ ‫ﻚ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺕ ‪‬ﺣ‪‬ﻨِﻨﻴ‪‬ﺎ ﺍﻟ‪‬ﻨِﺒ ‪‬ﻲ ِﻓﻲ ِﺗ ﹾﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺴ‪‬ﻨ ﹶﺔ ‪‬ﺗﻤ‪‬ﻮﺕ‪ ... ،‬ﹶﻓﻤ‪‬ﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫מֵ ת( ﻫ ِﺬ ِﻩ ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺸ ‪‬ﻬ ِﺮ ﺍﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎﺑ ِﻊ‪ِ) {.‬ﺇ ‪‬ﺭ ِﻣﻴ‪‬ﺎ ‪(١٧-١٥ : ٢٨‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ ﻫﻨﺎ ﺃﻥ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻹﳍﻴﺔ ﺍﳌﻘﺪﺳﺔ ﺗﺘﻔﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﹶﻚ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺯﻋﻢ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺍﳌﻠِﻚ ﺍﳌﻐﻮﱄ‬ ‫"ﺃﻛﱪ" ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻥ "ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺩﻳﻦ ﺍﳉﺎﻟﻨﺪﻫﺮﻱ" ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣ ‪‬ﺪ‬ ‫ﻏﲑﳘﺎ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ ﻭﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻬﻠﻜﻮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﺣ‪‬ﻤﻖ ﺁﺧﺮ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺎ ﺃ‪‬ﻢ‬

‫‪١٦٠‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺕ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻫﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻮﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ ﻭﱂ ﻳﻬﻠﻜﻮﺍ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﺪﺓ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﻓﻴﺠﺐ ﺇﺛﺒﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﺑﻌﺒﺎﺭﺓ ﺧﻄﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻳﺪﻳﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﻭﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﻮﺍ ﺇﳍﺎﻣﺎ‪‬ﻢ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻗﺮﺃﻭﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻋﲏ ﻗﻮﳍﻢ ﺇﻥ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﻢ ﺭﺳ ﹸﻞ ﺍﷲ‪ .‬ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﺗ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﻭﺣﻴﻬﻢ ﺑﻨﺼﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﻭﺣﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻛﺎﻣﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﳏﻮﺭ ﺣﻮﺍﺭﻧﺎ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻻﺩ‪‬ﻋﺎﺀ ﺑﺘﻠﻘﻲ ﻭﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻳﻘﺘﻀﻲ ﺗﻘﺪﱘ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻛﻠﻤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﺣﻲ ﺍﻟﱵ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺃﺻﺤﺎ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺄ‪‬ﺎ ﻛﻼ ‪‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﺄﻭﻻ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺘﻮﺍ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﺍﻹﳍﻲ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﺎﻩ ﻣﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺒﻮﺓ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﺍ‪ ،‬ﰒ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﻮﺍ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺎ ﻧﺰﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﰲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ‪ -‬ﺃﻱ ‪٢٣‬‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ‪ -‬ﻭﻗﺮﺃﻩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺑﺼﻔﺘﻪ ﻭﺣﻴﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻟﻴﺘﺒﲔ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺧﻼﻝ ‪ ٢٣‬ﻋﺎﻣﺎ ﰲ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﳐﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﺎ ًﺀ ﻣﻨﻪ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﻛﻼ ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺪ ﻧ‪‬ﺸﺮ ﰲ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻛﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬ ‫ﺑﺪﻋﻮﻯ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻛﻼﻡ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺯﻝ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﱂ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻣﻮﺍ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻮﺍﻫﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﻥ ﺍﳍﺠﻮﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻛﺎﳌﻠﺤﺪﻳﻦ ﻭﺍﻻﺳﺘﻬﺰﺍ َﺀ ﺑﺂﻳﺔ ﹶﻟ ‪‬ﻮ‬ ‫‪‬ﺗ ﹶﻘ ‪‬ﻮ ﹶﻝ ﻋﻤ ﹸﻞ ﺍﻷﺷﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻻ ﻳﺆﻣﻨﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﷲ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻳﻨﻄﻘﻮﻥ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﻬﺎﺩﺗﲔ ﺑﺄﻟﺴﻨﺘﻬﻢ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻳﻜﻔﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﺎﻹﺳﻼﻡ ﰲ ﺍﳋﻔﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻣﻨـﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٦١‬‬

‫™‪@ @R@áÓ‰@´Èi‰c@òàîà‬‬

‫‪@ @æýÇ⁄a‬‬ ‫‪@SP@òzЖÛbi@ÕZÜÈn½a‬‬

‫‪XS‬‬

‫ﺃﺭﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺢ ﺃﻥ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻘﹾﺪ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﰲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ٢‬ﻛﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪١٩٠٠/١٠/١٥‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻭﺣﲔ ﺳﻠﹼﻤﻨﺎ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻘﺎﻝ ﰲ ‪١٩٠٠/٨/٧‬ﻡ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟ‪‬ﻬﺔ ﺇﱃ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﻟﺮﻭﻱ‬ ‫ﻟﻠﻜﺎﺗﺐ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺗﺄﺧﺮ ﻧﺸ ‪‬ﺮ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺭﻗﻢ ‪ ٢‬ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﲢﻔﺔ ﻏﻮﻟﺮﻭﻳﺔ؛ ﳍﺬﺍ‬ ‫ﻧﺮﻯ ﺍﳌﺪﺓ ﺍﳌﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﻏ ‪‬ﲑ ﻛﺎﻓﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻱ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻌﺘﱪ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﺪ‬ ‫‪١٩٠٠/١٢/٢٥‬ﻡ ﺑﺪﻟﹰﺎ ﻣﻦ ‪١٩٠٠/١٠/١٥‬ﻡ‪ ،‬ﻟﺌﻼ ﻳﺒﻘﻰ ﻷﺣﺪ ﳎﺎ ﹲﻝ‬ ‫ﻟﻼﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻠﺰﺍﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺨﱪﻭﱐ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺑﺜﻼﺛﺔ ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺃﻳﻦ ﻭﰲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻳ‪‬ﺤﺒﻮﻥ ﺍﻻﺟﺘﻤﺎﻉ‪ ،‬ﺃﰲ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ‬ ‫‪ 83‬ﻳﻘﺼﺪ ﺣﻀﺮﺗﻪ ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ‪ ٣٠‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻨﺴﺨﺔ ﺍﻷﺭﺩﻳﺔ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻭﻫﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ ‪٤٢‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﲨﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻟﻪ‪) .‬ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺟﻢ(‬

‫‪١٦٢‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺐ‬ ‫ﺃﻡ ﰲ ﺃﻣﺮﺗﺴﺮ ﺃﻡ ﰲ ﺑﻄﺎﻟﺔ؟ ﻭﻻ ﻳﻐﻴﱭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻝ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺎ ﱂ ﻳﺼﻠﹾﻨﺎ ﺍﻟﻄﻠ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﲔ ﺷﻴﺨﺎ ﻭﻧﺎﺳﻜﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳌﺸﻬﻮﺭﻳﻦ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻧﺬﻫﺐ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﳌﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﶈﺪﺩ ﺃﺑﺪﺍ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺮﺍﻗﻢ ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ ‪١٩٠٠/٩/٢٩‬ﻡ‬ ‫ א م د ن ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٦٣‬‬ ‫@ @‬

‫™‪@ @٤، ٣@áÓ‰@´Èi‰c@òàîà‬‬

‫ ‬ ‫‪áíŠØÛa@éÛì ‰@óÜÇ@ïÜ–ãë@ê†à−‬‬

‫‪@ @ðëŠÛìÌÛa@êb‘@ïÜÇ@Šèß@ i‬‬ ‫ﺕ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ ‪ -‬ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍﺀ ﻳﻌﺮﻓﻮﻥ ﺃﱐ ﻛﻨﺖ ﻗﺪ ﻧﺸﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻉ ﺇﺳﺎﺀﺍ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺏ ﺍﻟﺰﻭﺍﻳﺎ ﻭﲰﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺐ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻭﺷﺘﺎﺋﻤﻬﻢ ﻛﻞﱠ ﻳﻮﻡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑ ﹰﺔ ﻟﻄﻠﺒﻬﻢ ﻣﲏ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹸﺭﻳﻬﻢ ﺁﻳﺔﹰ‪ ،‬ﻭﻛﺎﻥ ﺃﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﳐﺎﻃﹶﺐ ﰲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻥ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻐﻮﻟﺮﻭﻱ ‪ -‬ﻣﻠﺨﺼ‪‬ﻪ ﺃﱐ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺩﻳﻨﻴﺔ ﻛﺜﲑﺓ ﻣﻊ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﺿﲔ ﻭﱂ‬ ‫ﺖ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻵﻥ ﻧﻘﺎﺷﺎ ٍ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺧ‪‬ﻀ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﻨﺘﻔﻌﻮﺍ ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﻱ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﳌﺎ ﻛﺎﻧﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﻭﺍﻡ ﻳ‪‬ﻄﺎﻟﺒﻮﻥ ﺑﺎﻵﻳﺎﺕ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻭﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﻭﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﺴﺘﺒﻌﺪ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻔﻴﺪﻭﺍ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﰲ ﺯﻣﻦ ﻣﺎ ‪ -‬ﻓﻘﺪ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺤ‪‬ﺮ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻗﺘﺮﺣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﱃ ﻛﻤﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﳌﺸﻴﺨﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺟﺪ‪‬ﺩ ﻓﺘﻮﻯ ﺗﻜﻔﲑﻱ ﲝﻤﺎﺱ ‪-‬‬ ‫ﺍﻋﺘﻤﺎﺩﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻠﻤﻪ ‪ -‬ﻭﺃﻟﱠﻒ ﻹﺛﺎﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﺔ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﰲ ﺗﻜﺬﻳﺒـﻲ ﻭﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ‬

‫‪١٦٤‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻣﻔﺘﺨﺮﺍ ﺛﺮﺍﺀﻩ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻤﻲ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻨـﺰﻑ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﻩ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﺇﳌﺎﻡ ﱄ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﻻ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﻫﻜﺬﺍ ﺃﺛﺎﺭ ﺳﻜﺎﻥ ﺍﳊﺪﻭﺩ‪ ٨٤‬ﺿﺪﻱ ﻭﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ‬ ‫ﺃﻧﻪ ﻣﺘﻤﻜﹼﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ .‬ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﺩﻗﺎ ﰲ ﺍﺩﻋﺎﺋﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺖ ﻟﻪ ﺍﻟﺒﺼﲑﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻣﺔ ﰲ ﻋﻠﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼ ﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﻷﺣﺪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻗﺪ ﺃﹸﻋﻄﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻳﺮﻓﺾ ﺍﺗ‪‬ﺒﺎﻋﻪ؛ ﺇﺫ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺖ ﺃﻥ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼﺒﺢ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﷲ‬ ‫ﺴ ‪‬ﻪ ﺇِﻻ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﻗﲔ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﲟﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﻳﺔ ﻻ ‪‬ﻳ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬ﻤ ﹶﻄ ‪‬ﻬﺮ‪‬ﻭ ﹶﻥ ‪ ٨٥‬ﻻ ﻳ‪‬ﻮﻫﺐ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺍﷲ ﺍﻟﻌﺰﻳﺰ ﺇﻻ ﻟﻄﺎﻫﺮﻱ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻃﻦ‪،‬‬ ‫ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﳎﺮﺩ ﺍﻻﺩ‪‬ﻋﺎﺀ ﻻ ﳚﺪﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺒﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﻛﻞ ﺷﻲﺀ ﻳ‪‬ﻜﺮ‪‬ﻡ ﻋﻨﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﻲ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‪ ،‬ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﺭ ﻳﺘﻤﻴﺰ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻈﻼﻡ ﻓﻘﻂ‪ .‬ﻓﻠﻤﺎ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﷲ ﻗﺪ ﺷﺮ‪‬ﻓﲏ ﺑﺈﳍﺎﻣﻪ‪" :‬ﺍﻟ ‪‬ﺮ ‪‬ﺣ ‪‬ﻤ ‪‬ﻦ ‪‬ﻋﱠﻠ ‪‬ﻢ‬ ‫ﺍﹾﻟ ﹸﻘ ‪‬ﺮ َﺁ ﹶﻥ" ﻓﺈﻥ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﺬﺏ ﰲ ﺭﺃﻳﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﲑ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺳﻮﺭ ٍﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻐﺔ ﻓﺈﺫﺍ ﺗﻔﻮ‪‬ﻕ ﻋﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﻭﻏﻠﺒﲏ ﻓﻼ ﺍﻋﺘﺮﺍﺽ ﱄ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺕ ﲝﺴﻦ‬ ‫ﺕ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭﺍ ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻻﻋﺘﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺄﻧﻪ ﺷﻴ ‪‬ﺦ ﺻﺎﱀ‪ .‬ﻓﺤﺪﺩ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ ﻭﺩﻋﻮﺗ‪‬ﻪ ﻓﻴﻪ ﳍﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﺧﺘﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﺗﺒﻴ‪‬ﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﳊﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺍﲣﺬﻫﺎ‬ ‫‪ 84‬ﻫﻲ ﻣﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﺎ ﺑﲔ ﺑﺎﻛﺴﺘﺎﻥ ﻭﺃﻓﻐﺎﻧﺴﺘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﻘﻄﻨﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺒﺎﺋﻞ ﺫﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﻓﻐﺎﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺴﻮﺩ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺿﻰ ﻭﺗﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﺿﻄﺮﺍﺑﺎﺕ ﻣﺴﺘﻤﺮﺓ‬ ‫ﺣﱴ ﺍﻵﻥ‪) .‬ﺍﳌﺘﺮﺟﻢ(‬ ‫‪ 85‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﻗﻌﺔ‪٨٠ :‬‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٦٥‬‬

‫ﺭﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻋﻼﻗ ﹶﺔ ﻟﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ ﻭﻻ ﺇﳌﺎﻡ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻗﺪ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺑﻮﺿﻮﺡ ﻣﺴﻠﻚ ﺍﳍﺎﺭﺑﲔ‪ .‬ﻭﻧﺸﺮ ﺇﻋﻼﻧﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫‪‬ﺳﻨ‪‬ﺔ ﺍﶈﺘﺎﻟﲔ ﺍﳌﻌﺮﻭﻓﺔ ﻃﻠﺐ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ ﺃﹸﻧﺎﻗﺸﻪ ﺃﻭﻟﹰﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺗﻪ ﰲ ﺿﻮﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﺍﳊﺪﻳﺚ ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﻜﹶﻢ ﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﻭﺍﺛﻨﺎﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻣﻌﺘﻘﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺻﺤﻴﺤ ﹲﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻌﻠ ‪‬ﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺑﺎﻳﻌﻪ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻮﻗﱡﻒ‪ ،‬ﰒ‬ ‫ﻳﺄﺫﻥ ﱄ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺄﺛﺎﺭ ﺟﻮﺍﺑ‪‬ﻪ ﺑﻜﺎﺋﻲ ﻋﻔﻮﻳ‪‬ﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻟﺘﻪ ﻭﻗﺪ ﺧﺎﺑﺖ ﲨﻴ ‪‬ﻊ ﺁﻣﺎﱄ ﰲ ﻗﺒﻮﻟﻪ ﺍﳊ ‪‬ﻖ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻭﱂ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻭﺍﻓﻊ ﺇﻋﻼﱐ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺃﻥ ﻟﺪﻱ ﺑﺮﻳ ‪‬ﻖ ﺃﻣﻞ ﻓﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﺩﻓﻌﲏ‬ ‫ﺐ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺘﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺇﱃ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋﻪ ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻟﻮﺍ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻔﹼﻮﻥ‪ ٨٦‬ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺴ ‪‬‬ ‫‪ 86‬ﻟﻘﺪ ﻗﺎﻝ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ﺇﳍﻲ ﲞﺶ ﺍﶈﺎﺳﺐ ﻫﻮ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﻪ "ﻋﺼﺎ ﻣﻮﺳﻰ" ﻣﺎ ﺃﺭﺍﺩ‬ ‫ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻔﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﺫﺏ ﺍﳌﺰﻭ‪‬ﺭ ﻟﺒﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻏﲑ ﺃﻥ ﻓﻀﻴﻠﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺴﺎﻥ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﺃﻣﺮ‪‬ﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﻣﺘﻤﺴ‪‬ﻜﺎ ﺑﺄﻫﺪﺍﺏ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﳊﻴﺎﺀ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﻣ‪‬ﻠﻤ‪‬ﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﻭﻋﻠﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﰲ ﺭﺃﻱ ﺍﳌﻨﺸﻲ ‪ -‬ﻛﻤﺎ ﻗﺪ ﺍﺩ‪‬ﻋﻰ‪ -‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﰲ ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﺃﺟﺰﺍﺀ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺟﺎﻟﺴﺎ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻣﻬﻠﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﲤﺘﺪ ﺇﱃ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﻱ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ ﻳﻮﺍﺟﻬﻬﺎ ﰲ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﺃﺫﻧ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻟﻪ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲔ ﺑﺎﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻣﺆﻳ‪‬ﺪﻭﻩ ﻳﺆﻳﺪﻭﻧﻪ ﺑﺼﺪﻕ ﻭﺇﳝﺎﻥ ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳﻀﻐﻄﻮﺍ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﺳﺘﺒﻘﻰ ﺩﻋﻮﰐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺁﻳ ﹰﺔ ﺑ ‪‬ﺮﺍﻗﺔ ﻟﻨﺎ ﻭﻟﻸﺟﻴﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺩﻣﺔ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﺑﺬﻟﻨﺎ ﺟﻬﻮﺩﹰﺍ ﺟﺒﺎﺭ ﹰﺓ ﻟﻴﺴﺘﻌﺪ ﳍﺬﻩ ﺍﳌﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ؛ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺃﻋﻠﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﺟﺎﺋﺰﺓ ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ ﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ‬ ‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻟﻜﻦ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﲑ ﻭﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﱂ ﻳﻠﺘﻔﺘﻮﺍ ﺇﱃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﻗﻂ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻟﻮ ﺣﺼﻞ‬ ‫ﺱ ﰲ ﻧﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺻﺮﺍﻉ ﺑﻄﻠﲔ ﻓﻠﻠﺤﺴﻢ ﻳﺘﻘﺮﺭ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺘﺼﺎﺭﻋﺎ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻤﺎ ﺍﻟﺴﺒﺐ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﻥ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﲔ ﻗﺪ ﺍﻧﱪﻯ ﺟﺎﻫﺰﺍ ﻟﻠﻨـﺰﺍﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻟﻴ‪‬ﺰﻳﻞ ﺷﻜﻮﻙ‬

‫‪١٦٦‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺷﻬﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻷﻣﺮ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﺃﺗﻠﻘﻰ ﻛ ﱠﻞ ﺃﺳﺒﻮﻉ ﺇﻋﻼﻧ‪‬ﺎ ﻳ‪‬ﺒﺎﻟﻎ ﻓﻴﻪ‬ ‫ﻕ ﰲ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻧﻔﺴﻪ ﻣﻠﻴﺌﺎ‬ ‫ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﰲ ﺇﻃﺮﺍﺀ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻮﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺑﺸﺘﻤﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﳜﺪﻋﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﺧﺪﻋﺔ ﺗﻠﻮ ﺧﺪﻋﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻘﻮﻟﻮﻥ ﻋﲏ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﻈﺮﻭﺍ ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺱ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺑﲑ‬ ‫ﺃﺷﻨﻊ ﺍﻹﺟﺤﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﺭﺗﻜﺒﻪ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻞ ﲝﻖ ﺇﻧﺴﺎ ٍﻥ ﻣﻘﺪ ٍ‬ ‫ﻕ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫ ﻗﺪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺇﱃ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﻜﺒﺪ ﻣﺸﺎ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ﱂ ﻳﱪﺯ ﰲ ﺍﳌﻴﺪﺍﻥ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﻃﹼﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺫﻟﻚ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﺼﺎﱀ ﺍﳉﻠﻴﻞ ﻧﺎﺑﻐ ﹸﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺼﺮ ﰲ ﺍﳊﻘﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺳ‪‬ﺤﺒﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺰﻣﺎﻥ ﻭﻻ ﻧﻈﲑ ﻟﻪ ﰲ‬ ‫ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻔﻰ ﰲ ﻏﺮﻓﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻏﺮﻑ ﺑﻴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ‬ ‫ﺑﺮﺯ ﻷﻇﻬﺮ ﺳﻴﺎﺩ ﹸﺓ "ﺑﲑ" ﺁﻳ ﹰﺔ ﻋﻈﻴﻤﺔ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬ ‫ﺖ ﰲ ﺭﻭﻋﻲ ﻓﻜﺮ ﹲﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﷲ ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ‪ .‬ﻓﺄﹸﻟﻘﻴ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻭﺃﹸﻗ ‪‬ﺪﻣﻬﺎ ﻹﻗﺎﻣﺔ ﺍﳊﺠﺔ ﻭﺃﻧﺎ ﻣﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃ‪‬ﺎ ﺳﺘﻤﻴﻂ ﺍﻟﻠﺜﺎﻡ ﻋﻦ ﺣﻘﻴﻘﺔ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻌﺎﱂ ﻛﻠﻪ ﻟﻴﺲ ﺃﻋﻤﻰ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻨﻬﻢ ﻣﻦ ﻳﺘﻤﺴ‪‬ﻚ ﺑﺄﻫﺪﺍﺏ‬ ‫ﺍﳊﻤﻘﻰ ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﻻ ﳜﺮﺝ ﺇﱃ ﺍﳌﻴﺪﺍﻥ ‪ -‬ﳊﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﻀﻴﺔ ‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳ ‪‬ﻖ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﱐ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺪ‪‬ﻋﻲ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻨﺠﺎﺡ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ ﻭﻳ‪‬ﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺃﻋﺬﺍﺭ‪‬ﺍ ﺳﺨﻴﻔﺔ؟ ﺃﻳﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻘﺮ‪‬ﺍﺀ! ﺑﺎﷲ ﻋﻠﻴﻜﻢ ﺗﺄﻣ‪‬ﻠﻮﺍ! ﻫﻞ‬ ‫ﳜﻠﻮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻌﺬﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺳﻮﺀ ﺍﻟﻨﻴﺔ ﺑﺄﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ ‪‬ﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻧﺎﻗﺸﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻠﻴﺔ ﺃﻭﻟﹰﺎ‬ ‫ﺕ‬ ‫ﰒ ﺃﺑﺎﻳﻌﻪ ﺑﻨﺎﺀ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﻬﺎﺩﺓ ﺛﻼﺛﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﺿ ‪‬ﻲ ﺑﻐﻠﺒﺘﻪ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ ،‬ﻏ ‪‬ﲑ ﻣﺒﺎ ٍﻝ ﲟﺎ ﻗﺪ ﻋﺎﻫﺪ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﷲ ﺑﺄﱐ ﻟﻦ ﺃﺧﻮﺽ ﰲ ﻣﺜﻞ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺎﺷﺎﺕ ﰲ ﺍﳌﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ؟ ﰒ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﳝﻜﻦ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺄﺫﻥ‬ ‫ﱄ ﺑﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻪ؟! ﻓﻬﺬﺍ ﻫﻮ ﺭ ‪‬ﺩ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﲑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳ‪‬ﻘﺎﻝ ﻋﻨﻪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺪﻋﻮﺓ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٦٧‬‬

‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻝ ﻭﺍﻹﻧﺼﺎﻑ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻔﻜﺮﺓ ﻫﻲ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻗﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺭﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺕ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ‪‬ﺍ ﻟﺒﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﺄﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﲨﻴﻊ ﺍﻹﻋﻼﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﱵ ﺻﺪﺭ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺑﲑ ﻣﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻲ ﺷﺎﻩ ﻓﺮﻳ ‪‬ﺪ ﺍﻟﺪﻫﺮ ﰲ ﺑﻴﺎﻥ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‬ ‫ﻭﻣﺘﻤﻜﻨ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺃﺩﺏ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﻭﺑﻼﻏﺘﻬﺎ ﻭﻓﺼﺎﺣﺘﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻤﻦ ﺍﳌﺆﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ‬ ‫ﺾ ﻣﺪ ﹲﺓ‬ ‫ﻣﺎ ﺯﺍﻝ ﺣﺎﺋﺰﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﺪﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻜﻔﺎﺀﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻷﻧﻪ ﱂ ﲤ ِ‬ ‫ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﳎﻴﺌﻪ ﺇﱃ ﻻﻫﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻟﺬﺍ ﺃﻗﺘﺮﺡ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻛﺘﺐ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﻭﺃﹸﺑﲔ ﻣﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﳝﺔ ﻭﺣﻘﺎﺋﻘﹶﻬﺎ ﻭﺃﹸﺛﺒﺖ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﺧﻼﻝ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺩﻋﻮﺍﻱ ﺟﺎﻟﺴ‪‬ﺎ ﰲ ﻣﻜﺎﱐ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺑﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ‬ ‫ﺗﻔﺴﲑﺍ ﻟﻠﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﻳ‪‬ﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺒﺎﻃﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﺴﻴﺢ ﻧﺎﺯ ﹲﻝ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺀ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺐ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻳﺮﻳﺪ ﻭﻳﻘﺪ‪‬ﻡ ﺍﻟﱪﺍﻫﲔ‬ ‫ﻭﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻬﺪﻱ ﺳﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﺳ ﹼﻔﺎﻛﹰﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻴﻜﺘ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﻭﺍﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻐﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻜﻼ‬ ‫ﻫﺬﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﲔ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻨﺸﺮﺍ‪ ٨٧‬ﺧﻼﻝ ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺪﺀﺍ ﻣﻦ ‪١٥‬‬ ‫ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ ‪١٩٠٠‬ﻡ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﺋﺬ ﺳﻴﺘﻮﺻ‪‬ﻞ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺇﱃ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﻴﺠﺔ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍﺀ‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻘﺎﺭﻧﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻮ ﺃﹶﻗﺴﻢ ﺛﻼﺛ ﹲﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﻭﻣﻦ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ‪-‬ﺍﳌﺘﻤﻜﻨﲔ ﻣﻦ‬ ‫ﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﲔ‪ -‬ﻋﻠﻰ‬ ‫ﺍﻷﺩﺏ ﻏﲑ ﺍﳌﻨﺤﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻭﻟﻴﺴﺖ ﳍﻢ ﺃﻱ ﻋﻼﻗﺔ ﺑﺄ ٍ‬ ‫‪ 87‬ﺃﻱ ﺃﻥ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﺪ ﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ‪ /‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪١٩٠٠‬ﻡ ﻟﻐﺎﻳﺔ‬ ‫‪ ٢٥‬ﻓﱪﺍﻳﺮ‪ /‬ﺷﺒﺎﻁ ‪١٩٠١‬ﻡ ﺃﻱ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺏ ﻟﻜﻼ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﲔ ﺧﻼﻝ‬ ‫ﺳﺒﻌﲔ ﻳﻮﻣﺎ ﲟﺎ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﻳﺎﻡ ﻃﺒﺎﻋﺘﻪ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ .‬ﻣﻨﻪ‬

‫‪١٦٨‬‬

‫ ‬

‫ﺃﻥ ﻛﺘﺎﺏ ﺑﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﻓﺎﻕ ﺑﻼﻏ ﹰﺔ ﻭﻓﺼﺎﺣﺔ ﻭﺑﻴﺎﻧﺎ ﳌﻌﺎﺭﻑ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪،‬؛ ﻓﻬﺎ ﺃﻧﺎ ﺃﺗﻌﻬ‪‬ﺪ ﻋﻬﺪﺍ ﺷﺮﻋﻴﺎ ﺃﱐ ﺳﺄﹸﻫﺪﻱ ﻟﺴﻴﺎﺩﺓ ﺑﲑ ﲬﺴﻤﺎﺋﺔ‬ ‫ﺭﻭﺑﻴﺔ ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺑﻼ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ‪ .‬ﻭ‪‬ﺬﺍ ﺳﻴﺘ ‪‬ﻢ ﺗﺪﺍﺭ ‪‬ﻙ ﺍﻹﺯﻋﺎﺝ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺬﻛﺮﻩ‬ ‫ﺃﺗﺒﺎﻋ‪‬ﻪ ﻛ ﱠﻞ ﻳﻮﻡ ﻭﻳﺘﺬﻣ‪‬ﺮﻭﻥ ﺃﻥ ﺑﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺃﹸﺯﻋِﺞ ﻭﻇﹸﻠﻢ ﺑﺪﻋﻮﺗﻪ ﺇﱃ‬ ‫ﻻﻫﻮﺭ‪ .‬ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻻﻗﺘﺮﺍﺡ ﻣﻔﻴ ‪‬ﺪ ﻟﺒﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺃﻳﻀ‪‬ﺎ ﺃﳝﺎ ﻓﺎﺋﺪﺓ ﻷﻥ ﺳﻴﺎﺩﺗﻪ ﻗﺪ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺮﻑ ﺃﻥ ﺃﻫﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻘﻞ ﻻ ﻳﻌﺘﻘﺪﻭﻥ ﻗﻂ ﺑﺄﻥ ﺑﲑ ﻣِﻠ ‪‬ﻢ ﺑﻌﻠﻢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻗﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺳﻄﺮ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺤﺔ‬ ‫ﻭﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻐﺔ‪ .‬ﺑﻞ ﻗﺪ ﺑﻠﻐ‪‬ﻨﺎ ﻋﻦ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﳌﻘﺮﺑﲔ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ﻗﺎﻟﻮﺍ‪:‬‬ ‫ﻧِﻌ ‪‬ﻢ ﻣﺎ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﺫ ﱂ ﻳﺘﻔﻖ ﻟﺒﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﺘﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬

‫ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻠﻲ ﻭﺇﻻ ﻟﻨﺎ ﹶﻝ ﲨﻴﻊ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﻧﺼﻴﺒ‪‬ﺎ ﻣﻦ "ﺷﺎﻫﺖ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻮﻩ" ﺣﺘﻤ‪‬ﺎ‪.‬‬ ‫ﻓﻼ ﺷﻚ ﰲ ﺃﻥ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺃﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺬﻳﻦ ‪‬ﺗﺴﺎﻭﺭﻫﻢ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺸﻜﻮﻙ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ‬ ‫ﺳﻴﻄﹼﻠﻌﻮﻥ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﰊ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﻴﻎ ﻭﺍﻟﻔﺼﻴﺢ ﻟﺒﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﺳﺘﺰﻭﻝ‬ ‫ﻭﺳﺎﻭ ‪‬ﺳﻬﻢ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻋﻦ ﺑﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ ﻭﺑﺬﻟﻚ ﺳﲑﺟﻊ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ ﺍﳋﻠ ‪‬ﻖ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻷﻣﺮ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺘﻤﻨﺎﻩ ﺍﳌﺸﺎﻳﺦ ﻣﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻨﻮﻉ‪ .‬ﺃﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺻﺎﺭ ﺑ ‪‬ﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ‬ ‫ﻣﻐﻠﻮﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻴﻄﻤﺌ ‪‬ﻦ ﺇﺫ ﻻ ﻧ‪‬ﻄﺎﻟﺒﻪ ﺑﺸﻲﺀ ﻭﻻ ‪‬ﻧﻜﺮﻫﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﻌﺔ ﻭﺇﳕﺎ ﻧ‪‬ﺮﻳﺪ‬ ‫ﺃﻥ ﻳ ﹼﻄﻠﻊ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﺱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﹸﺪﺭﺍﺗﻪ ﺍﳋﻔﻴﺔ ﻭﻛﻤﺎﻟﻪ ﰲ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺁﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺮﱘ‪،‬‬ ‫ﺍﻟﱵ ﺑﻨﺎ ًﺀ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺃﱠﻟﻒ ﻛﺘﺎﺑﺎ ﺭﺩ‪‬ﺍ ﻋﻠﻲ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻌﱠﻠﻪ ﻳ‪‬ﺼ ‪‬ﺮﺡ ﻛﺰﻟﻴﺨﺎ‪ :‬ﺍﻵ ﹶﻥ‬

‫ ‬

‫‪١٦٩‬‬

‫ﺤ ‪‬ﻖ ‪ ٨٨‬ﻭﻳﺘﺒﲔ ﻷﺻﺤﺎﺑﻪ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻔﻴﲔ ﺍﻷﻏﺒﻴﺎﺀ ﻣﺎ ﻫﻲ‬ ‫ﺺ ﺍﹾﻟ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺤ ‪‬‬ ‫ﺼ‪‬‬ ‫‪‬ﺣ ‪‬‬ ‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﺔ ﺑﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ! ﻟﻜﻦ ﳚﺐ ﺃﻻ ﻳﻘﻠﻖ ﺑﲑ ﺍﶈﺘﺮﻡ‪ ،‬ﻓﺈﳕﺎ ﻧﺄﺫﻥ ﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ‬ ‫ﻳﺴﺘﻌﲔ ﺑﺎﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻟﻮﻱ ﻭﺍﳌﻮﻟﻮﻱ ﻋﺒﺪ ﺍﳉﺒﺎﺭ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻐﺰﻧﻮﻱ ﻭﳏﻤﺪ ﺣﺴﲔ ﺍﻟﺒﻬﻴﲏ ﻭﻏﲑﻫﻢ‪ ،‬ﺑﻞ ﳔ ‪‬ﻮﻟﻪ ﺃﻥ ﻳ‪‬ﻐﺮﻱ ﺍﺛﻨﲔ ﺃﻭ‬ ‫ﺃﺭﺑﻌﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺩﺑﺎﺀ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺏ ﺃﻳﻀﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻳﻨﺒﻐﻲ ﺃﻥ ﻻ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﻛﻞ ﻭﺍﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﲔ ﺃﻗ ﱠﻞ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٦٤‬ﺻﻔﺤﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎ ‪ .......‬ﻭﺇﻥ ﱂ ﻳﻨﺸﺮ ﺃﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻳﻘﲔ ﺗﻔﺴﲑ ﺍﻟﻔﺎﲢﺔ ﺧﻼﻝ ﺍﳌﻮﻋﺪ ﺍﳌﻘﺘﺮﺡ ﻭﻫﻮ ﺳﺒﻌﻮﻥ ﻳﻮﻣ‪‬ﺎ ﺑﺪﺀﺍ‬ ‫ﻣﻦ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١٥‬ﺩﻳﺴﻤﱪ‪/‬ﻛﺎﻧﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﻭﻝ ‪ ١٩٠٠‬ﺇﱃ ‪ ٢٥‬ﻓﱪﺍﻳﺮ‪/‬ﺷﺒﺎﻁ‬ ‫‪ ١٩٠١‬ﻭﺍﻧﻘﻀﻰ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﳌﻮﻋ ‪‬ﺪ ﻓﺴﻴﻜﻮﻥ ﻛﺎﺫﺑﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺁﺧﺮ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﻛﺬﺑﻪ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﳍﺪﻯ‪.‬‬ ‫ﺍﳌﻌﻠﻦ‪ :‬ﻣﺮﺯﺍ ﻏﻼﻡ ﺃﲪﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺎﺩﻳﺎﻥ‬ ‫‪١٩٠٠/١٢/١٥‬ﻡ‬ ‫ א م د ن ‬

‫@ @‬ ‫@ @‬ ‫‪ 88‬ﻳﻮﺳﻒ‪٥٢:‬‬